Difference between revisions of "The Legend of Shambhala (Shangri La)"
m (Text replacement - "Adolf Hitler" to "{{Wiki|Adolf Hitler}}") |
|||
Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
− | When the Tibetan monks first saw sailors from the west, they asked why they did not come from the inner Earth like the others of their kind, the western sailors were confused by this statement. | + | When the [[Tibetan]] [[monks]] first saw sailors from the [[west]], they asked why they did not come from the inner [[Earth]] like the others of their kind, the {{Wiki|western}} sailors were confused by this statement. |
− | The reason why it's never been found is because people are looking in the wrong place... | + | The [[reason]] why it's never been found is because [[people]] are looking in the wrong place... |
− | As above, as is below, in the realm of Agartha. | + | As above, as is below, in the [[realm]] of Agartha. |
− | "Behind snowy peaks, somewhere to the North, lies a Mystical Kingdom, where a line of Enlightened Kings is guarding the innermost teachings of Buddhism for a time when all truth in the outside world is lost in war and greed. Then, the King of Shambhala will emerge with a great army to destroy the forces of evil and bring in a new Golden Age." | + | "Behind snowy peaks, somewhere to the [[North]], lies a [[Mystical]] {{Wiki|Kingdom}}, where a line of [[Enlightened]] [[Kings]] is guarding the innermost teachings of [[Buddhism]] for a [[time]] when all [[truth]] in the outside [[world]] is lost in [[war]] and [[greed]]. Then, the [[King of Shambhala]] will emerge with a great {{Wiki|army}} to destroy the forces of [[evil]] and bring in a new Golden Age." |
− | Rumors and reports have been in existence, for millennia now, that somewhere near or beyond Tibet, among icy peaks and in some of the secluded valleys of Eurasia, lies a "paradise", inaccessible to us. It is a place of enlightenment, wisdom and peace, called Shambhala, known by several other names such as "Shangri-La" and "Agharta." | + | Rumors and reports have been in [[existence]], for millennia now, that somewhere near or [[beyond]] [[Tibet]], among icy peaks and in some of the secluded valleys of {{Wiki|Eurasia}}, lies a "[[paradise]]", inaccessible to us. It is a place of [[enlightenment]], [[wisdom]] and [[peace]], called [[Shambhala]], known by several other names such as "[[Shangri-La]]" and "[[Agharta]]." |
− | Shambhala is a Sanskrit word, which means "place of peace." It has often been thought of as a cluster of minds, of perfect and semi-perfect beings, who are guiding the evolution of humanity. It is also considered to be the source and safeguard of Kalachakra (The Wheel of Time), one of the highest branches of Tibetan mysticism and Buddhism's teachings. | + | [[Shambhala]] is a [[Sanskrit]] [[word]], which means "place of [[peace]]." It has often been [[thought]] of as a cluster of [[minds]], of perfect and semi-perfect [[beings]], who are guiding the [[evolution]] of [[humanity]]. It is also considered to be the source and safeguard of [[Kalachakra]] (The [[Wheel of Time]]), one of the [[highest]] branches of [[Tibetan]] [[mysticism]] and [[Buddhism's]] teachings. |
− | According to the legends, The King of Shambhala (Shambhala's existence predates Buddhism) travelled to India to meet Buddha and learn the Kalachakra teachings. He then took those teachings back to the Kingdom, where the teachings have been preserved. It is said that only a person with a pure heart can live in Shambhala. There, they shall enjoy ease and perfect happiness and will not know suffering, desire or age. Love and wisdom reign. Injustice and vices are unknown. The inhabitants are long-lived, wear beautiful and perfect bodies and possess supernatural powers; their spiritual knowledge is deep, their technological level highly advanced, their laws mild and their study of the arts and sciences covers the full spectrum of cultural achievement, but on a far higher level than anything the outside world has attained. | + | According to the {{Wiki|legends}}, The [[King of Shambhala]] (Shambhala's [[existence]] predates [[Buddhism]]) travelled to [[India]] to meet [[Buddha]] and learn the [[Kalachakra]] teachings. He then took those teachings back to the {{Wiki|Kingdom}}, where the teachings have been preserved. It is said that only a [[person]] with a [[pure]] [[heart]] can [[live]] in [[Shambhala]]. There, they shall enjoy ease and perfect [[happiness]] and will not know [[suffering]], [[desire]] or age. [[Love]] and [[wisdom]] reign. Injustice and vices are unknown. The inhabitants are long-lived, wear beautiful and perfect [[bodies]] and possess [[supernatural powers]]; their [[spiritual]] [[knowledge]] is deep, their technological level highly advanced, their laws mild and their study of the arts and {{Wiki|sciences}} covers the full spectrum of {{Wiki|cultural}} [[achievement]], but on a far higher level than anything the outside [[world]] has attained. |
− | By definition Shambhala is hidden. Of the numerous explorers and seekers of spiritual wisdom who attempt to locate Shambhala, none can pinpoint its physical location on a map, although all say it exists in the mountainous regions of Eurasia. Many have also returned believing that Shambhala lies on the very edge of physical reality, as a bridge connecting this world to one beyond it. | + | By definition [[Shambhala]] is hidden. Of the numerous explorers and seekers of [[spiritual]] [[wisdom]] who attempt to locate [[Shambhala]], none can pinpoint its [[physical]] location on a map, although all say it [[exists]] in the mountainous regions of {{Wiki|Eurasia}}. Many have also returned believing that [[Shambhala]] lies on the very edge of [[physical]] [[reality]], as a bridge connecting this [[world]] to one [[beyond]] it. |
− | Tibetan lamas spend a great deal of their lives in spiritual development before attempting the journey to Shambhala. Perhaps deliberately, the guidebooks to Shambhala describe the route in terms so vague that only those already initiated into the teachings of the Kalachakra can understand them. | + | [[Tibetan]] [[lamas]] spend a great deal of their [[lives]] in [[spiritual]] development before attempting the journey to [[Shambhala]]. Perhaps deliberately, the guidebooks to [[Shambhala]] describe the route in terms so vague that only those already initiated into the teachings of the [[Kalachakra]] can understand them. |
− | According to some lamas, "As the traveller draws near the kingdom, their directions become increasingly mystical and difficult to correlate with the physical world. At least one lama has written that the vagueness of these books is deliberate and intended to keep Shambhala concealed from the barbarians who will take over the world." This line being referred to is from the Prophecy of Shambhala. | + | According to some [[lamas]], "As the traveller draws near the {{Wiki|kingdom}}, their [[directions]] become increasingly [[mystical]] and difficult to correlate with the [[physical]] [[world]]. At least one [[lama]] has written that the vagueness of these [[books]] is deliberate and intended to keep [[Shambhala]] concealed from the {{Wiki|barbarians}} who will take over the [[world]]." This line being referred to is from the [[Prophecy of Shambhala]]. |
− | The Prophecy of Shambhala: | + | The [[Prophecy of Shambhala]]: |
− | The prophecy of Shambhala states that each of its kings will rule for 100 years. There will be 32 in all, and as their reigns pass, conditions in the outside world will deteriorate. Men will become more warlike and pursue power for its own sake, and an ideology of materialism will spread over the earth. There will then be a gradual deterioration of mankind as the ideology of materialism spreads over the earth. When the | + | The [[prophecy of Shambhala]] states that each of its [[kings]] will rule for 100 years. There will be 32 in all, and as their reigns pass, [[conditions]] in the outside [[world]] will deteriorate. Men will become more warlike and pursue power for its own sake, and an ideology of {{Wiki|materialism}} will spread over the [[earth]]. There will then be a [[gradual]] deterioration of mankind as the ideology of {{Wiki|materialism}} spreads over the [[earth]]. When the “{{Wiki|barbarians}}” who follow this ideology are united under an [[evil]] [[king]] and think there is [[nothing]] left to conquer, the mists will lift to reveal the snowy mountains of [[Shambhala]]. The {{Wiki|barbarians}} will attack [[Shambhala]] with a huge {{Wiki|army}} equipped with terrible [[weapons]]. Then the 32nd [[king of Shambhala]], [[Rudra Cakrin]], will lead a mighty host against the invaders. In a last great battle, the [[evil]] [[king]] and his followers will be destroyed. |
− | Some put the year of the prophecy as 2029, although most predictions put it at 2424, when a Great War will begin in India.Early European travellers to Tibet consistently told the same tale of a hidden spiritual center of power. The only difference, that these spoke of Shambhala being a hidden world underneath the surface of the planet. It was sometimes spelt Agharti, Asgartha or Agarttha), although it is now commonly known as Shambhala and often confused travellers. I use the word "Agharta" here to identify the subterranean version of Shambhala. | + | Some put the year of the {{Wiki|prophecy}} as 2029, although most predictions put it at 2424, when a Great [[War]] will begin in India.Early {{Wiki|European}} travellers to [[Tibet]] consistently told the same tale of a hidden [[spiritual]] center of power. The only difference, that these spoke of [[Shambhala]] being a hidden [[world]] underneath the surface of the {{Wiki|planet}}. It was sometimes spelt [[Agharti]], Asgartha or Agarttha), although it is now commonly known as [[Shambhala]] and often confused travellers. I use the [[word]] "[[Agharta]]" here to identify the subterranean version of [[Shambhala]]. |
− | Taking the legend in its most basic form, Agharta is said to be a mysterious underground kingdom situated somewhere beneath Asia and linked to the other continents of the world by a gigantic network of tunnels. These passageways, partly natural formations and partly the handiwork of the race which created the subterranean nation, provide a means of communication between all points, and have done so since time immemorial. According to the legend, vast lengths of the tunnels still exist today; the rest have been destroyed by cataclysms. The exact location of these passages, and the means of entry, are said to be known only to certain high initiates, and the details are most carefully guarded because the kingdom itself is a vast storehouse of secret knowledge. Some claim that the stored knowledge is derived from the lost Atlantean civilisation and of even earlier people who were the first intelligent beings to inhabit the earth. | + | Taking the legend in its most basic [[form]], [[Agharta]] is said to be a mysterious underground {{Wiki|kingdom}} situated somewhere beneath {{Wiki|Asia}} and linked to the other continents of the [[world]] by a gigantic network of tunnels. These passageways, partly natural [[formations]] and partly the handiwork of the race which created the subterranean {{Wiki|nation}}, provide a means of {{Wiki|communication}} between all points, and have done so since [[time]] immemorial. According to the legend, vast lengths of the tunnels still [[exist]] today; the rest have been destroyed by cataclysms. The exact location of these passages, and the means of entry, are said to be known only to certain high initiates, and the details are most carefully guarded because the {{Wiki|kingdom}} itself is a vast storehouse of [[secret knowledge]]. Some claim that the stored [[knowledge]] is derived from the lost Atlantean {{Wiki|civilisation}} and of even earlier [[people]] who were the first {{Wiki|intelligent}} [[beings]] to inhabit the [[earth]]. |
− | It has been told that Agharta is a hidden land somewhere in the East, below the surface of the earth, where a population of millions is ruled by a “Sovereign Pontiff”, who is assisted by two colleagues, the | + | It has been told that [[Agharta]] is a [[hidden land]] somewhere in the [[East]], below the surface of the [[earth]], where a population of millions is ruled by a “Sovereign Pontiff”, who is assisted by two colleagues, the “[[Mahatma]]” and the “Mahanga”. His [[realm]] was transferred underground and concealed from the surface-dwellers at the start of the [[Kali Yuga]], which he dates around 3200 BCE. According to Saint-Yves, the “mages of Agarttha” had to descend into the infernal regions below them in order to work at bringing the earth’s {{Wiki|chaos}} and [[negative energy]] to an end. “Each of these [[sages]] accomplishes his work in [[solitude]], far from any [[light]], under the cities, under deserts, under plains or under mountains.” Now and then [[Agharta]] sends emissaries to the upper [[world]], of which it has [[perfect knowledge]]. |
− | Agharta also enjoys the benefits of a technology advanced far beyond our own. Not only the latest discoveries of modern man, but the whole wisdom of the ages is enshrined in its libraries. Among its many secrets are those of the relationship of soul to body, and of the means to keep departed souls in communication with incarnate ones. | + | [[Agharta]] also enjoys the benefits of a technology advanced far [[beyond]] our own. Not only the latest discoveries of {{Wiki|modern}} man, but the whole [[wisdom]] of the ages is enshrined in its libraries. Among its many secrets are those of the relationship of [[soul]] to [[body]], and of the means to keep departed [[souls]] in {{Wiki|communication}} with [[incarnate]] ones. |
− | To Saint-Yves, these superior beings were the true authors of Synarchy, and for thousands of years Agharta had “radiated” Synarchy to the rest of the world, which in modern times has chosen foolishly to ignore it. When the world adopts Synarchical government the time will be ripe for Agharta to reveal itself. | + | To Saint-Yves, these {{Wiki|superior}} [[beings]] were the true authors of Synarchy, and for thousands of years [[Agharta]] had “radiated” Synarchy to the rest of the [[world]], which in {{Wiki|modern}} times has chosen foolishly to ignore it. When the [[world]] adopts Synarchical government the [[time]] will be ripe for [[Agharta]] to reveal itself. |
− | Until the start of the twentieth century, the legend of Agharta remained very much... a legend. Stories of Agharta had widely spread in Europe but evidence to support the claims remained as elusive as ever. Indeed, it might well have been expected that in the rational and materialistic new century, such stories would finally be confined to the realms of fantasy: a colourful tradition to be ranked alongside other ancient mysteries such as the lost continents of Atlantis and Mu. | + | Until the start of the twentieth century, the legend of [[Agharta]] remained very much... a legend. Stories of [[Agharta]] had widely spread in {{Wiki|Europe}} but {{Wiki|evidence}} to support the claims remained as elusive as ever. Indeed, it might well have been expected that in the [[rational]] and {{Wiki|materialistic}} new century, such stories would finally be confined to the [[realms]] of fantasy: a colourful [[tradition]] to be ranked alongside other {{Wiki|ancient}} mysteries such as the lost continents of [[Atlantis]] and Mu. |
− | But such a supposition did not allow for the remarkable discoveries of two intrepid explorers who in the 1920s went into the vastness of Asia and there unearthed evidence about Agharta which far exceeded that of any previous reports. Their accounts, indeed, became the cornerstone of our present knowledge of the secret kingdom. One made his discoveries about Agharta while fleeing for his life from the Bolsheviks in Russia; the other came shortly after from self-imposed exile in America, seeking to penetrate the mysteries of Tibet. Their names were Ferdinand Ossendowski and Nicholas Roerich. | + | But such a supposition did not allow for the remarkable discoveries of two intrepid explorers who in the 1920s went into the vastness of {{Wiki|Asia}} and there unearthed {{Wiki|evidence}} about [[Agharta]] which far exceeded that of any previous reports. Their accounts, indeed, became the cornerstone of our present [[knowledge]] of the secret {{Wiki|kingdom}}. One made his discoveries about [[Agharta]] while fleeing for his [[life]] from the {{Wiki|Bolsheviks}} in {{Wiki|Russia}}; the other came shortly after from self-imposed exile in {{Wiki|America}}, seeking to penetrate the mysteries of [[Tibet]]. Their names were {{Wiki|Ferdinand Ossendowski}} and [[Nicholas Roerich]]. |
− | The King of the World - Ossendowski's Story: | + | The [[King]] of the [[World]] - Ossendowski's Story: |
− | Russian traveller Ferdinand Ossendowski said he noticed there were times in his Mongolian travels when men and beasts paused, silent and immobile, as though listening. The herds of horses, the sheep and cattle, stood fixed to attention or crouched close to the ground. The birds did not fly, and marmots did not run and the dogs did not bark. | + | {{Wiki|Russian}} traveller {{Wiki|Ferdinand Ossendowski}} said he noticed there were times in his {{Wiki|Mongolian}} travels when men and {{Wiki|beasts}} paused, [[silent]] and immobile, as though listening. The herds of [[horses]], the {{Wiki|sheep}} and cattle, stood fixed to [[attention]] or crouched close to the ground. The birds did not fly, and marmots did not run and the {{Wiki|dogs}} did not bark. “[[Earth]] and sky ceased [[breathing]]. The [[wind]] did not blow and the {{Wiki|sun}} did not move…. All [[living beings]] in {{Wiki|fear}} were involuntarily thrown into [[prayer]] and waiting for their [[fate]].” |
− | “Thus it has always been,” explained an old Mongol shepherd and hunter, “whenever the King of the World in his subterranean palace prays and searches out the destiny of all peoples on the earth.” For in Agharta, he said, | + | “Thus it has always been,” explained an old Mongol shepherd and hunter, “whenever the [[King]] of the [[World]] in his subterranean palace prays and searches out the [[destiny]] of all peoples on the [[earth]].” For in [[Agharta]], he said, “[[live]] the {{Wiki|invisible}} rulers of all pious [[people]], the [[King]] of the [[World]] or Brahatma, who can speak with [[God]] as I speak with you, and his two assistants: [[Mahatma]], [[knowing]] the purposes of future events, and Mahinga, ruling the [[causes]] of those events. He [[knows]] all the forces of the [[world]] and reads all the [[souls]] of mankind and the great [[book]] of their [[destiny]].” |
− | As he fled through “Mysterious Mongolia... the Land of Demons,” he paused frequently to speak with Buddhist monks and lamas about the traditions associated with lakes, caves and monasteries. There was one story he said he encountered everywhere in Eurasia: he called it the | + | As he fled through “Mysterious [[Mongolia]]... the Land of {{Wiki|Demons}},” he paused frequently to speak with [[Buddhist]] [[monks]] and [[lamas]] about the [[traditions]] associated with lakes, [[caves]] and [[monasteries]]. There was one story he said he encountered everywhere in {{Wiki|Eurasia}}: he called it the “{{Wiki|Kingdom}} of [[Agharti]]”, regarding it as [[nothing]] less than “the {{Wiki|mystery}} of mysteries.” |
− | He was also told of the miraculous powers of the Tibetan monks, and the Dalai Lama in particular – powers that foreigners could scarcely begin to appreciate. “But there also exists a still more powerful and more holy man… The King of the World in Agharti.” | + | He was also told of the miraculous [[powers]] of the [[Tibetan]] [[monks]], and the [[Dalai Lama]] in particular – [[powers]] that foreigners could scarcely begin to appreciate. “But there also [[exists]] a still more powerful and more {{Wiki|holy}} man… The [[King]] of the [[World]] in [[Agharti]].” |
− | Interestingly, Ossendowski reports that the enormous powers the people of Agharta were believed to control could be used to destroy whole areas of the planet, but equally could be harnessed as the means of propulsion of the most amazing vehicles of transport. It has been suggested that this could be a prediction of nuclear energy and flying saucers! | + | Interestingly, {{Wiki|Ossendowski}} reports that the enormous [[powers]] the [[people]] of [[Agharta]] were believed to control could be used to destroy whole areas of the {{Wiki|planet}}, but equally could be harnessed as the means of propulsion of the most amazing [[vehicles]] of transport. It has been suggested that this could be a prediction of nuclear [[energy]] and flying saucers! |
− | The Sign of Shambhala - Roerich's Story: | + | The Sign of [[Shambhala]] - [[Roerich's]] Story: |
− | Roerich too, maintained a diary of thoughts, from which we find the following: In August the shrine was consecrated in a solemn ceremony by a number of notable lamas invited to the site for the purpose, and after the event, writes Roerich, the Buriat guides forecast something auspicious impending. A day or two later, a large black bird was observed flying over the party. Beyond it, moving high in the cloudless sky, a huge, golden, spheroid body, whirling and shining brilliantly in the sun, was suddenly espied. Through three pairs of binoculars the travellers saw it fly rapidly from the north, from the direction of Altai, then veer sharply and vanish towards the southwest, behind the Humboldt mountains. | + | [[Roerich]] too, maintained a diary of [[thoughts]], from which we find the following: In August the [[shrine]] was [[consecrated]] in a solemn {{Wiki|ceremony}} by a number of notable [[lamas]] invited to the site for the purpose, and after the event, writes [[Roerich]], the [[Buriat]] guides forecast something [[auspicious]] impending. A day or two later, a large black {{Wiki|bird}} was observed flying over the party. [[Beyond]] it, moving high in the cloudless sky, a huge, golden, spheroid [[body]], whirling and shining brilliantly in the {{Wiki|sun}}, was suddenly espied. Through three pairs of binoculars the travellers saw it fly rapidly from the [[north]], from the [[direction]] of {{Wiki|Altai}}, then veer sharply and vanish towards the [[southwest]], behind the Humboldt mountains. |
− | One of the lamas told Roerich that what he had seen was “the sign of Shambhala,” signifying that his mission had been blessed by the Great Ones of Altai, the lords of Shambhala. They had also been witness to a classic UFO, twenty years before the “official” beginning of the phenomenon with Kenneth Arnold’s sighting in 1947. | + | One of the [[lamas]] told [[Roerich]] that what he had seen was “the sign of [[Shambhala]],” signifying that his [[mission]] had been blessed by the Great Ones of {{Wiki|Altai}}, the [[lords]] of [[Shambhala]]. They had also been {{Wiki|witness}} to a classic UFO, twenty years before the “official” beginning of the [[phenomenon]] with Kenneth Arnold’s sighting in 1947. |
− | Roerich’s account of such a sighting aroused great interest in Europe and brought to the West the first concrete evidence that there might be something present in Eurasia that defied understanding. Victoria LePage describes its significance as such: | + | Roerich’s account of such a sighting aroused great [[interest]] in {{Wiki|Europe}} and brought to the [[West]] the first concrete {{Wiki|evidence}} that there might be something present in {{Wiki|Eurasia}} that defied [[understanding]]. Victoria LePage describes its significance as such: |
− | In its vivid colour and factuality, its bizarre but unarguable reference to an unknown golden aircraft that behaved as no ordinary airplane could, the Roerich story could rightly be called the first reliable intimation that the kingdom of Chang Shambhala was perhaps knowable as more than an intellectual curiosity, a popular Asian fable… and from about 1927 onward the world centre in the northern mountains exerted on Western occult circles the fascination of an idea whose time has come. | + | In its vivid {{Wiki|colour}} and factuality, its bizarre but unarguable reference to an unknown golden aircraft that behaved as no ordinary airplane could, the [[Roerich]] story could rightly be called the first reliable intimation that the {{Wiki|kingdom}} of [[Chang]] [[Shambhala]] was perhaps knowable as more than an [[intellectual]] curiosity, a popular {{Wiki|Asian}} fable… and from about 1927 onward the [[world]] centre in the northern mountains exerted on {{Wiki|Western}} [[occult]] circles the fascination of an [[idea]] whose [[time]] has come. |
− | Which brings us to the very nature of reality. Paranormal experiences, including UFO sightings, are always indicative of an altered state of consciousness that allows the witness to see other realities. Often the experience is similar to a lucid dream, where ordinary space-time physics no longer applies. | + | Which brings us to the very [[nature]] of [[reality]]. Paranormal [[experiences]], including UFO sightings, are always indicative of an altered state of [[consciousness]] that allows the {{Wiki|witness}} to see other [[realities]]. Often the [[experience]] is similar to a {{Wiki|lucid dream}}, where ordinary {{Wiki|space-time}} {{Wiki|physics}} no longer applies. |
− | For an idea as to what the Shambhala Kingdom looks like, we must delve slightly into Tibettan Buddhist mythology. Mount Meru is a place which simultaneously represents the center of the universe and the single-pointedness of mind sought by adepts. Thousands of miles in height, Meru is located somewhere beyond the physical plane of reality, in a realm of perfection and transcendence. Symbolic representations of Mount Meru are commonly found in Tibetan mandalas, contemplative diagrams designed to aid meditators in focusing. | + | For an [[idea]] as to what the [[Shambhala]] {{Wiki|Kingdom}} looks like, we must delve slightly into Tibettan [[Buddhist mythology]]. [[Mount Meru]] is a place which simultaneously represents the center of the [[universe]] and the single-pointedness of [[mind]] sought by {{Wiki|adepts}}. Thousands of {{Wiki|miles}} in height, [[Meru]] is located somewhere [[beyond]] the [[physical]] [[plane of reality]], in a [[realm]] of [[perfection]] and {{Wiki|transcendence}}. [[Symbolic]] {{Wiki|representations}} of [[Mount Meru]] are commonly found in [[Tibetan]] [[mandalas]], contemplative diagrams designed to aid [[meditators]] in focusing. |
− | It is said that Meru has its roots in hell, and its summit in heaven. Meru is surrounded by seven rings of golden mountains, each separated from the other by one of seven circular oceans. It is crowned by a golden palace wherein Indra, king of Hindu gods, resides. This entire superstructure rises from an outer ocean, and is flanked by four main continents, each with two subcontinents. | + | It is said that [[Meru]] has its [[roots]] in [[hell]], and its summit in [[heaven]]. [[Meru]] is surrounded by seven rings of golden mountains, each separated from the other by one of seven circular oceans. It is crowned by a golden palace wherein [[Indra]], [[king]] of [[Hindu]] [[gods]], resides. This entire superstructure rises from an outer ocean, and is flanked by four main continents, each with two subcontinents. |
− | The southern continent, Jambudvipa, corresponds to the physical earth. Each of the other continents represents a nearby planet upon which transmigrating souls following the yellow light-path may be reborn. However, it is said that all of these worlds are undesirable, for they are non-human worlds inhabited by sheep, cattle, or horses. The teachings of Buddhism clearly state that existence as a human being is the only way to achieve Buddhahood, so rebirth in any other form (including that of a deva or demigod) is a distraction from the path to enlightenment. | + | The southern continent, [[Jambudvipa]], corresponds to the [[physical]] [[earth]]. Each of the other continents represents a nearby {{Wiki|planet}} upon which transmigrating [[souls]] following the yellow light-path may be [[reborn]]. However, it is said that all of these [[worlds]] are undesirable, for they are {{Wiki|non-human}} [[worlds]] inhabited by {{Wiki|sheep}}, cattle, or [[horses]]. The teachings of [[Buddhism]] clearly state that [[existence]] as a [[human being]] is the only way to achieve [[Buddhahood]], so [[rebirth]] in any other [[form]] (including that of a [[deva]] or [[demigod]]) is a {{Wiki|distraction}} from the [[path]] to [[enlightenment]]. |
− | According to legend, somewhere in the northwest region of Jambudvipa lies a land called Shambhala. This is a magical land which is shaped like an eight-petalled lotus flower. It has been ruled by priest-kings for many thousands of years; in fact, the legend of Shambhala predates the introduction of Buddhism into Tibet. In the aboriginal Bon religion, Shambhala is known as Olmolungrung, and is based on the square instead of the circle. | + | According to legend, somewhere in the [[northwest]] region of [[Jambudvipa]] lies a land called [[Shambhala]]. This is a [[magical]] land which is shaped like an [[eight-petalled lotus]] [[flower]]. It has been ruled by priest-kings for many thousands of years; in fact, the legend of [[Shambhala]] predates the introduction of [[Buddhism]] into [[Tibet]]. In the aboriginal [[Bon religion]], [[Shambhala]] is known as Olmolungrung, and is based on the square instead of the circle. |
− | Shambhala forms a gateway between the physical and spiritual realms. It is endowed with riches, and is ideally suited for the habitat of enlightened souls. They are not attached to the fruits of karma, and are but one step from Buddhahood. This is the realm to be sought for rebirth if one desires the swiftest path to nirvana. | + | [[Shambhala]] [[forms]] a gateway between the [[physical]] and [[spiritual realms]]. It is endowed with riches, and is ideally suited for the habitat of [[enlightened]] [[souls]]. They are not [[attached]] to the {{Wiki|fruits}} of [[karma]], and are but one step from [[Buddhahood]]. This is the [[realm]] to be sought for [[rebirth]] if one [[desires]] the swiftest [[path]] to [[nirvana]]. |
− | Finding Shambhala: | + | Finding [[Shambhala]]: |
− | Many western explorers, hearing tales of a "golden city" of Shambhala, sought to find it in the frozen wastes of northern Tibet. This resulted in the present-day term "Shangri-la," which, like El Dorado, signifies an unattainable goal. This is an unfortunate misunderstanding, for ultimately Shambhala is a place accessible to anyone, if only one can be free of karmic attachments. | + | Many {{Wiki|western}} explorers, hearing tales of a "golden city" of [[Shambhala]], sought to find it in the frozen wastes of northern [[Tibet]]. This resulted in the present-day term "[[Shangri-la]]," which, like El Dorado, {{Wiki|signifies}} an unattainable goal. This is an unfortunate misunderstanding, for ultimately [[Shambhala]] is a place accessible to anyone, if only one can be free of [[karmic]] [[attachments]]. |
− | While people (especially Tibetan lamas) have been searching for Shambhala for centuries, those who seek the kingdom often never return, either because they have found the hidden country and have remained there or because they have been destroyed in the attempt. Tibetan texts containing what appear to be historical facts about Shambhala, such as the names and dates of its kings and records of corresponding events occurring in the outside world, give Tibetans additional reason for believing that the kingdom exists. Recent events that seem to correspond to the predictions of the mythic kingdom add strength to their belief. The disintegration of Buddhism in Tibet and the growth of materialism throughout the world, coupled with the wars and turmoil of the 20th century, all fit in with the prophecy of Shambhala. | + | While [[people]] (especially [[Tibetan]] [[lamas]]) have been searching for [[Shambhala]] for centuries, those who seek the {{Wiki|kingdom}} often never return, either because they have found the hidden country and have remained there or because they have been destroyed in the attempt. [[Tibetan texts]] containing what appear to be historical facts about [[Shambhala]], such as the names and dates of its [[kings]] and records of corresponding events occurring in the outside [[world]], give [[Tibetans]] additional [[reason]] for believing that the {{Wiki|kingdom}} [[exists]]. Recent events that seem to correspond to the predictions of the [[mythic]] {{Wiki|kingdom}} add strength to their [[belief]]. The {{Wiki|disintegration}} of [[Buddhism]] in [[Tibet]] and the growth of {{Wiki|materialism}} throughout the [[world]], coupled with the wars and turmoil of the 20th century, all fit in with the [[prophecy of Shambhala]]. |
− | The Nazi Connection: | + | The {{Wiki|Nazi}} Connection: |
− | Even Hitler was intrigued with the idea of Shambhala. Hitler was quite mystic-minded. In his youth, he studied the occult and yoga in Vienna, and received initiation into the American Indian peyote cult. Later he turned to Theosophy. He was invited to join an occult group in Germany, called Ultima Thule, which planned to take over Germany. This later became the Nazi Party. | + | Even {{Wiki|Hitler}} was intrigued with the [[idea]] of [[Shambhala]]. {{Wiki|Hitler}} was quite mystic-minded. In his youth, he studied the [[occult]] and [[yoga]] in {{Wiki|Vienna}}, and received [[initiation]] into the American [[Indian]] {{Wiki|peyote}} {{Wiki|cult}}. Later he turned to [[Theosophy]]. He was invited to join an [[occult]] group in {{Wiki|Germany}}, called Ultima Thule, which planned to take over {{Wiki|Germany}}. This later became the {{Wiki|Nazi}} Party. |
− | Once Hitler assumed power, one of his ministries was that of Ancestral Memories, headed by the Chairman of the Sanskrit Department at Munich University. It controlled the concentration camps. Through this connection with Sanskrit studies, the Nazis adopted the swastika, an ancient Indian symbol of immutable good luck. "Swastika" is a Sanskrit word that means well-being or good luck. It has appeared as a symbol throughout the Hindu, Buddhist, and Jain worlds for thousands of years. Hitler hoped it would likewise bring him good fortune. | + | Once {{Wiki|Hitler}} assumed power, one of his ministries was that of Ancestral {{Wiki|Memories}}, headed by the Chairman of the [[Sanskrit]] Department at {{Wiki|Munich}} {{Wiki|University}}. It controlled the [[concentration]] camps. Through this connection with [[Sanskrit]] studies, the Nazis adopted the [[swastika]], an {{Wiki|ancient Indian}} [[symbol]] of immutable [[good luck]]. "[[Swastika]]" is a [[Sanskrit]] [[word]] that means well-being or [[good luck]]. It has appeared as a [[symbol]] throughout the [[Hindu]], [[Buddhist]], and [[Jain]] [[worlds]] for thousands of years. {{Wiki|Hitler}} hoped it would likewise bring him good [[fortune]]. |
− | Hitler gathered information about as many of the occult groups of the world as he could. His aim was to find the elements common with Theosophy and to reinterpret these teachings in terms of its theory. With the help of the explorer Sven Hedlin, he sent several expeditions to Tibet. They were searching for contacts with Shambhala to obtain their help for ruling the world. They claimed that although Shambhala rejected them, they were able to contact and gain help from the mystic kingdom of Agardhi that Blavatsky had mentioned. Before the main Nazi leaders were executed after the Nürenberg trials, it was reported that the leaders held an unknown religious ceremony led by a man with the keys to Agardhi. | + | {{Wiki|Hitler}} [[gathered]] [[information]] about as many of the [[occult]] groups of the [[world]] as he could. His aim was to find the [[elements]] common with [[Theosophy]] and to reinterpret these teachings in terms of its {{Wiki|theory}}. With the help of the explorer Sven Hedlin, he sent several expeditions to [[Tibet]]. They were searching for contacts with [[Shambhala]] to obtain their help for ruling the [[world]]. They claimed that although [[Shambhala]] rejected them, they were able to [[contact]] and gain help from the [[mystic]] {{Wiki|kingdom}} of Agardhi that {{Wiki|Blavatsky}} had mentioned. Before the main {{Wiki|Nazi}} leaders were executed after the Nürenberg trials, it was reported that the leaders held an unknown [[religious]] {{Wiki|ceremony}} led by a man with the keys to Agardhi. |
Conclusion: | Conclusion: | ||
− | The Eastern mystical view of the world can be quite different from the Western scientific view of it. It maybe that the guidebooks to Shambhala are describing a landscape transformed by the visions of a yogi taking the journey there: Where we would see a mountaintop gleaming with snow, he would see a golden temple with a shining god. In that case, we might be able to travel the same path, but with a different view of reality. | + | The Eastern [[mystical]] [[view]] of the [[world]] can be quite different from the {{Wiki|Western}} [[scientific]] [[view]] of it. It maybe that the guidebooks to [[Shambhala]] are describing a landscape [[transformed]] by the visions of a [[yogi]] taking the journey there: Where we would see a mountaintop gleaming with snow, he would see a golden [[temple]] with a shining [[god]]. In that case, we might be able to travel the same [[path]], but with a different [[view]] of [[reality]]. |
− | To travel to Shambhala is to undertake at one and the same time an inner mystical journey and an outer physical one through desolate and mountainous territory to a cosmic powerhouse. | + | To travel to [[Shambhala]] is to undertake at one and the same [[time]] an inner [[mystical]] journey and an outer [[physical]] one through desolate and mountainous territory to a [[cosmic]] powerhouse. |
− | An old Tibetan story tells of a young man who set off on the quest for Shambhala. After crossing many mountains, he came to the cave of an old hermit, who asked him, “Where are you going across these wastes of snow?” | + | An old [[Tibetan]] story tells of a young man who set off on the quest for [[Shambhala]]. After crossing many mountains, he came to the {{Wiki|cave}} of an old [[hermit]], who asked him, “Where are you going across these wastes of snow?” |
− | “To find Shambhala,” the youth replied. | + | “To find [[Shambhala]],” the youth replied. |
− | + | “[[Ah]], well then, you need not travel far,” the [[hermit]] said. “The {{Wiki|kingdom}} of [[Shambhala]] is in your own [[heart]]. | |
− | Ancient City Found In India | + | {{Wiki|Ancient}} City Found In [[India]] |
Irradiated By Nuclear Blast | Irradiated By Nuclear Blast | ||
− | 8,000 Years Ago. Radiation is still so intense, the area is highly dangerous | + | 8,000 Years Ago. {{Wiki|Radiation}} is still so intense, the area is highly [[dangerous]] |
− | A heavy layer of radioactive ash in Rajasthan, India, covers a three-square mile area, ten miles west of Jodhpur. Scientists are investigating the site, where a housing development was being built. | + | A heavy layer of radioactive ash in {{Wiki|Rajasthan}}, [[India]], covers a three-square mile area, ten {{Wiki|miles}} [[west]] of Jodhpur. [[Scientists]] are investigating the site, where a housing development was being built. |
− | For some time it has been established that there is a very high rate of birth defects and cancer in the area under construction. The levels of radiation there have registered so high on investigators' gauges that the Indian government has now cordoned off the region. Scientists have unearthed an ancient city where evidence shows an atomic blast dating back thousands of years, from 8,000 to 12,000 years, destroyed most of the buildings and probably a half-million people. One researcher estimates that the nuclear bomb used was about the size of the ones dropped on Japan in 1945. | + | For some [[time]] it has been established that there is a very high rate of [[birth]] defects and {{Wiki|cancer}} in the area under construction. The levels of {{Wiki|radiation}} there have registered so high on investigators' gauges that the [[Indian]] government has now cordoned off the region. [[Scientists]] have unearthed an {{Wiki|ancient}} city where {{Wiki|evidence}} shows an [[atomic]] blast dating back thousands of years, from 8,000 to 12,000 years, destroyed most of the buildings and probably a half-million [[people]]. One researcher estimates that the nuclear bomb used was about the size of the ones dropped on [[Japan]] in 1945. |
− | The Mahabharata clearly describes a catastrophic blast that rocked the continent. "A single projectile charged with all the power in the Universe...An incandescent column of smoke and flame as bright as 10,000 suns, rose in all its splendor...it was an unknown weapon, an iron thunderbolt, a gigantic messenger of death which reduced to ashes an entire race. | + | The {{Wiki|Mahabharata}} clearly describes a catastrophic blast that rocked the continent. "A single projectile charged with all the power in the Universe...An incandescent column of smoke and flame as bright as 10,000 suns, rose in all its splendor...it was an unknown weapon, an {{Wiki|iron}} [[thunderbolt]], a gigantic messenger of [[death]] which reduced to ashes an entire race. |
− | "The corpses were so burned as to be unrecognizable. Their hair and nails fell out, pottery broke without any apparent cause, and the birds turned white. | + | "The corpses were so burned as to be unrecognizable. Their [[hair]] and nails fell out, pottery broke without any apparent [[cause]], and the birds turned white. |
− | "After a few hours, all foodstuffs were infected. To escape from this fire, the soldiers threw themselves into the river." | + | "After a few hours, all foodstuffs were infected. To escape from this [[fire]], the soldiers threw themselves into the [[river]]." |
− | Historian Kisari Mohan Ganguli says that Indian sacred writings are full of such descriptions, which sound like an atomic blast as experienced in Hiroshima and Nagasaki. He says references mention fighting sky chariots and final weapons. An ancient battle is described in the Drona Parva, a section of the Mahabharata. "The passage tells of combat where explosions of final weapons decimate entire armies, causing crowds of warriors with steeds and elephants and weapons to be carried away as if they were dry leaves of trees," says Ganguli. | + | Historian Kisari Mohan Ganguli says that [[Indian]] [[sacred]] writings are full of such descriptions, which [[sound]] like an [[atomic]] blast as [[experienced]] in {{Wiki|Hiroshima}} and {{Wiki|Nagasaki}}. He says references mention fighting sky chariots and final [[weapons]]. An {{Wiki|ancient}} battle is described in the [[Drona]] Parva, a section of the {{Wiki|Mahabharata}}. "The passage tells of combat where explosions of final [[weapons]] decimate entire armies, causing crowds of {{Wiki|warriors}} with steeds and [[elephants]] and [[weapons]] to be carried away as if they were dry leaves of [[trees]]," says Ganguli. |
− | "Instead of mushroom clouds, the writer describes a perpendicular explosion with its billowing smoke clouds as consecutive openings of giant parasols. There are comments about the contamination of food and people's hair falling out." | + | "Instead of mushroom clouds, the writer describes a {{Wiki|perpendicular}} explosion with its billowing smoke clouds as consecutive openings of giant [[parasols]]. There are comments about the contamination of [[food]] and people's [[hair]] falling out." |
− | Archeologist Francis Taylor says that etchings in some nearby temples he has managed to translate suggest that they prayed to be spared from the great light that was coming to lay ruin to the city. "It's so mid-boggling to imagine that some civilization had nuclear technology before we did. The radioactive ash adds credibility to the ancient Indian records that describe atomic warfare." | + | Archeologist Francis Taylor says that etchings in some nearby [[temples]] he has managed to translate suggest that they prayed to be spared from the great [[light]] that was coming to lay ruin to the city. "It's so mid-boggling to [[imagine]] that some {{Wiki|civilization}} had nuclear technology before we did. The radioactive ash adds credibility to the {{Wiki|ancient Indian}} records that describe [[atomic]] warfare." |
− | Construction has halted while the five member team conducts the investigation. The foreman of the project is Lee Hundley, who pioneered the investigation after the high level of radiation was discovered. | + | Construction has halted while the five member team conducts the [[investigation]]. The foreman of the project is Lee Hundley, who pioneered the [[investigation]] after the high level of {{Wiki|radiation}} was discovered. |
Some how this is all fitting into place:- | Some how this is all fitting into place:- | ||
− | Questions are racing in my mind. | + | Questions are racing in my [[mind]]. |
− | Where did the Nazis relocate too? The north pole...? | + | Where did the Nazis relocate too? The {{Wiki|north pole}}...? |
− | Where is there said to be an entrance to the underworld? The north pole...? | + | Where is there said to be an entrance to the {{Wiki|underworld}}? The {{Wiki|north pole}}...? |
− | Who lives in the underworld? Vishnu, the Aryans of alien origin, links to atlantis and the stories of hyperborea....? | + | Who [[lives]] in the {{Wiki|underworld}}? [[Vishnu]], the [[Aryans]] of alien origin, links to [[atlantis]] and the stories of hyperborea....? |
− | So did the nazis meet a vishnu like alien? Did they make peaceful first contact with this alien race at the north pole or did they defeat them and take their technology for themselves? | + | So did the nazis meet a [[vishnu]] like alien? Did they make [[peaceful]] first [[contact]] with this alien race at the {{Wiki|north pole}} or did they defeat them and take their technology for themselves? |
− | Hope you guys can follow my scrambled thought patterns. | + | {{Wiki|Hope}} you guys can follow my scrambled [[thought]] patterns. |
If you like the videos above more can be found here:- | If you like the videos above more can be found here:- | ||
− | In Tibetan Buddhist tradition, Shambhala (also spelled Shambala or Shamballa; Tibetan: བདེ་འབྱུང་; Wylie: bde 'byung, pron. De-jung) is a mythical kingdom hidden somewhere in Inner Asia. It is mentioned in various ancient texts, including the Kalachakra Tantra and the ancient texts of the Zhang Zhung culture which predated Tibetan Buddhism in western Tibet. The Bön scriptures speak of a closely related land called Olmolungring. | + | In [[Tibetan Buddhist]] [[tradition]], [[Shambhala]] (also spelled [[Shambala]] or [[Shamballa]]; [[Tibetan]]: {{BigTibetan|བདེ་འབྱུང་}}; Wylie: bde 'byung, pron. De-jung) is a [[mythical]] {{Wiki|kingdom}} hidden somewhere in Inner {{Wiki|Asia}}. It is mentioned in various {{Wiki|ancient}} texts, including the [[Kalachakra Tantra]] and the {{Wiki|ancient}} texts of the [[Zhang Zhung]] {{Wiki|culture}} which predated [[Tibetan Buddhism]] in {{Wiki|western}} [[Tibet]]. The [[Bön]] [[scriptures]] speak of a closely related land called [[Olmolungring]]. |
− | Whatever its historical basis, Shambhala gradually came to be seen as a Buddhist Pure Land, a fabulous kingdom whose reality is visionary or spiritual as much as physical or geographic. It was in this form that the Shambhala myth reached the West, where it influenced non-Buddhist as well as Buddhist spiritual seekers — and, to some extent, popular culture in general. | + | Whatever its historical basis, [[Shambhala]] gradually came to be seen as a [[Buddhist]] [[Pure Land]], a fabulous {{Wiki|kingdom}} whose [[reality]] is [[visionary]] or [[spiritual]] as much as [[physical]] or geographic. It was in this [[form]] that the [[Shambhala]] [[myth]] reached the [[West]], where it influenced non-Buddhist as well as [[Buddhist]] [[spiritual]] seekers — and, to some extent, popular {{Wiki|culture}} in general. |
− | In the Buddhist Kalachakra teachings | + | In the [[Buddhist]] [[Kalachakra]] teachings |
− | Sambhala (this is the form found in the earliest Sanskrit manuscripts of Kalacakra texts; the Tibetans usually transliterated this as "Shambhala") (Tib. bde 'byung) is a Sanskrit term of uncertain derivation. Commonly it is understood to be a "place of peace/tranquility/happiness". Shakyamuni Buddha is said to have taught the Kalachakra tantra on request of King Suchandra of Shambhala; the teachings are also said to be preserved there. Shambhala is believed to be a society where all the inhabitants are enlightened, actually a Buddhist Pure Land, centered by a capital city called Kalapa. | + | [[Sambhala]] (this is the [[form]] found in the earliest [[Sanskrit]] manuscripts of [[Kalacakra]] texts; the [[Tibetans]] usually transliterated this as "[[Shambhala]]") (Tib. bde 'byung) is a [[Sanskrit]] term of uncertain derivation. Commonly it is understood to be a "place of peace/tranquility/happiness". [[Shakyamuni Buddha]] is said to have taught the [[Kalachakra tantra]] on request of [[King Suchandra]] of [[Shambhala]]; the teachings are also said to be preserved there. [[Shambhala]] is believed to be a {{Wiki|society}} where all the inhabitants are [[enlightened]], actually a [[Buddhist]] [[Pure Land]], centered by a {{Wiki|capital city}} called [[Kalapa]]. |
− | The Buddhist myth of Shambhala is adaptation of the earlier Hindu myth of Kalki of Sambhala found in the Mahabharata and the Puranas. The Buddhist version may be a mythicization of an actual culture whose geographical location can be found in Inner Asia. | + | The [[Buddhist]] [[myth]] of [[Shambhala]] is [[adaptation]] of the earlier [[Hindu]] [[myth]] of [[Kalki]] of [[Sambhala]] found in the {{Wiki|Mahabharata}} and the {{Wiki|Puranas}}. The [[Buddhist]] version may be a mythicization of an actual {{Wiki|culture}} whose geographical location can be found in Inner {{Wiki|Asia}}. |
− | Shambhala is ruled over by a line of Kings of Shambhala known as Kalki Kings (Tib. Rigden), a monarch who upholds the integrity of the Kalachakra tantra. The Kalachakra prophesies that when the world declines into war and greed, and all is lost, the 25th Kalki king will emerge from Shambhala with a huge army to vanquish "Dark Forces" and usher in a worldwide Golden Age. Using calculations from the Kalachakra Tantra, scholars such as Alex Berzin put this date at 2424 AD. | + | [[Shambhala]] is ruled over by a line of [[Kings of Shambhala]] known as [[Kalki Kings]] (Tib. [[Rigden]]), a {{Wiki|monarch}} who upholds the integrity of the [[Kalachakra tantra]]. The [[Kalachakra]] [[prophesies]] that when the [[world]] declines into [[war]] and [[greed]], and all is lost, the 25th [[Kalki king]] will emerge from [[Shambhala]] with a huge {{Wiki|army}} to vanquish "Dark Forces" and usher in a worldwide Golden Age. Using calculations from the [[Kalachakra Tantra]], [[scholars]] such as Alex [[Berzin]] put this date at 2424 AD. |
− | Manjushri Yashas (Tib. Rigdan Tagpa) is said to have been born in 159 BC and ruled over a kingdom of 300,510 followers of the Mlechha (Yavana or "western") religion, some of whom worshiped the sun. He is said to have expelled all the heretics from his dominions but later, after hearing their petitions, allowed them to return. For their benefit, and the benefit of all living beings, he explained the Kalachakra teachings. In 59 BC he abdicated his throne to his son, Puṇdaŕika, and died soon afterwards, entering the Sambhoga-káya of Buddhahood. | + | [[Manjushri Yashas]] (Tib. Rigdan Tagpa) is said to have been born in 159 BC and ruled over a {{Wiki|kingdom}} of 300,510 followers of the Mlechha ([[Yavana]] or "{{Wiki|western}}") [[religion]], some of whom worshiped the {{Wiki|sun}}. He is said to have expelled all the {{Wiki|heretics}} from his dominions but later, after hearing their petitions, allowed them to return. For their [[benefit]], and the [[benefit]] of all [[living beings]], he explained the [[Kalachakra]] teachings. In 59 BC he abdicated his [[throne]] to his son, Puṇdaŕika, and [[died]] soon afterwards, entering the Sambhoga-káya of [[Buddhahood]]. |
− | As with many concepts in the Kalachakra Tantra, the idea of Shambhala is said to have "outer", "inner", and "alternative" meanings. The outer meaning understands Shambhala to exist as a physical place, although only individuals with the appropriate karma can reach it and experience it as such. As the 14th Dalai Lama noted during the 1985 Kalachakra initiation in Bodhgaya, Shambhala is not an ordinary country: | + | As with many [[Wikipedia:concept|concepts]] in the [[Kalachakra Tantra]], the [[idea]] of [[Shambhala]] is said to have "outer", "inner", and "alternative" meanings. The outer meaning [[understands]] [[Shambhala]] to [[exist]] as a [[physical]] place, although only {{Wiki|individuals}} with the appropriate [[karma]] can reach it and [[experience]] it as such. As the [[14th Dalai Lama]] noted during the 1985 [[Kalachakra]] [[initiation]] in [[Bodhgaya]], [[Shambhala]] is not an ordinary country: |
− | There are various ideas about where this society is located, but it is often placed in central Asia, north or west of Tibet. Ancient Zhang Zhung texts identify Shambhala with the Sutlej Valley in Himachal Pradesh. Mongolians identify Shambala with certain valleys of southern Siberia. | + | There are various [[ideas]] about where this {{Wiki|society}} is located, but it is often placed in central {{Wiki|Asia}}, [[north]] or [[west]] of [[Tibet]]. {{Wiki|Ancient}} [[Zhang Zhung]] texts identify [[Shambhala]] with the {{Wiki|Sutlej}} Valley in [[Himachal Pradesh]]. {{Wiki|Mongolians}} identify [[Shambala]] with certain valleys of southern {{Wiki|Siberia}}. |
− | The inner and alternative meanings refer to more subtle understandings of what Shambhala represents in terms of one's own body and mind (inner), and the meditation practice (alternative). These two types of symbolic explanations are generally passed on orally from teacher to student. | + | The inner and alternative meanings refer to more {{Wiki|subtle}} understandings of what [[Shambhala]] represents in terms of one's own [[body]] and [[mind]] (inner), and the [[meditation]] practice (alternative). These two types of [[symbolic]] explanations are generally passed on orally from [[teacher]] to student. |
− | The first Kalachakra masters of the tradition disguised themselves with pseudonyms, so the Indian oral traditions recorded by the Tibetans contain a mass of contradictions with regard to chronology. | + | The first [[Kalachakra]] [[masters]] of the [[tradition]] disguised themselves with pseudonyms, so the [[Indian]] [[oral traditions]] recorded by the [[Tibetans]] contain a mass of contradictions with regard to {{Wiki|chronology}}. |
− | Western receptions | + | {{Wiki|Western}} receptions |
− | The Western fascination with the idea of Shambhala is surprisingly great, and has often been based upon fragmented accounts from the Kalachakra tradition. Tibet was largely closed to Westerners until the twentieth century, and so what information was available about the tradition of Shambhala was haphazard at best. | + | The {{Wiki|Western}} fascination with the [[idea]] of [[Shambhala]] is surprisingly great, and has often been based upon fragmented accounts from the [[Kalachakra tradition]]. [[Tibet]] was largely closed to Westerners until the twentieth century, and so what [[information]] was available about the [[tradition]] of [[Shambhala]] was haphazard at best. |
− | The first information that reached western civilization about Shambhala came from the Portuguese Catholic missionary Estêvão Cacella, who had heard about Shambhala (which they transcribed as "Xembala"), and thought it was another name for Cathay or China. In 1627 they headed to Tashilhunpo, the seat of the Panchen Lama and, discovering their mistake, returned to India. | + | The first [[information]] that reached {{Wiki|western civilization}} about [[Shambhala]] came from the Portuguese {{Wiki|Catholic}} missionary [[Estêvão Cacella]], who had heard about [[Shambhala]] (which they transcribed as "Xembala"), and [[thought]] it was another [[name]] for [[Cathay]] or [[China]]. In 1627 they headed to [[Tashilhunpo]], the seat of the [[Panchen Lama]] and, discovering their mistake, returned to [[India]]. |
− | The Hungarian scholar Sándor Kőrösi Csoma, writing in 1833, provided the first geographic account of "a fabulous country in the north...situated between 45' and 50' north latitude". Interestingly enough, due north from India to between these latitudes is eastern Kazakhstan, which is characterized by green hills, low mountains, rivers, and lakes. This is in contrast to the landscape of the provinces of Tibet and Xinjiang in eastern China, which are high mountains and arid. | + | The Hungarian [[scholar]] [[Sándor Kőrösi Csoma]], [[writing]] in 1833, provided the first geographic account of "a fabulous country in the north...situated between 45' and 50' [[north]] latitude". Interestingly enough, due [[north]] from [[India]] to between these latitudes is eastern [[Kazakhstan]], which is characterized by green hills, low mountains, [[rivers]], and lakes. This is in contrast to the landscape of the provinces of [[Tibet]] and {{Wiki|Xinjiang}} in eastern [[China]], which are high mountains and arid. |
− | During the 19th century, Theosophical Society founder HP Blavatsky alluded to the Shambhala myth, giving it currency for Western occult enthusiasts. Blavatsky, who claimed to be in contact with a Great White Lodge of Himalayan Adepts, mentions Shambhala in several places without giving it especially great emphasis. (The Mahatmas, we are told, are also active around Shigatse and Luxor.) Blavatsky's Shambhala, like the headquarters of the Great White Lodge, is a physical location on our earth, albeit one which can only be penetrated by a worthy aspirant. | + | During the 19th century, [[Theosophical Society]] founder [[HP Blavatsky]] alluded to the [[Shambhala]] [[myth]], giving it currency for {{Wiki|Western}} [[occult]] enthusiasts. {{Wiki|Blavatsky}}, who claimed to be in [[contact]] with a [[Great White Lodge]] of [[Himalayan]] {{Wiki|Adepts}}, mentions [[Shambhala]] in several places without giving it especially great emphasis. (The [[Mahatmas]], we are told, are also active around [[Shigatse]] and Luxor.) [[Wikipedia:Blavatsky|Blavatsky's]] [[Shambhala]], like the headquarters of the [[Great White Lodge]], is a [[physical]] location on our [[earth]], albeit one which can only be penetrated by a [[worthy]] aspirant. |
− | Later esoteric writers further emphasized and elaborated on the concept of a hidden land inhabited by a hidden mystic brotherhood whose members labor for the good of humanity. Alice A. Bailey has Shamballa (her spelling) to be an extra-dimensional or spiritual reality on the etheric plane, a spiritual centre where the governing deity of Earth, Sanat Kumara, dwells as the highest avatar of the Planetary Logos of Earth, and is said to be an expression of the Will of God. Nicholas and Helena Roerich led a 1924-1928 expedition aimed at Shambhala. | + | Later [[esoteric]] writers further emphasized and elaborated on the {{Wiki|concept}} of a [[hidden land]] inhabited by a hidden [[mystic]] brotherhood whose members labor for the good of [[humanity]]. [[Alice A. Bailey]] has [[Shamballa]] (her spelling) to be an extra-dimensional or [[spiritual]] [[reality]] on the etheric plane, a [[spiritual]] centre where the governing [[deity]] of [[Earth]], {{Wiki|Sanat Kumara}}, dwells as the [[highest]] [[avatar]] of the {{Wiki|Planetary}} {{Wiki|Logos}} of [[Earth]], and is said to be an expression of the Will of [[God]]. Nicholas and {{Wiki|Helena Roerich}} led a 1924-1928 expedition aimed at [[Shambhala]]. |
− | Apparently inspired by Theosophical lore, Soviet agent Yakov Blumkin led two Tibetan expeditions to discover Shambhala, in 1926 and 1928. Similarly, Heinrich Himmler and Rudolf Hess sent a German expedition to Tibet in 1930, and then again in 1934-35, and in 1938-39.. Some later occultists, noting the Nazi link, view Shambhala (or the closely related underground realm of Aghartha) as a source of negative manipulation by an evil (or amoral) conspiracy. | + | Apparently inspired by [[Theosophical]] lore, {{Wiki|Soviet}} agent [[Yakov Blumkin]] led two [[Tibetan]] expeditions to discover [[Shambhala]], in 1926 and 1928. Similarly, [[Heinrich Himmler]] and [[Rudolf Hess]] sent a {{Wiki|German}} expedition to [[Tibet]] in 1930, and then again in 1934-35, and in 1938-39.. Some later [[occultists]], noting the {{Wiki|Nazi}} link, [[view]] [[Shambhala]] (or the closely related underground [[realm]] of [[Aghartha]]) as a source of negative manipulation by an [[evil]] (or amoral) conspiracy. |
− | The "Shangri-La" of James Hilton's 1933 novel Lost Horizon may have been inspired by the Shambhala myth (as well as then-current National Geographic articles on Eastern Tibet). | + | The "[[Shangri-La]]" of James Hilton's 1933 {{Wiki|novel}} Lost Horizon may have been inspired by the [[Shambhala]] [[myth]] (as well as then-current National Geographic articles on [[Eastern Tibet]]). |
− | Many New Age writers, notably James Redfield, have written about Shambhala. | + | Many {{Wiki|New Age}} writers, notably James Redfield, have written about [[Shambhala]]. |
− | Chögyam Trungpa used the "Shambhala" name for certain of his teachings, practices, and organizations (e.g. Shambhala Training, Shambhala International, Shambhala Publications), referring to the root of human goodness and aspiration from which the Shambhala myth itself emerges. In Trungpa's view, Shambhala has its own independent basis in human wisdom that does not belong to East or West, or to any one culture or religion. | + | [[Chögyam Trungpa]] used the "[[Shambhala]]" [[name]] for certain of his teachings, practices, and organizations (e.g. [[Shambhala]] Training, [[Shambhala]] International, [[Shambhala Publications]]), referring to the [[root]] of [[human]] goodness and [[aspiration]] from which the [[Shambhala]] [[myth]] itself emerges. In Trungpa's [[view]], [[Shambhala]] has its own independent basis in [[human]] [[wisdom]] that does not belong to [[East]] or [[West]], or to any one {{Wiki|culture}} or [[religion]]. |
In Fiction | In Fiction | ||
− | Shambhala has been appropriated in a variety of modern comic books including The Shadow, Prometheus, 2000 AD, Gargoyles #6, and Warlord. | + | [[Shambhala]] has been appropriated in a variety of {{Wiki|modern}} comic [[books]] including The Shadow, {{Wiki|Prometheus}}, 2000 AD, Gargoyles #6, and Warlord. |
− | Alan Hovhaness composed a double concerto for sitar, violin and orchestra named 'Shambala' in 1969 for Ravi Shankar and Yehudi Menuhin. | + | Alan Hovhaness composed a double concerto for sitar, violin and orchestra named '[[Shambala]]' in 1969 for [[Ravi]] Shankar and Yehudi Menuhin. |
− | The American rock band Three Dog Night recorded the song spelled 'Shambala' in 1973 track 5 on the album Cyan. Partial lyrics include "Wash away my troubles, wash away my pain with the rain in Shambala." Written by Daniel Moore. | + | The American rock band Three {{Wiki|Dog}} Night recorded the song spelled '[[Shambala]]' in 1973 track 5 on the album Cyan. Partial lyrics include "Wash away my troubles, wash away my [[pain]] with the [[rain]] in [[Shambala]]." Written by Daniel Moore. |
− | In the 2004 film Sky Captain and the World of Tomorrow, Shambhala is the region of the Himalayas where Dr. Totenkopf's uranium mine is located. | + | In the 2004 film Sky Captain and the [[World]] of Tomorrow, [[Shambhala]] is the region of the [[Himalayas]] where Dr. Totenkopf's uranium mine is located. |
− | Thomas Pynchon includes Shambhala in his 2006 novel Against the Day. In his portrayal, Shambhala is an underground city and the subject of intense searches by European powers in the early part of the 20th century, which include underground desert ships. | + | Thomas Pynchon includes [[Shambhala]] in his 2006 {{Wiki|novel}} Against the Day. In his portrayal, [[Shambhala]] is an underground city and the [[subject]] of intense searches by {{Wiki|European}} [[powers]] in the early part of the 20th century, which include underground desert ships. |
− | In the 2009 video game Uncharted 2: Among Thieves, developed by Naughty Dog, Shambhala is referred to in the songs on the soundtrack and it is portrayed that an attempt to reach it was the reason for Marco Polo's ill-fated journey home from China in 1292, and also the location of the Cintamani Stone and the mythical Tree of Life. At the end of the game, the player reaches the city, and it is the setting of the final 2 levels. | + | In the 2009 video game Uncharted 2: Among Thieves, developed by Naughty {{Wiki|Dog}}, [[Shambhala]] is referred to in the songs on the soundtrack and it is portrayed that an attempt to reach it was the [[reason]] for Marco Polo's ill-fated journey home from [[China]] in 1292, and also the location of the [[Cintamani Stone]] and the [[mythical]] [[Tree of Life]]. At the end of the game, the player reaches the city, and it is the setting of the final 2 levels. |
− | In the TV series Kung Fu: The Legend Continues both characters Kwai Chang Caine, played by David Carradine and the Ancient are said to be Shambhala masters. On some episodes, such as Rite of passage (http://www.debwalsh.com/kftlc/kfep3.html) it shows Caine making a trip to Shambhala through an ancient text recovered from the temple. On occasions he mentions his training as a Shambhala master and has to prove himself through trials of good and evil. Shambhala is portrayed as an ethereal place that is not of this world. | + | In the TV series Kung Fu: The Legend Continues both characters Kwai [[Chang]] Caine, played by David Carradine and the {{Wiki|Ancient}} are said to be [[Shambhala]] [[masters]]. On some episodes, such as [[Rite]] of passage (http://www.debwalsh.com/kftlc/kfep3.html) it shows Caine making a trip to [[Shambhala]] through an {{Wiki|ancient}} text recovered from the [[temple]]. On occasions he mentions his training as a [[Shambhala]] [[master]] and has to prove himself through trials of [[good and evil]]. [[Shambhala]] is portrayed as an ethereal place that is not of this [[world]]. |
− | In the anime film, Fullmetal Alchemist Conqueror of Shamballa, the leader of the Thule occult society of 1930s Germany believes the fictional world Amestris to be Shamballa. | + | In the anime film, Fullmetal {{Wiki|Alchemist}} [[Conqueror]] of [[Shamballa]], the leader of the Thule [[occult]] {{Wiki|society}} of 1930s {{Wiki|Germany}} believes the fictional [[world]] Amestris to be [[Shamballa]]. |
− | The Hollow Earth Enigma | + | The Hollow [[Earth]] Enigma |
by Barry Dunford | by Barry Dunford | ||
− | Around the early 1920’s, a Russian explorer, Ferdinand Ossendowski, travelled extensively in Mongolia, central Asia. Some of his travels and experiences are recorded in his book Beasts, Men and Gods, first published in English in 1922. In this work Ossendowski tells of a remarkable story which was imparted to him concerning a subterranean kingdom which constitutes an inner earth domain. This kingdom was known to the Asian Buddhist Lamas as Agharti. Interestingly, Ossendowski was informed that the entrance to this subterranean world was a cave which was marked with the inscription "This is the gate to Agharti". Another Russian explorer, Nicholas Roerich, comments on this curious matter in his book, Abode of Light (1947): "Among the innumerable legends and fairytales of various countries may be found the tales of lost tribes or subterranean dwellers. In wide and diverse directions, people are speaking of identical facts. But in correlating them you can readily see that these are but chapters from the one story. At first it seems impossible that there should exist any connection between these distorted whispers, but afterwards you begin to grasp a peculiar coincidence in these manifold legends by people who are even ignorant of each other’s names. You recognize the same relationship in the folklore of Tibet, Mongolia, China, Turkestan, Kashmir, Persia, Altai, Siberia, the Urals, Caucasia, the Russian steppes, Lithuania, Poland, Hungary, France, | + | Around the early 1920’s, a {{Wiki|Russian}} explorer, {{Wiki|Ferdinand Ossendowski}}, travelled extensively in [[Mongolia]], central {{Wiki|Asia}}. Some of his travels and [[experiences]] are recorded in his [[book]] {{Wiki|Beasts}}, Men and [[Gods]], first published in English in 1922. In this work {{Wiki|Ossendowski}} tells of a remarkable story which was imparted to him concerning a subterranean {{Wiki|kingdom}} which constitutes an inner [[earth]] domain. This {{Wiki|kingdom}} was known to the {{Wiki|Asian}} [[Buddhist]] [[Lamas]] as [[Agharti]]. Interestingly, {{Wiki|Ossendowski}} was informed that the entrance to this subterranean [[world]] was a {{Wiki|cave}} which was marked with the inscription "This is the gate to [[Agharti]]". Another {{Wiki|Russian}} explorer, [[Nicholas Roerich]], comments on this curious matter in his [[book]], Abode of [[Light]] (1947): "Among the innumerable {{Wiki|legends}} and fairytales of various countries may be found the tales of lost tribes or subterranean dwellers. In wide and diverse [[directions]], [[people]] are {{Wiki|speaking}} of [[identical]] facts. But in correlating them you can readily see that these are but chapters from the one story. At first it seems impossible that there should [[exist]] any connection between these distorted whispers, but afterwards you begin to [[grasp]] a peculiar coincidence in these manifold {{Wiki|legends}} by [[people]] who are even [[ignorant]] of each other’s names. You [[recognize]] the same relationship in the {{Wiki|folklore}} of [[Tibet]], [[Mongolia]], [[China]], {{Wiki|Turkestan}}, [[Kashmir]], {{Wiki|Persia}}, {{Wiki|Altai}}, {{Wiki|Siberia}}, the Urals, Caucasia, the {{Wiki|Russian}} {{Wiki|steppes}}, Lithuania, {{Wiki|Poland}}, {{Wiki|Hungary}}, {{Wiki|France}}, {{Wiki|Germany}}…." |
− | In his fascinating and informative book The Lost World of Agharti (1982) the author, Alec MacLennan, covers in considerable detail the worldwide ramifications of this subterranean kingdom. He shows that there may well be a number of cavernous openings on various parts of the globe which in effect are portals into an inner earth domain. He locates one such entrance in the remote West Riding of Yorkshire, England, and others have been reported, in particular, throughout various parts of the Americas. To quote Alec MacLennan: "Taking the legend in its most basic form, Agharti is said to be a mysterious underground kingdom situated somewhere beneath Asia and linked to the other continents of the world by a gigantic network of tunnels. These passageways, partly natural formations and partly the handiwork of the race which created the subterranean nation, provide a means of communication between all the points, and have done so since time immemorial. According to the legend, vast lengths of the tunnels still exist today; the rest have been destroyed by cataclysms. The exact location of these passages, and the means of entry, are said to be known only to certain high initiates, and the details are most carefully guarded because the kingdom itself is a vast storehouse of secret knowledge. These manuscripts are claimed to be the works of the lost Atlantean civilization and of an even earlier people who were the first intelligent beings to inhabit the earth." | + | In his fascinating and informative [[book]] The Lost [[World]] of [[Agharti]] (1982) the author, Alec MacLennan, covers in considerable detail the worldwide ramifications of this subterranean {{Wiki|kingdom}}. He shows that there may well be a number of cavernous openings on various parts of the {{Wiki|globe}} which in effect are portals into an inner [[earth]] domain. He locates one such entrance in the remote [[West]] Riding of Yorkshire, England, and others have been reported, in particular, throughout various parts of the Americas. To quote Alec MacLennan: "Taking the legend in its most basic [[form]], [[Agharti]] is said to be a mysterious underground {{Wiki|kingdom}} situated somewhere beneath {{Wiki|Asia}} and linked to the other continents of the [[world]] by a gigantic network of tunnels. These passageways, partly natural [[formations]] and partly the handiwork of the race which created the subterranean {{Wiki|nation}}, provide a means of {{Wiki|communication}} between all the points, and have done so since [[time]] immemorial. According to the legend, vast lengths of the tunnels still [[exist]] today; the rest have been destroyed by cataclysms. The exact location of these passages, and the means of entry, are said to be known only to certain high initiates, and the details are most carefully guarded because the {{Wiki|kingdom}} itself is a vast storehouse of [[secret knowledge]]. These manuscripts are claimed to be the works of the lost Atlantean {{Wiki|civilization}} and of an even earlier [[people]] who were the first {{Wiki|intelligent}} [[beings]] to inhabit the [[earth]]." |
− | Furthermore, in an autobiographical volume entitled My Joyful Life, Charles James Cutcliffe-Hyne (1865-1944) who lived in the West Riding of Yorkshire, England, provides the following interesting information: "In South America I heard tell that there were enormous tunnels that traverse the continent, ultimately linking with this forbidden place. More curious still, there was similar talk in Europe, and even some old people in the West Riding knew the story and believe there to be entrances through their own caves. The kingdom was said to be called Agharti." Moreover, in The Subterranean World (1960), the author Dr. Raymond Bernard states: "Throughout the Buddhist world of the Far East, belief in the existence of a Subterranean World, which is given the name Agharti, is universal and is an integral part of the Buddhist faith.…Buddhist traditions state that Agharti was first colonised many thousands of years ago when a holy man led a tribe which disappeared underground. This reminds one of Noah, who was really an Atlantean, who saved a worthy group prior to the coming of the flood that submerged Atlantis." | + | Furthermore, in an autobiographical volume entitled My [[Joyful]] [[Life]], Charles James Cutcliffe-Hyne (1865-1944) who lived in the [[West]] Riding of Yorkshire, England, provides the following [[interesting]] [[information]]: "In [[South]] {{Wiki|America}} I heard tell that there were enormous tunnels that traverse the continent, ultimately linking with this forbidden place. More curious still, there was similar talk in {{Wiki|Europe}}, and even some old [[people]] in the [[West]] Riding knew the story and believe there to be entrances through their own [[caves]]. The {{Wiki|kingdom}} was said to be called [[Agharti]]." Moreover, in The Subterranean [[World]] (1960), the author Dr. Raymond Bernard states: "Throughout the [[Buddhist]] [[world]] of the {{Wiki|Far East}}, [[belief]] in the [[existence]] of a Subterranean [[World]], which is given the [[name]] [[Agharti]], is [[universal]] and is an integral part of the [[Buddhist]] faith.…Buddhist [[traditions]] state that [[Agharti]] was first colonised many thousands of years ago when a {{Wiki|holy}} man led a tribe which disappeared underground. This reminds one of Noah, who was really an Atlantean, who saved a [[worthy]] group prior to the coming of the flood that submerged [[Atlantis]]." |
− | Another curious enigma, which may have some bearing on the foregoing, concerns the mysterious disappearance of the English explorer Col. Percy H. Fawcett in the Matto Grosso Amazonian region of central Brazil, in 1925. Fawcett disappeared without any subsequent trace with two companions, his elder son Jack and an American friend, Raleigh Rimell. The intrepid explorer was searching for an ancient Lost City which he believed might have links with the antedeluvian civilisation known as Atlantis. Before setting off on his last fateful journey, Col. Fawcett communicated to his younger son Brian: "The answer to the enigma of Ancient South America – and perhaps of the prehistoric world – may be found when those old cities are located and opened up to scientific research. That the cities exist, I know.…" | + | Another curious enigma, which may have some bearing on the foregoing, concerns the mysterious [[disappearance]] of the English explorer Col. Percy H. Fawcett in the Matto Grosso Amazonian region of central {{Wiki|Brazil}}, in 1925. Fawcett disappeared without any subsequent trace with two companions, his elder son Jack and an American [[friend]], Raleigh Rimell. The intrepid explorer was searching for an {{Wiki|ancient}} Lost City which he believed might have links with the antedeluvian {{Wiki|civilisation}} known as [[Atlantis]]. Before setting off on his last fateful journey, Col. Fawcett communicated to his younger son Brian: "The answer to the enigma of {{Wiki|Ancient}} [[South]] {{Wiki|America}} – and perhaps of the prehistoric [[world]] – may be found when those old cities are located and opened up to [[scientific]] research. That the cities [[exist]], I know.…" |
− | When writing about Col. Fawcett’s mysterious disappearance in Brazil, Dr. Raymond Bernard states in his book The Hollow Earth (1979): "These mysterious tunnels, an enigma to archaelogists, exist in greatest number under Brazil, where they open on the surface in various places. The most famous is in the Roncador Mountains of northeast Matto Grosso to where Colonel Fawcett was heading when last seen. It is claimed that the Atlantean city for which he searched was not the ruins of a dead city on the surface but a subterranean city with still living Atlanteans as its inhabitants; and that he and his son Jack reached this city and are still living therein." Invariably, the cave/tunnel opening portals to the inner earth domain appear to be located within mountainous regions such as the vast Roncador range towards which Col. Fawcett was heading when he and his two companions disappeared without trace. Indeed, Fawcett remarked: "The mountains there are quite high. We shall then follow the mountains…." | + | When [[writing]] about Col. Fawcett’s mysterious [[disappearance]] in {{Wiki|Brazil}}, Dr. Raymond Bernard states in his [[book]] The Hollow [[Earth]] (1979): "These mysterious tunnels, an enigma to archaelogists, [[exist]] in greatest number under {{Wiki|Brazil}}, where they open on the surface in various places. The most famous is in the Roncador Mountains of [[northeast]] Matto Grosso to where Colonel Fawcett was heading when last seen. It is claimed that the Atlantean city for which he searched was not the ruins of a [[dead]] city on the surface but a subterranean city with still living Atlanteans as its inhabitants; and that he and his son Jack reached this city and are still living therein." Invariably, the cave/tunnel opening portals to the inner [[earth]] domain appear to be located within mountainous regions such as the vast Roncador range towards which Col. Fawcett was heading when he and his two companions disappeared [[without trace]]. Indeed, Fawcett remarked: "The mountains there are quite high. We shall then follow the mountains…." |
− | While commenting on the Andes and Himalayan mountain ranges, Kenneth Rayner Johnson, in his book The Fulcanelli Phenomenon (1980) says: "In both these regions, the one below and the other above the equator, there are numerous legends of secret treasuries and libraries deep within the mountains. Of refuges in which mankind sheltered from a world disaster." He also refers to: "Katmandhu, and the persistent legends of concealed entrances into the bowels of the mountains that are associated with that place." | + | While commenting on the Andes and [[Himalayan]] mountain ranges, Kenneth Rayner Johnson, in his [[book]] The Fulcanelli [[Phenomenon]] (1980) says: "In both these regions, the one below and the other above the equator, there are numerous {{Wiki|legends}} of secret treasuries and libraries deep within the mountains. Of [[refuges]] in which mankind sheltered from a [[world]] {{Wiki|disaster}}." He also refers to: "Katmandhu, and the persistent {{Wiki|legends}} of concealed entrances into the bowels of the mountains that are associated with that place." |
− | The concept of the Earth being hollow is one which has been written about for at least the past century or so. In 1920, Marshall B. Gardner produced a revised edition of an earlier work published in 1913 entitled A Journey to the Earth’s Interior. In his second edition the author produces a diagrammatic plate showing the earth as a hollow planet with an opening entrance at the North Pole. What is significant is that a photograph taken by the ESSA –7 satellite on 23rd November 1968 over the North Pole, without cloud cover, clearly reveals a substantial circular opening which, it is claimed, was navigated by Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd (United States Navy) on a secret expedition made in 1947. Over a period of time much material has been written about the hollow earth theory, and recently a book has been published (Hollow Planets: A Feasibility Study of Possible Hollow Worlds by Jan Lamprecht, 1998) which suggests that all the planets in the Universe may be hollow, a creative principle which may hold true throughout the stellar worlds. | + | The {{Wiki|concept}} of the [[Earth]] being hollow is one which has been written about for at least the past century or so. In 1920, Marshall B. Gardner produced a revised edition of an earlier work published in 1913 entitled A Journey to the Earth’s Interior. In his second edition the author produces a diagrammatic plate showing the [[earth]] as a hollow {{Wiki|planet}} with an opening entrance at the {{Wiki|North Pole}}. What is significant is that a photograph taken by the ESSA –7 satellite on 23rd November 1968 over the {{Wiki|North Pole}}, without cloud cover, clearly reveals a substantial circular opening which, it is claimed, was navigated by Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd ([[United States]] Navy) on a secret expedition made in 1947. Over a period of [[time]] much material has been written about the hollow [[earth]] {{Wiki|theory}}, and recently a [[book]] has been published (Hollow {{Wiki|Planets}}: A Feasibility Study of Possible Hollow [[Worlds]] by Jan Lamprecht, 1998) which suggests that all the {{Wiki|planets}} in the [[Universe]] may be hollow, a creative [[principle]] which may hold true throughout the stellar [[worlds]]. |
− | In more recent times the theory of a hollow earth is generally believed to have been first investigated by an American writer, William Reed, in 1906 and subsequently by another American, Marshall B. Gardner, as previously mentioned. However, what is not so well known, is that in 1898 a 48 page booklet was produced entitled The Secret of the Poles. The author was a certain Henry Campion and his treatise was published in Birmingham, England. In advance of the aforementioned two American hollow earth researchers, Campion wrote that the earth was hollow with entrances at both the north and south poles. To quote Campion: "The earth's axis is completely hollow, and entirely devoid throughout - from south to north - of terra firma; it has two complete openings, one at the South Pole, the other at its exact opposite, the North Pole, it is continuously hollow, and completely open throughout its supposed dense structure from pole to pole, quite literally and completely." | + | In more recent times the {{Wiki|theory}} of a hollow [[earth]] is generally believed to have been first investigated by an American writer, William Reed, in 1906 and subsequently by another American, Marshall B. Gardner, as previously mentioned. However, what is not so well known, is that in 1898 a 48 page booklet was produced entitled The Secret of the Poles. The author was a certain Henry Campion and his treatise was published in Birmingham, England. In advance of the aforementioned two American hollow [[earth]] researchers, Campion wrote that the [[earth]] was hollow with entrances at both the [[north]] and [[south]] poles. To quote Campion: "The [[earth's]] axis is completely hollow, and entirely devoid throughout - from [[south]] to [[north]] - of terra firma; it has two complete openings, one at the {{Wiki|South Pole}}, the other at its exact opposite, the {{Wiki|North Pole}}, it is continuously hollow, and completely open throughout its supposed dense structure from pole to pole, quite literally and completely." |
− | To again quote Dr. Raymond Bernard from his book The Hollow Earth (1979): "The theories of Reed and Gardner found confirmation in the Arctic and Antarctic expeditions of Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd in 1947 and 1956 respectively, which penetrated for 1,700 miles beyond the North Pole and 2,300 miles beyond the South Pole, into a new unknown, iceless territory not recorded on a map, extending inside the polar depressions and openings that lead to the hollow interior of the earth….Admiral Byrd’s discovery is today a leading international top secret, and it has been so since it was first made in 1947. After Byrd made his radio announcement from his plane and after a brief press notice, all subsequent news on the subject was carefully suppressed by government agencies. There was an important reason for this. Before he left on his seven hour flight from his arctic base over iceless lands beyond the North Pole (leading to the interior of the Earth), Admiral Byrd said: ‘I would like to see that land beyond the Pole. That area beyond the Pole is the center of the Great Unknown’." In November 1955, before embarking on his South Polar expedition, Admiral Byrd stated: "This is the most important expedition in the history of the world." Further, a radio announcement from Byrd’s Antarctic expedition, confirmed by the American Press of February 5th 1956, stated: "On January 13th, members of the United States expedition accomplished a flight of 2,700 miles from the base at McMurdo Sound, which is 400 miles west of the South Pole, and penetrated a land extent of 2,300 miles beyond the Pole." On his return from this South Polar expedition Admiral Byrd, on March 13th 1956, remarked that: "The present expedition has opened up a vast new territory." Rear Admiral Byrd died the following year at sixty eight years of age. | + | To again quote Dr. Raymond Bernard from his [[book]] The Hollow [[Earth]] (1979): "The theories of Reed and Gardner found confirmation in the {{Wiki|Arctic}} and Antarctic expeditions of Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd in 1947 and 1956 respectively, which penetrated for 1,700 {{Wiki|miles}} [[beyond]] the {{Wiki|North Pole}} and 2,300 {{Wiki|miles}} [[beyond]] the {{Wiki|South Pole}}, into a new unknown, iceless territory not recorded on a map, extending inside the polar depressions and openings that lead to the hollow interior of the earth….Admiral Byrd’s discovery is today a leading international top secret, and it has been so since it was first made in 1947. After Byrd made his radio announcement from his plane and after a brief press notice, all subsequent news on the [[subject]] was carefully suppressed by government agencies. There was an important [[reason]] for this. Before he left on his seven hour flight from his {{Wiki|arctic}} base over iceless lands [[beyond]] the {{Wiki|North Pole}} (leading to the interior of the [[Earth]]), Admiral Byrd said: ‘I would like to see that land [[beyond]] the Pole. That area [[beyond]] the Pole is the center of the Great Unknown’." In November 1955, before embarking on his [[South]] Polar expedition, Admiral Byrd stated: "This is the most important expedition in the history of the [[world]]." Further, a radio announcement from Byrd’s Antarctic expedition, confirmed by the American Press of February 5th 1956, stated: "On January 13th, members of the [[United States]] expedition accomplished a flight of 2,700 {{Wiki|miles}} from the base at McMurdo [[Sound]], which is 400 {{Wiki|miles}} [[west]] of the {{Wiki|South Pole}}, and penetrated a land extent of 2,300 {{Wiki|miles}} [[beyond]] the Pole." On his return from this [[South]] Polar expedition Admiral Byrd, on March 13th 1956, remarked that: "The present expedition has opened up a vast new territory." Rear Admiral Byrd [[died]] the following year at sixty eight years of age. |
− | In support of the hollow earth theory an intriguing tale is recorded in a book entitled Belden, the White Chief; or, Twelve Years among the Wild Indians of the Plains, which was published in 1870 in the USA. The book is a compilation, edited by General James S. Brisbin, from the diaries and manuscripts of George P. Belden, who is described as "The Adventurous White Chief, Soldier, Hunter, Trapper, and Guide". On page 52 is recorded part of Belden’s conversation with a North American Plains Indian squaw named Washtella. The pertinent extract reads as follows: "Washtella, tell me where your people first came from." "Long, long ago" she said, "They lived in the earth, which is hollow; but one day they came to an opening and came out, when, liking the outside best, they stayed and would not return. My own father once saw the hole they came out of, but I never saw it, as it is far down the Missouri, where the white man lives." (my italics – BD). The North American Indian inner earth notion is further supported in Archaic England , 1919, by Harold Bayley who says: "….the Mandan Indians of North America have a curious legend suggestive of the idea that they must have sprung from some troglodite race. The whole Mandan nation, it is said, once resided in one large village underground near a subterranean lake….There is seemingly some like relation between this legend and the tradition held by certain hill tribes of the old Konkan kingdom in India, who have a belief that their ancestors came out of a cave in the earth." | + | In support of the hollow [[earth]] {{Wiki|theory}} an intriguing tale is recorded in a [[book]] entitled Belden, the White Chief; or, Twelve Years among the Wild {{Wiki|Indians}} of the Plains, which was published in 1870 in the {{Wiki|USA}}. The [[book]] is a compilation, edited by General James S. Brisbin, from the diaries and manuscripts of George P. Belden, who is described as "The Adventurous White Chief, Soldier, Hunter, Trapper, and Guide". On page 52 is recorded part of Belden’s [[conversation]] with a [[North]] American Plains [[Indian]] squaw named Washtella. The pertinent extract reads as follows: "Washtella, tell me where your [[people]] first came from." "Long, long ago" she said, "They lived in the [[earth]], which is hollow; but one day they came to an opening and came out, when, liking the outside best, they stayed and would not return. My own father once saw the hole they came out of, but I never saw it, as it is far down the {{Wiki|Missouri}}, where the white man [[lives]]." (my italics – BD). The [[North]] American [[Indian]] inner [[earth]] notion is further supported in {{Wiki|Archaic}} England , 1919, by Harold Bayley who says: "….the Mandan {{Wiki|Indians}} of {{Wiki|North America}} have a curious legend suggestive of the [[idea]] that they must have sprung from some troglodite race. The whole Mandan {{Wiki|nation}}, it is said, once resided in one large village underground near a subterranean lake….There is seemingly some like [[relation]] between this legend and the [[tradition]] held by certain hill tribes of the old Konkan {{Wiki|kingdom}} in [[India]], who have a [[belief]] that their {{Wiki|ancestors}} came out of a {{Wiki|cave}} in the [[earth]]." |
− | The following intriguing information was provided by L. Christine Hayes (now Maia Nartoomid) in the first issue of The Source, a journal which she began in 1980. She says: "There are four massive natural openings into the Central Earth. These are known to the Sky-Earth Tribes as the Northern, Southern, Eastern, and Western Doors. The Northern and Southern Doors are the natural openings at the poles of the planet. These opulent shaped space areas ARE the magnetic polar vortexes of Earth. Because of the type of magnetic pulse in these regions, it is difficult for a traveller to wander into the openings. The magnetic field interacts within the individual’s brain pulse, impressing an illusion upon the magnetic and physical systems that a straight course exists where actually there is a curve in space. Despite this natural protective field, there are surface dwellers who have wandered into the polar opulents. For those who know the mechanics of spectral–polar magnetism, as do the inhabitants of the Interior World, travelling through the magnetic veils is a simple process. The Eastern and Western Doors are located in the Himalayas and beneath the Titicacan Plateau of the Andes in Brazil, respectively. While these were originally large, naturally hollowed passages, they have been maintained and enhanced through the centuries. There is a fifth natural passage, known as the | + | The following intriguing [[information]] was provided by L. Christine Hayes (now Maia Nartoomid) in the first issue of The Source, a journal which she began in 1980. She says: "There are four massive natural openings into the Central [[Earth]]. These are known to the Sky-Earth Tribes as the Northern, Southern, Eastern, and {{Wiki|Western}} Doors. The Northern and Southern Doors are the natural openings at the poles of the {{Wiki|planet}}. These opulent shaped [[space]] areas ARE the magnetic polar vortexes of [[Earth]]. Because of the type of magnetic pulse in these regions, it is difficult for a traveller to wander into the openings. The magnetic field interacts within the individual’s {{Wiki|brain}} pulse, [[impressing]] an [[illusion]] upon the magnetic and [[physical]] systems that a straight course [[exists]] where actually there is a curve in [[space]]. Despite this natural [[protective]] field, there are surface dwellers who have wandered into the polar opulents. For those who know the mechanics of spectral–polar magnetism, as do the inhabitants of the Interior [[World]], travelling through the magnetic veils is a simple process. The Eastern and {{Wiki|Western}} Doors are located in the [[Himalayas]] and beneath the Titicacan Plateau of the Andes in {{Wiki|Brazil}}, respectively. While these were originally large, naturally hollowed passages, they have been maintained and enhanced through the centuries. There is a fifth natural passage, known as the ‘[[Sacred]] Knot’ or ‘The [[Navel]]’, where the merging energies from the Four Doors passes through. The tunnel is located in the Four Corners region of the South-western United States….There are other natural, smaller, closed passages which are {{Wiki|artificially}} maintained and large enough for [[human]] passage. Some of the more prominent of these are: Mt. Shasta in Northern {{Wiki|California}}, Mt. Teton in Wyoming, Mt. Hood in Washington State, Mt. Robson in {{Wiki|British}} Columbia, and the still active volcano of Mauna Loa on the Island of Hawaii." |
− | In 1989, Maia Nartoomid started another journal entitled Temple Doors which superseded The Source. In the first issue of Temple Doors, Maia writes about a secret inner earth order called ‘The Order of the Labyrinth’. She says: "The Order of the Labyrinth is a specific secret society which has existed in various forms for the last 25,000 years. In its latter period, this Order built the many labyrinths and catacombs that roamed beneath the cathedrals, monasteries, druidic mounds, and other ancient ruins of Europe interconnecting in a network of passages and chambers. Such ‘gridworks’ of the Order are also beneath the sacred structures of North and South America, Australia, the African continent, and to some extent inter-twining its way through every land mass of our world. These passages are far more than a secret route to holy places. They are the inner matrice for a resonating field of consciousness that was brought closer to the surface of our world for the purpose of inviting our participation, however subtle, in the act of receiving from the living Earth….The Order of the Labyrinth could be seen as the very center of a Labyrinth itself, with such ‘orders’ as the Knights Templar, the Masons, and the pagan societies all leading to its | + | In 1989, Maia Nartoomid started another journal entitled [[Temple]] Doors which superseded The Source. In the first issue of [[Temple]] Doors, Maia writes about a secret inner [[earth]] order called ‘The Order of the Labyrinth’. She says: "The Order of the Labyrinth is a specific secret {{Wiki|society}} which has existed in various [[forms]] for the last 25,000 years. In its latter period, this Order built the many labyrinths and catacombs that roamed beneath the cathedrals, [[monasteries]], druidic mounds, and other {{Wiki|ancient}} ruins of {{Wiki|Europe}} interconnecting in a network of passages and chambers. Such ‘gridworks’ of the Order are also beneath the [[sacred]] structures of [[North]] and [[South]] {{Wiki|America}}, [[Australia]], the African continent, and to some extent inter-twining its way through every land mass of our [[world]]. These passages are far more than a secret route to {{Wiki|holy}} places. They are the inner matrice for a resonating field of [[consciousness]] that was brought closer to the surface of our [[world]] for the purpose of inviting our participation, however {{Wiki|subtle}}, in the act of receiving from the living Earth….The Order of the Labyrinth could be seen as the very center of a Labyrinth itself, with such ‘orders’ as the Knights Templar, the Masons, and the {{Wiki|pagan}} {{Wiki|societies}} all leading to its ‘[[temple]] doors’. The Mysteries of this Order were taught by {{Wiki|Jesus}} and later incorporated in [[esoteric]] {{Wiki|Christianity}}….Within the labyrinth/catacombs of this immense network under the guardianship of the Order of the Labyrinth, are many repositories of {{Wiki|ancient}} [[wisdom]]. These records and [[relics]] are to be revealed to the [[world]] one {{Wiki|initiatory}} level at a [[time]], as those surface-born are ready to receive [[enlightenment]]." |
Agartha/Agharta | Agartha/Agharta | ||
− | The network. One of the most common names cited for the society of underground dwellers is Agharta (or Agartha) with its capital city of Shamballa. The source for this information, apparently, is The Smoky God, the "biography" of a Norwegian sailor named Olaf Jansen. According to Agartha - Secrets of the Subterranean Cities, the story, written by Willis Emerson, explains how Jansen's sloop sailed through an entrance to the Earth's interior at the North Pole. For two years he lived with the inhabitants of the Agharta network of colonies who, Emerson writes, were a full 12 feet tall and whose world was lit by a "smoky" central sun. Shamballa the Lesser, one of the colonies, was also the seat of government for the network. "While Shamballa the Lesser is an inner continent, its satellite colonies are smaller enclosed ecosystems located just beneath the Earth' s crust or discreetly within mountains." | + | The network. One of the most common names cited for the {{Wiki|society}} of underground dwellers is [[Agharta]] (or Agartha) with its {{Wiki|capital city}} of [[Shamballa]]. The source for this [[information]], apparently, is The Smoky [[God]], the "{{Wiki|biography}}" of a Norwegian sailor named Olaf Jansen. According to Agartha - Secrets of the Subterranean Cities, the story, written by Willis Emerson, explains how Jansen's sloop sailed through an entrance to the [[Earth's]] interior at the {{Wiki|North Pole}}. For two years he lived with the inhabitants of the [[Agharta]] network of colonies who, Emerson writes, were a full 12 feet tall and whose [[world]] was lit by a "smoky" central {{Wiki|sun}}. [[Shamballa]] the Lesser, one of the colonies, was also the [[seat of government]] for the network. "While [[Shamballa]] the Lesser is an inner continent, its satellite colonies are smaller enclosed ecosystems located just beneath the [[Earth]]' s crust or discreetly within mountains." |
− | How and why they went there. The many cataclysms and wars taking place on the surface drove these people underground, according to Secrets: "Consider the lengthy Atlantean-Lemurian war and the power of thermonuclear weaponry that eventually sank and destroyed these two highly advanced civilizations. The Sahara, the Gobi, the Australian Outback and the deserts of the U.S. are but a few examples of the devastation that resulted. The sub-cities were created as refuges for the people and as safe havens for sacred records, teachings and technologies that were cherished by these ancient cultures." | + | How and why they went there. The many cataclysms and wars taking place on the surface drove these [[people]] underground, according to Secrets: "Consider the lengthy Atlantean-Lemurian [[war]] and the power of thermonuclear weaponry that eventually sank and destroyed these two highly advanced {{Wiki|civilizations}}. The Sahara, the Gobi, the [[Australian]] Outback and the deserts of the U.S. are but a few examples of the devastation that resulted. The sub-cities were created as [[refuges]] for the [[people]] and as safe havens for [[sacred]] records, teachings and technologies that were cherished by these {{Wiki|ancient}} cultures." |
− | In 1989, Maia Nartoomid started another journal entitled Temple Doors which superseded The Source. In the first issue of Temple Doors, Maia writes about a secret inner earth order called ‘The Order of the Labyrinth’. She says: "The Order of the Labyrinth is a specific secret society which has existed in various forms for the last 25,000 years. In its latter period, this Order built the many labyrinths and catacombs that roamed beneath the cathedrals, monasteries, druidic mounds, and other ancient ruins of Europe interconnecting in a network of passages and chambers. Such ‘gridworks’ of the Order are also beneath the sacred structures of North and South America, Australia, the African continent, and to some extent inter-twining its way through every land mass of our world. These passages are far more than a secret route to holy places. They are the inner matrice for a resonating field of consciousness that was brought closer to the surface of our world for the purpose of inviting our participation, however subtle, in the act of receiving from the living Earth….The Order of the Labyrinth could be seen as the very center of a Labyrinth itself, with such ‘orders’ as the Knights Templar, the Masons, and the pagan societies all leading to its | + | In 1989, Maia Nartoomid started another journal entitled [[Temple]] Doors which superseded The Source. In the first issue of [[Temple]] Doors, Maia writes about a secret inner [[earth]] order called ‘The Order of the Labyrinth’. She says: "The Order of the Labyrinth is a specific secret {{Wiki|society}} which has existed in various [[forms]] for the last 25,000 years. In its latter period, this Order built the many labyrinths and catacombs that roamed beneath the cathedrals, [[monasteries]], druidic mounds, and other {{Wiki|ancient}} ruins of {{Wiki|Europe}} interconnecting in a network of passages and chambers. Such ‘gridworks’ of the Order are also beneath the [[sacred]] structures of [[North]] and [[South]] {{Wiki|America}}, [[Australia]], the African continent, and to some extent inter-twining its way through every land mass of our [[world]]. These passages are far more than a secret route to {{Wiki|holy}} places. They are the inner matrice for a resonating field of [[consciousness]] that was brought closer to the surface of our [[world]] for the purpose of inviting our participation, however {{Wiki|subtle}}, in the act of receiving from the living Earth….The Order of the Labyrinth could be seen as the very center of a Labyrinth itself, with such ‘orders’ as the Knights Templar, the Masons, and the {{Wiki|pagan}} {{Wiki|societies}} all leading to its ‘[[temple]] doors’. The Mysteries of this Order were taught by {{Wiki|Jesus}} and later incorporated in [[esoteric]] {{Wiki|Christianity}}….Within the labyrinth/catacombs of this immense network under the guardianship of the Order of the Labyrinth, are many repositories of {{Wiki|ancient}} [[wisdom]]. These records and [[relics]] are to be revealed to the [[world]] one {{Wiki|initiatory}} level at a [[time]], as those surface-born are ready to receive [[enlightenment]]." |
− | In the aboriginal Bon religion, Shambhala is known as Olmolungrung, and is based on the square instead of the circle. | + | In the aboriginal [[Bon religion]], [[Shambhala]] is known as Olmolungrung, and is based on the square instead of the circle. |
− | Admiral Bird | + | Admiral {{Wiki|Bird}} |
− | I must write this diary in secrecy and obscurity. It concerns my Arctic flight of the nineteenth day of February in the year of Nineteen and Forty Seven. | + | I must write this diary in secrecy and obscurity. It concerns my {{Wiki|Arctic}} flight of the nineteenth day of February in the year of Nineteen and Forty Seven. |
− | There comes a time when the rationality of men must fade into insignificance and one must accept the inevitability of the Truth! I am not at liberty to disclose the following documenta tion at this writing ...perhaps it shall never see the light of public scrutiny, but I must do my duty and record here for all to read one day. In a world of greed and exploitation of certain of mankind can no longer suppress that which is truth. | + | There comes a [[time]] when the {{Wiki|rationality}} of men must fade into insignificance and one must accept the inevitability of the [[Truth]]! I am not at liberty to disclose the following documenta tion at this [[writing]] ...perhaps it shall never see the [[light]] of public scrutiny, but I must do my [[duty]] and record here for all to read one day. In a [[world]] of [[greed]] and exploitation of certain of mankind can no longer suppress that which is [[truth]]. |
FLIGHT LOG: BASE CAMP ARCTIC, 2/19/1947: | FLIGHT LOG: BASE CAMP ARCTIC, 2/19/1947: | ||
− | 0600 Hours- All preparations are complete for our flight north ward and we are airborne with full fuel tanks at 0610 Hours. | + | 0600 Hours- All preparations are complete for our flight [[north]] ward and we are airborne with full fuel tanks at 0610 Hours. |
0620 Hours- fuel mixture on starboard engine seems too rich, adjustment made and Pratt Whittneys are running smoothly. | 0620 Hours- fuel mixture on starboard engine seems too rich, adjustment made and Pratt Whittneys are running smoothly. | ||
− | 0730 Hours- Radio Check with base camp. All is well and radio reception is normal. | + | 0730 Hours- Radio Check with base camp. All is well and radio {{Wiki|reception}} is normal. |
0740 Hours- Note slight oil leak in starboard engine, oil pres sure indicator seems normal, however. | 0740 Hours- Note slight oil leak in starboard engine, oil pres sure indicator seems normal, however. | ||
− | 0800 Hours- Slight turbulence noted from easterly direction at altitude of 2321 feet, correction to 1700 feet, no further turbu lence, but tail wind increases, slight adjustment in throttle controls, aircraft performing very well now. | + | 0800 Hours- Slight turbulence noted from easterly [[direction]] at altitude of 2321 feet, {{Wiki|correction}} to 1700 feet, no further turbu lence, but tail [[wind]] increases, slight adjustment in throttle controls, aircraft performing very well now. |
0815 Hours- Radio Check with base camp, situation normal. | 0815 Hours- Radio Check with base camp, situation normal. | ||
− | 0830 Hours- Turbulence encountered again, increase altitude to 2900 feet, smooth flight conditions again. | + | 0830 Hours- Turbulence encountered again, increase altitude to 2900 feet, smooth flight [[conditions]] again. |
− | 0910 Hours- Vast Ice and snow below, note coloration of yellowish nature, and disperse in a linear pattern. Altering course foe a better examination of this color pattern below, note reddish or purple color also. Circle this area two full turns and return to assigned compass heading. Position check made again to base camp, and relay information concerning colorations in the Ice and snow below. | + | 0910 Hours- Vast Ice and snow below, note coloration of yellowish [[nature]], and disperse in a linear pattern. Altering course foe a better examination of this {{Wiki|color}} pattern below, note reddish or purple {{Wiki|color}} also. Circle this area two full turns and return to assigned {{Wiki|compass}} heading. Position check made again to base camp, and relay [[information]] concerning colorations in the Ice and snow below. |
− | 0910 Hours- Both Magnetic and Gyro compasses beginning to gyrate and wobble, we are unable to hold our heading by instrumentation. Take bearing with Sun compass, yet all seems well. The controls are seemingly slow to respond and have sluggish quality, but there is no indication of Icing! | + | 0910 Hours- Both Magnetic and Gyro compasses beginning to gyrate and wobble, we are unable to hold our heading by instrumentation. Take bearing with {{Wiki|Sun}} {{Wiki|compass}}, yet all seems well. The controls are seemingly slow to respond and have sluggish quality, but there is no indication of Icing! |
0915 Hours- In the distance is what appears to be mountains. | 0915 Hours- In the distance is what appears to be mountains. | ||
− | 0949 Hours- 29 minutes elapsed flight time from the first sight ing of the mountains, it is no illusion. They are mountains and consisting of a small range that I have never seen before! | + | 0949 Hours- 29 minutes elapsed flight [[time]] from the first [[sight]] ing of the mountains, it is no [[illusion]]. They are mountains and consisting of a small range that I have never seen before! |
0955 Hours- Altitude change to 2950 feet, encountering strong turbulence again. | 0955 Hours- Altitude change to 2950 feet, encountering strong turbulence again. | ||
− | 1000 Hours- We are crossing over the small mountain range and still proceeding northward as best as can be ascertained. Beyond the mountain range is what appears to be a valley with a small river or stream running through the center portion. There should be no green valley below! Something is definitely wrong and abnormal here! We should be over Ice and Snow! To the portside are great forests growing on the mountain slopes. Our navigation Instruments are still spinning, the gyroscope is oscillating back and forth! | + | 1000 Hours- We are crossing over the small mountain range and still proceeding northward as best as can be ascertained. [[Beyond]] the mountain range is what appears to be a valley with a small [[river]] or stream running through the center portion. There should be no green valley below! Something is definitely wrong and abnormal here! We should be over Ice and Snow! To the portside are great forests growing on the mountain slopes. Our {{Wiki|navigation}} Instruments are still spinning, the gyroscope is oscillating back and forth! |
− | 1005 Hours- I alter altitude to 1400 feet and execute a sharp left turn to better examine the valley below. It is green with either moss or a type of tight knit grass. The Light here seems different. I cannot see the Sun anymore. We make another left turn and we spot what seems to be a large animal of some kind below us. It appears to be an elephant! NO!!! It looks more like a mammoth! This is incredible! Yet, there it is! Decrease altitude to 1000 feet and take binoculars to better examine the animal. It is confirmed - it is definitely a mammoth-like ani mal! Report this to base camp. | + | 1005 Hours- I alter altitude to 1400 feet and execute a sharp left turn to better examine the valley below. It is green with either moss or a type of tight knit grass. The [[Light]] here seems different. I cannot see the {{Wiki|Sun}} anymore. We make another left turn and we spot what seems to be a large [[animal]] of some kind below us. It appears to be an [[elephant]]! NO!!! It looks more like a mammoth! This is incredible! Yet, there it is! {{Wiki|Decrease}} altitude to 1000 feet and take binoculars to better examine the [[animal]]. It is confirmed - it is definitely a mammoth-like [[ani]] mal! Report this to base camp. |
− | 1030 Hours- Encountering more rolling green hills now. The external temperature indicator reads 74 degrees Fahrenheit! Continuing on our heading now. Navigation instruments seem normal now. I am puzzled over their actions. Attempt to contact base camp. Radio is not functioning! | + | 1030 Hours- Encountering more rolling green hills now. The external temperature indicator reads 74 degrees Fahrenheit! Continuing on our heading now. {{Wiki|Navigation}} instruments seem normal now. I am puzzled over their [[actions]]. Attempt to [[contact]] base camp. Radio is not functioning! |
− | 1130 Hours- Countryside below is more level and normal (if I may use that word). Ahead we spot what seems to be a city!!!! This is impossible! Aircraft seems light and oddly buoyant. The controls refuse to respond!! My GOD!!! Off our port and star board wings are a strange type of aircraft. They are closing rapidly alongside! They are disc-shaped and have a radiant quality to them. They are close enough now to see the markings on them. It is a type of Swastika!!! This is fantastic. Where are we! What has happened. I tug at the controls again. They will not respond!!!! We are caught in an invisible vice grip of some type! | + | 1130 Hours- Countryside below is more level and normal (if I may use that [[word]]). Ahead we spot what seems to be a city!!!! This is impossible! Aircraft seems [[light]] and oddly buoyant. The controls refuse to respond!! My GOD!!! Off our port and star board wings are a strange type of aircraft. They are closing rapidly alongside! They are disc-shaped and have a radiant quality to them. They are close enough now to see the markings on them. It is a type of [[Swastika]]!!! This is fantastic. Where are we! What has happened. I tug at the controls again. They will not respond!!!! We are caught in an {{Wiki|invisible}} vice [[grip]] of some type! |
− | 1135 Hours- Our radio crackles and a voice comes through in English with what perhaps is a slight Nordic or Germanic accent! The message is: 'Welcome, Admiral, to our domain. We shall land you in exactly seven minutes! Relax, Admiral, you are in good hands.' I note the engines of our plane have stopped running! The aircraft is under some strange control and is now turning itself. The controls are useless. | + | 1135 Hours- Our radio crackles and a {{Wiki|voice}} comes through in English with what perhaps is a slight Nordic or {{Wiki|Germanic}} accent! The message is: 'Welcome, Admiral, to our domain. We shall land you in exactly seven minutes! [[Relax]], Admiral, you are in good hands.' I note the engines of our plane have stopped running! The aircraft is under some strange control and is now turning itself. The controls are useless. |
− | 1140 Hours- Another radio message received. We begin the landing process now, and in moments the plane shudders slightly, and begins a descent as though caught in some great unseen elevator! The downward motion is negligible, and we touch down with only a slight jolt! | + | 1140 Hours- Another radio message received. We begin the landing process now, and in moments the plane shudders slightly, and begins a descent as though caught in some great unseen elevator! The downward motion is negligible, and we {{Wiki|touch}} down with only a slight jolt! |
− | 1145 Hours- I am making a hasty last entry in the flight log. Several men are approaching on foot toward our aircraft. They are tall with blond hair. In the distance is a large shimmering city pulsating with rainbow hues of color. I do not know what is going to happen now, but I see no signs of weapons on those approaching. I hear now a voice ordering me by name to open the cargo door. I comply. END LOG | + | 1145 Hours- I am making a hasty last entry in the flight log. Several men are approaching on foot toward our aircraft. They are tall with blond [[hair]]. In the distance is a large shimmering city pulsating with [[rainbow]] hues of {{Wiki|color}}. I do not know what is going to happen now, but I see no [[signs]] of [[weapons]] on those approaching. I hear now a {{Wiki|voice}} ordering me by [[name]] to open the cargo door. I comply. END LOG |
− | From this point I write all the following events here from memory. It defies the imagination and would seem all but madness if it had not happened. | + | From this point I write all the following events here from [[memory]]. It defies the [[imagination]] and would seem all but madness if it had not happened. |
− | The radioman and I are taken from the aircraft and we are re ceived in a most cordial manner. We were then boarded on a small platform-like conveyance with no wheels! It moves us toward the glowing city with great swiftness. As we approach, the city seems to be made of a crystal material. Soon we arrive at a large building that is a type I have never seen before. It appears to be right out of the design board of Frank Lloyd Wright, or perhaps more correctly, out of a Buck Rogers setting!! We are given some type of warm beverage which tasted like nothing I have ever savored before. It is delicious. After about ten minutes, two of our wondrous appearing hosts come to our quarters and announce that I am to accompany them. I have no choice but to comply. I leave my radioman behind and we walk a short dis tance and enter into what seems to be an elevator. We descend downward for some moments, the machine stops, and the door lifts silently upward! We then proceed down a long hallway that is lit by a rose-colored light that seems to be emanating from the very walls themselves! One of the beings motions for us to stop before a great door. Over the door is an inscription that I cannot read. The great door slides noiselessly open and I am beckoned to enter. One of my hosts speaks. 'Have no fear, Admiral, you are to have an audience with the Master...' | + | The radioman and I are taken from the aircraft and we are re ceived in a most cordial [[manner]]. We were then boarded on a small platform-like conveyance with no wheels! It moves us toward the glowing city with great swiftness. As we approach, the city seems to be made of a {{Wiki|crystal}} material. Soon we arrive at a large building that is a type I have never seen before. It appears to be right out of the design board of Frank Lloyd Wright, or perhaps more correctly, out of a Buck Rogers setting!! We are given some type of warm beverage which tasted like [[nothing]] I have ever savored before. It is delicious. After about ten minutes, two of our wondrous appearing hosts come to our quarters and announce that I am to accompany them. I have no choice but to comply. I leave my radioman behind and we walk a short dis tance and enter into what seems to be an elevator. We descend downward for some moments, the machine stops, and the door lifts silently upward! We then proceed down a long hallway that is lit by a rose-colored [[light]] that seems to be [[emanating]] from the very walls themselves! One of the [[beings]] motions for us to stop before a great door. Over the door is an inscription that I cannot read. The great door slides noiselessly open and I am beckoned to enter. One of my hosts speaks. 'Have no {{Wiki|fear}}, Admiral, you are to have an audience with the [[Master]]...' |
− | I step inside and my eyes adjust to the beautiful coloration that seems to be filling the room completely. Then I begin to see my sur roundings. What greeted my eyes is the most beautiful sight of my entire existence. It is in fact too beautiful and wondrous to describe. It is exquisite and delicate. I do not think there exists a human term that can describe it in any detail with justice! My thoughts are interrupted in a cordial manner by a warm rich voice of melodious quality, 'I bid you welcome to our domain, Admiral.' I see a man with delicate features and with the etching of years upon his face. He is seated at a long table. He motions me to sit down in one of the chairs. After I am seated, he places his fingertips together and smiles. He speaks softly again, and conveys the following. | + | I step inside and my [[eyes]] adjust to the beautiful coloration that seems to be filling the room completely. Then I begin to see my sur roundings. What greeted my [[eyes]] is the most beautiful [[sight]] of my entire [[existence]]. It is in fact too beautiful and wondrous to describe. It is exquisite and delicate. I do not think there [[exists]] a [[human]] term that can describe it in any detail with justice! My [[thoughts]] are interrupted in a cordial [[manner]] by a warm rich {{Wiki|voice}} of melodious quality, 'I bid you welcome to our domain, Admiral.' I see a man with delicate features and with the etching of years upon his face. He is seated at a long table. He motions me to sit down in one of the chairs. After I am seated, he places his fingertips together and [[smiles]]. He speaks softly again, and conveys the following. |
− | 'We have let you enter here because you are of noble character and well-known on the Surface World, Admiral.' Surface World, I half-gasp under my breath! 'Yes," the Master replies with a smile, 'you are in the domain of the Arianni, the Inner World of the Earth. We shall not long delay your mission, and you will be safely escorted back to the surface and for a distance beyond. But now, Admiral, I shall tell you why you have been summoned here. Our interest rightly begins just after your race exploded the first atomic bombs over Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan. It was at that alarm ing time we sent our flying machines, the "Flugelrads", to your surface world to investigate what your race had done. That is, of course, past history now, my dear Admiral, but I must continue on. You see, we have never interfered before in your race's wars, and barbarity, but now we must, for you have learned to tamper with a certain power that is not for man, namely, that of atomic energy. Our emissaries have already delivered messages to the powers of your world, and yet they do not heed. Now you have been chosen to be witness here that our world does exist. You see, our Culture and Science is many thousands of years beyond your race, Admiral.' I interrupted, 'But what does this have to do with me, Sir?' | + | 'We have let you enter here because you are of [[noble]] [[character]] and well-known on the Surface [[World]], Admiral.' Surface [[World]], I half-gasp under my [[breath]]! 'Yes," the [[Master]] replies with a [[smile]], 'you are in the domain of the Arianni, the [[Inner World]] of the [[Earth]]. We shall not long delay your [[mission]], and you will be safely escorted back to the surface and for a distance [[beyond]]. But now, Admiral, I shall tell you why you have been summoned here. Our [[interest]] rightly begins just after your race exploded the first [[atomic]] bombs over {{Wiki|Hiroshima}} and {{Wiki|Nagasaki}}, [[Japan]]. It was at that alarm ing [[time]] we sent our flying machines, the "Flugelrads", to your surface [[world]] to investigate what your race had done. That is, of course, past history now, my dear Admiral, but I must continue on. You see, we have never interfered before in your race's wars, and barbarity, but now we must, for you have learned to tamper with a certain power that is not for man, namely, that of [[atomic]] [[energy]]. Our emissaries have already delivered messages to the [[powers]] of your [[world]], and yet they do not heed. Now you have been chosen to be {{Wiki|witness}} here that our [[world]] does [[exist]]. You see, our {{Wiki|Culture}} and [[Science]] is many thousands of years [[beyond]] your race, Admiral.' I interrupted, 'But what does this have to do with me, Sir?' |
− | The Master's eyes seemed to penetrate deeply into my mind, and after studying me for a few moments he replied, 'Your race has now reached the point of no return, for there are those among you who would destroy your very world rather than relinquish their power as they know it...' I nodded, and the Master continued, 'In 1945 and afterward, we tried to contact your race, but our efforts were met with hostility, our Flugelrads were fired upon. Yes, even pursued with malice and animosity by your fighter planes. So, now, I say to you, my son, there is a great storm gathering in your world, a black fury that will not spend itself for many years. There will be no answer in your arms, there will be no safety in your science. It may rage on until every flower of your culture is trampled, and all human things are leveled in vast chaos. Your recent war was only a prelude of what is yet to come for your race. We here see it more clearly with each hour..do you say I am mistaken?' | + | The [[Master's]] [[eyes]] seemed to penetrate deeply into my [[mind]], and after studying me for a few moments he replied, 'Your race has now reached the point of no return, for there are those among you who would destroy your very [[world]] rather than relinquish their power as they know it...' I nodded, and the [[Master]] continued, 'In 1945 and afterward, we tried to [[contact]] your race, but our efforts were met with {{Wiki|hostility}}, our Flugelrads were fired upon. Yes, even pursued with [[malice]] and [[animosity]] by your fighter planes. So, now, I say to you, my son, there is a great storm [[gathering]] in your [[world]], a black [[fury]] that will not spend itself for many years. There will be no answer in your arms, there will be no safety in your [[science]]. It may [[rage]] on until every [[flower]] of your {{Wiki|culture}} is trampled, and all [[human]] things are leveled in vast {{Wiki|chaos}}. Your recent [[war]] was only a prelude of what is yet to come for your race. We here see it more clearly with each hour..do you say I am mistaken?' |
'No,' I answer, 'it happened once before, the dark ages came and they lasted for more than five hundred years.' | 'No,' I answer, 'it happened once before, the dark ages came and they lasted for more than five hundred years.' | ||
− | 'Yes, my son,' replied the Master, 'the dark ages that will come now for your race will cover the Earth like a pall, but I believe that some of your race will live through the storm, beyond that, I cannot say. We see at a great distance a new world stirring from the ruins of your race, seeking its lost and legendary treasures, and they will be here, my son, safe in our keeping. When that time arrives, we shall come forward again to help revive your culture and your race. Perhaps, by then, you will have learned the futility of war and its strife...and after that time, certain of your culture and science will be returned for your race to begin anew. You, my son, are to return to the Surface World with this message.....' | + | 'Yes, my son,' replied the [[Master]], 'the dark ages that will come now for your race will cover the [[Earth]] like a pall, but I believe that some of your race will [[live]] through the storm, [[beyond]] that, I cannot say. We see at a great distance a new [[world]] stirring from the ruins of your race, seeking its lost and legendary [[treasures]], and they will be here, my son, safe in our keeping. When that [[time]] arrives, we shall come forward again to help revive your {{Wiki|culture}} and your race. Perhaps, by then, you will have learned the futility of [[war]] and its strife...and after that [[time]], certain of your {{Wiki|culture}} and [[science]] will be returned for your race to begin anew. You, my son, are to return to the Surface [[World]] with this message.....' |
− | With these closing words, our meeting seemed at an end. I stood for a moment as in a dream....but, yet, I knew this was reality, and for some strange reason I bowed slightly, either out of respect or humility, I do not know which. | + | With these closing words, our meeting seemed at an end. I stood for a moment as in a dream....but, yet, I knew this was [[reality]], and for some strange [[reason]] I [[bowed]] slightly, either out of [[respect]] or humility, I do not know which. |
− | Suddenly, I was again aware that the two beautiful hosts who had brought me here were again at my side. 'This way, Admiral,' motioned one. I turned once more before leaving and looked back toward the Master. A gentle smile was etched on his delicate and ancient face. 'Farewell, my son,' he spoke, then he gestured with a lovely, slender hand a motion of peace and our meeting was truly ended. | + | Suddenly, I was again aware that the two beautiful hosts who had brought me here were again at my side. 'This way, Admiral,' motioned one. I turned once more before leaving and looked back toward the [[Master]]. A gentle [[smile]] was etched on his delicate and {{Wiki|ancient}} face. 'Farewell, my son,' he spoke, then he gestured with a lovely, slender hand a motion of [[peace]] and our meeting was truly ended. |
− | Quickly, we walked back through the great door of the Master's chamber and once again entered into the elevator. The door slid silently downward and we were at once going upward. One of my hosts spoke again, 'We must now make haste, Admiral, as the Master desires to delay you no longer on your scheduled timetable and you must return with his message to your race.' | + | Quickly, we walked back through the great door of the [[Master's]] chamber and once again entered into the elevator. The door slid silently downward and we were at once going upward. One of my hosts spoke again, 'We must now make haste, Admiral, as the [[Master]] [[desires]] to delay you no longer on your scheduled timetable and you must return with his message to your race.' |
− | I said nothing. All of this was almost beyond belief, and once again my thoughts were interrupted as we stopped. I entered the room and was again with my radioman. He had an anxious expres sion on his face. As I approached, I said, 'It is all right, Howie, it is all right.' The two beings motioned us toward the awaiting conveyance, we boarded, and soon arrived back at the aircraft. The engines were idling and we boarded immediately. The whole atmosphere seemed charged now with a certain air of urgency. After the cargo door was closed the aircraft was imme diately lifted by that unseen force until we reached an altitude of 2700 feet. Two of the aircraft were alongside for some dis tance guiding us on our return way. I must state here, the airspeed indicator registered no reading, yet we were moving along at a very rapid rate. | + | I said [[nothing]]. All of this was almost [[beyond]] [[belief]], and once again my [[thoughts]] were interrupted as we stopped. I entered the room and was again with my radioman. He had an anxious expres sion on his face. As I approached, I said, 'It is all right, Howie, it is all right.' The two [[beings]] motioned us toward the awaiting conveyance, we boarded, and soon arrived back at the aircraft. The engines were idling and we boarded immediately. The whole {{Wiki|atmosphere}} seemed charged now with a certain [[air]] of urgency. After the cargo door was closed the aircraft was imme diately lifted by that unseen force until we reached an altitude of 2700 feet. Two of the aircraft were alongside for some dis tance guiding us on our return way. I must state here, the airspeed indicator registered no reading, yet we were moving along at a very rapid rate. |
215 Hours- A radio message comes through. 'We are leaving you now, Admiral, your controls are free. Auf Wiedersehen!!!!' We watched for a moment as the flugelrads disappeared into the pale blue sky. | 215 Hours- A radio message comes through. 'We are leaving you now, Admiral, your controls are free. Auf Wiedersehen!!!!' We watched for a moment as the flugelrads disappeared into the pale blue sky. | ||
− | The aircraft suddenly felt as though caught in a sharp downdraft for a moment. We quickly recovered her control. We do not speak for some time, each man has his thoughts.... | + | The aircraft suddenly felt as though caught in a sharp downdraft for a moment. We quickly recovered her control. We do not speak for some [[time]], each man has his [[thoughts]].... |
ENTRY IN FLIGHT LOG CONTINUES: | ENTRY IN FLIGHT LOG CONTINUES: | ||
− | 220 Hours- We are again over vast areas of ice and snow, and approximately 27 minutes from base camp. We radio them, they respond. We report all conditions normal....normal. Base camp expresses relief at our re-established contact. | + | 220 Hours- We are again over vast areas of ice and snow, and approximately 27 minutes from base camp. We radio them, they respond. We report all [[conditions]] normal....normal. Base camp expresses relief at our re-established [[contact]]. |
− | 300 Hours- We land smoothly at base camp. I have a mission..... | + | 300 Hours- We land smoothly at base camp. I have a [[mission]]..... |
END LOG ENTRIES: | END LOG ENTRIES: | ||
− | March 11, 1947. I have just attended a staff meeting at the Pentagon. I have stated fully my discovery and the message from the Master. All is duly recorded. The President has been ad vised. I am now detained for several hours (six hours, thirty- nine minutes, to be exact.) I am interviewed intently by Top Security Forces and a medical team. It was an ordeal!!!! I am placed under strict control via the national security provisions of this United States of America. I am ORDERED TO REMAIN SILENT IN REGARD TO ALL THAT I HAVE LEARNED, ON THE BEHALF OF HUMANITY!!!! Incredible! I am reminded that I am a military man and I must obey orders. | + | March 11, 1947. I have just attended a [[staff]] meeting at the Pentagon. I have stated fully my discovery and the message from the [[Master]]. All is duly recorded. The President has been ad vised. I am now detained for several hours (six hours, thirty- nine minutes, to be exact.) I am interviewed intently by Top {{Wiki|Security}} Forces and a {{Wiki|medical}} team. It was an ordeal!!!! I am placed under strict control via the national {{Wiki|security}} provisions of this [[United States]] of {{Wiki|America}}. I am ORDERED TO REMAIN SILENT IN REGARD TO ALL THAT I HAVE LEARNED, ON THE BEHALF OF HUMANITY!!!! Incredible! I am reminded that I am a {{Wiki|military}} man and I must obey orders. |
30/12/56: FINAL ENTRY: | 30/12/56: FINAL ENTRY: | ||
− | These last few years elapsed since 1947 have not been kind...I now make my final entry in this singular diary. In closing, I must state that I have faithfully kept this matter secret as directed all these years. It has been completely against my values of moral right. Now, I seem to sense the long night coming on and this secret will not die with me, but as all truth shall, it will triumph and so it shall. | + | These last few years elapsed since 1947 have not been kind...I now make my final entry in this singular diary. In closing, I must state that I have faithfully kept this matter secret as directed all these years. It has been completely against my values of [[moral]] right. Now, I seem to [[sense]] the long night coming on and this secret will not [[die]] with me, but as all [[truth]] shall, it will {{Wiki|triumph}} and so it shall. |
− | This can be the only hope for mankind. I have seen the truth and it has quickened my spirit and has set me free! I have done my duty toward the monstrous military industrial complex. Now, the long night begins to approach, but there shall be no end. Just as the long night of the Arctic ends, the brilliant sunshine of Truth shall come again....and those who are of darkness shall fall in it's Light..FOR I HAVE SEEN THAT LAND BEYOND THE POLE, THAT CENTER OF THE GREAT UNKNOWN. | + | This can be the only {{Wiki|hope}} for mankind. I have seen the [[truth]] and it has quickened my [[spirit]] and has set me free! I have done my [[duty]] toward the monstrous {{Wiki|military}} industrial complex. Now, the long night begins to approach, but there shall be no end. Just as the long night of the {{Wiki|Arctic}} ends, the brilliant sunshine of [[Truth]] shall come again....and those who are of darkness shall fall in it's Light..FOR I HAVE SEEN THAT LAND BEYOND THE POLE, THAT CENTER OF THE GREAT UNKNOWN. |
Line 327: | Line 327: | ||
Thule org Link. | Thule org Link. | ||
− | In 1947 Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal sent a naval task force to Antarctic including Admiral Nimitz, Admiral Krusen and Admiral Byrd, called "Operation Highjump". It was touted to be an expedition to find "coal deposits" and other valuable resources, but in actuality they were trying to find the underground base of the nazis (aryans) in Neuschwabenland. The nazis had done a very detailed study of Antarctic and were alleged to have built an underground base there. In this regard however, the aryans have had an underground habitation in Antarctic for more than a million years. | + | In 1947 Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal sent a naval task force to Antarctic including Admiral Nimitz, Admiral Krusen and Admiral Byrd, called "Operation Highjump". It was touted to be an expedition to find "coal deposits" and other valuable resources, but in [[actuality]] they were trying to find the underground base of the nazis ([[aryans]]) in Neuschwabenland. The nazis had done a very detailed study of Antarctic and were alleged to have built an underground base there. In this regard however, the [[aryans]] have had an underground habitation in Antarctic for more than a million years. |
The task force of OVER 40 SHIPS, included: | The task force of OVER 40 SHIPS, included: | ||
Line 338: | Line 338: | ||
the ice breaker "Northwind", | the ice breaker "Northwind", | ||
− | and other tanker and supply ships. An armed contingent of 1400 sailors, and three dog sled teams were also on board. The expedition was filmed by the Navy and brought to Hollywood to be made into a commercial film called "The Secret Land". It was narrated by Hollywood actor Robert Montgomery (Naval reserve Officer). | + | and other tanker and supply ships. An armed contingent of 1400 sailors, and three {{Wiki|dog}} sled teams were also on board. The expedition was filmed by the Navy and brought to {{Wiki|Hollywood}} to be made into a commercial film called "The Secret Land". It was narrated by {{Wiki|Hollywood}} actor Robert Montgomery (Naval reserve Officer). |
− | There were three divisions of Operation High Jump: one land group with tractors, explosives, and plenty of equipment to refurbish "Little America", and make an airstrip to land the six R-4D's (DC-3's), | + | There were three divisions of Operation High Jump: one land group with tractors, explosives, and plenty of equipment to refurbish "Little {{Wiki|America}}", and make an airstrip to land the six R-4D's (DC-3's), |
and two seaplane groups. The R4-D's were fitted with jet-assist takeoff bottles (JATO) in order to takeoff from the short runway of the aircraft carrier "Philipine Sea". | and two seaplane groups. The R4-D's were fitted with jet-assist takeoff bottles (JATO) in order to takeoff from the short runway of the aircraft carrier "Philipine Sea". | ||
− | They also were fitted with large skis for landing on the ice field prepared for them. The skis were specially fitted at three inches above the surface of the carrier deck. When landing on the ice at "Little America" the three inches of tire in contact with the snow and ice provided just enough and not too much drag for a smooth landing. | + | They also were fitted with large skis for landing on the ice field prepared for them. The skis were specially fitted at three inches above the surface of the carrier deck. When landing on the ice at "Little {{Wiki|America}}" the three inches of tire in [[contact]] with the snow and ice provided just enough and not too much drag for a smooth landing. |
− | Admiral Byrd's team of six R4-D's were fitted with the super secret "Trimetricon" spy cameras and each plane was trailing a magnetometer. They flew over as much of the continent as they could in the short three month "summer" period, mapping and recording magnetic data. Magnetometers show anomalies in the Earth's magnetism, i.e. if there is a "hollow" place under the surface ice or ground, it will show up on the meter. | + | Admiral Byrd's team of six R4-D's were fitted with the super secret "Trimetricon" spy cameras and each plane was trailing a magnetometer. They flew over as much of the continent as they could in the short three month "summer" period, mapping and recording magnetic {{Wiki|data}}. Magnetometers show anomalies in the [[Earth's]] magnetism, i.e. if there is a "hollow" place under the surface ice or ground, it will show up on the meter. |
− | On the last of many "mapping" flights where all six planes went out, each on certain pre-ordained paths to film and "measure" with magnetometers, Admiral Byrd's plane returned THREE HOURS LATE. | + | On the last of many "mapping" flights where all [[six planes]] went out, each on certain pre-ordained [[paths]] to film and "[[measure]]" with magnetometers, Admiral Byrd's plane returned THREE HOURS LATE. |
− | It was stated that he had "lost an engine" and had had to throw everything overboard except the films themselves and the results of magnetometer readings in order to maintain altitude long enough to return to Little America. This is most certainly the time when he met with representatives of the aryans and a contingent of nazis. | + | It was stated that he had "lost an engine" and had had to throw everything overboard except the films themselves and the results of magnetometer readings in order to maintain altitude long enough to return to Little {{Wiki|America}}. This is most certainly the [[time]] when he met with representatives of the [[aryans]] and a contingent of nazis. |
− | The task force came steaming back with their data which then became classified "top secret". Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal retired and started to "talk". He was put in Bethesda Naval Hospital psychiatric ward where he was prevented from seeing or talking to anyone, including his wife! after a short while he was thrown out the window while trying to hang himself with a bedsheet. It was ruled a suicide, case closed. He was telling people about the underground aryan base. | + | The task force came steaming back with their {{Wiki|data}} which then became classified "top secret". Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal retired and started to "talk". He was put in Bethesda Naval Hospital psychiatric ward where he was prevented from [[seeing]] or talking to anyone, including his wife! after a short while he was thrown out the window while trying to hang himself with a bedsheet. It was ruled a {{Wiki|suicide}}, case closed. He was telling [[people]] about the underground [[aryan]] base. |
Byrd was a busy man with some shocking secrets. | Byrd was a busy man with some shocking secrets. | ||
− | At the end of 1946, Admiral Richard E. Byrd, an experienced polar explorer, has received the job – to lead a research expedition to Antarctica, which is the code name «High jump». | + | At the end of 1946, Admiral Richard E. Byrd, an [[experienced]] polar explorer, has received the job – to lead a research expedition to {{Wiki|Antarctica}}, which is the code [[name]] «High jump». |
− | The purpose of American expedition was to study the ice of the continent that is the title of Queen Maud Land, or New Swabia. It is equipped, however, was strange for a peaceful expedition. By the shores of the ice continent went: aircraft carrier, 13korabley of various types, 25 aircraft and helicopters. In the expedition consisted of only 25 fellows, but there were 4100 Marines, soldiers and officers! Soon American newspapers have informed that the aim of this expedition was to find the secret «Base-211», belonging to the Nazis. | + | The purpose of American expedition was to study the ice of the continent that is the title of {{Wiki|Queen}} Maud Land, or New Swabia. It is equipped, however, was strange for a [[peaceful]] expedition. By the shores of the ice continent went: aircraft carrier, 13korabley of various types, 25 aircraft and helicopters. In the expedition consisted of only 25 fellows, but there were 4100 Marines, soldiers and officers! Soon American newspapers have informed that the aim of this expedition was to find the secret «Base-211», belonging to the Nazis. |
− | Creating a database on the ice continent, leaders of the Third Reich began in 1938. First, to the shores of Antarctica was sent to a research ship. Located on the hydroplane photographed nearly a quarter of the continent and dropped to the ice metallic with swastika pennants. Germany declared itself the owner of a huge territory, known as New Swabia. | + | Creating a database on the ice continent, leaders of the Third Reich began in 1938. First, to the shores of {{Wiki|Antarctica}} was sent to a research ship. Located on the hydroplane photographed nearly a quarter of the continent and dropped to the ice metallic with [[swastika]] pennants. {{Wiki|Germany}} declared itself the [[owner]] of a huge territory, known as New Swabia. |
− | Then, to the shores of Antarctica hidden submarine went to sea dog Admiral Karl Denitsa. After the Second World War were discovered documents indicate that investigators found in New Swabia system interconnected caves with warm air. Reporting on the results of the expedition, Denitsa said: «My submariners found a real paradise on | + | Then, to the shores of {{Wiki|Antarctica}} hidden submarine went to sea {{Wiki|dog}} Admiral Karl Denitsa. After the {{Wiki|Second World War}} were discovered documents indicate that investigators found in New Swabia system interconnected [[caves]] with warm [[air]]. Reporting on the results of the expedition, Denitsa said: «My submariners found a {{Wiki|real}} [[paradise]] on [[Earth]]». And in 1943, from his {{Wiki|mouth}} sounded another strange to many words: «The {{Wiki|German}} submarine fleet is proud to be at the other end of the [[world]] created for the Fuhrer’s impregnable fortress». |
− | To the underground city in Antarctica can quietly exist during the Second World War, German military fleet has made unprecedented precautions. Any vessel which has appeared in the area of ocean bordering Queen Maud Land, immediately put on the bottom. | + | To the underground city in {{Wiki|Antarctica}} can quietly [[exist]] during the {{Wiki|Second World War}}, {{Wiki|German}} {{Wiki|military}} fleet has made unprecedented precautions. Any vessel which has appeared in the area of ocean bordering {{Wiki|Queen}} Maud Land, immediately put on the bottom. |
− | The German grasping at the Antarctic: | + | The {{Wiki|German}} [[grasping]] at the Antarctic: |
− | Since 1939, began the systematic exploration of New Swabia, and the construction of a secret Nazi base under the code name «Base-211». Every three months in the Antarctic research vessel flying Schwabenland. For several years in Antarctica gornoprohodcheskoe transported equipment and other machinery, including rail roads, cars and huge cutters for drilling tunnels. | + | Since 1939, began the systematic exploration of New Swabia, and the construction of a secret {{Wiki|Nazi}} base under the code [[name]] «Base-211». Every three months in the Antarctic research vessel flying Schwabenland. For several years in {{Wiki|Antarctica}} gornoprohodcheskoe transported equipment and other machinery, including rail roads, cars and huge cutters for drilling tunnels. |
− | For supplies «Base-211» was used 35 of the largest submarines, from which removed the arms and adapted to deliver the goods. On top of that, according to the American Uindela Colonel Stevens, who worked at the end of the war in the intelligence, the Germans built a huge cargo of eight submarines. They have all been launched and are used only for delivery of goods on to the «Base-211». | + | For supplies «Base-211» was used 35 of the largest submarines, from which removed the arms and adapted to deliver the goods. On top of that, according to the American Uindela Colonel Stevens, who worked at the end of the [[war]] in the [[intelligence]], the Germans built a huge cargo of eight submarines. They have all been launched and are used only for delivery of goods on to the «Base-211». |
− | By the end of the war, the Germans had nine research enterprise, which had projects «flying discs». According to Colonel Vitaly Shelepova, gathered a great story about the history of Germans in Antarctica, during the Second World War, at least one such company moved to Antarctica, and here was organized by the production of aircraft. With the help of submarines in the southern continent is transferred to the labor force, thousands of prisoners of concentration camps, prominent scientists with families, as well as members of Hitler – the gene pool of the future «clean» race. | + | By the end of the [[war]], the Germans had nine research enterprise, which had projects «flying discs». According to Colonel Vitaly Shelepova, [[gathered]] a [[great story]] about the history of Germans in {{Wiki|Antarctica}}, during the {{Wiki|Second World War}}, at least one such company moved to {{Wiki|Antarctica}}, and here was organized by the production of aircraft. With the help of submarines in the southern continent is transferred to the labor force, thousands of prisoners of [[concentration]] camps, prominent [[scientists]] with families, as well as members of {{Wiki|Hitler}} – the gene pool of the future «clean» race. |
− | isolated from the world’s underground city Nazi scientists conducted studies on the creation of Superman, which was to dominate the world, and improve the weapons, which would conquer the Earth. This weapon was diskolety. Some foreign newspapers in the late twentieth century, there were articles stating that the German researchers found in Tibet repository of ancient knowledge. Obtained data were used to design and build at the end of the Second World War, a new aircraft in the form of huge diskoletov capable of speeds up to 700 kilometers an hour and fall around the globe. | + | isolated from the world’s underground city {{Wiki|Nazi}} [[scientists]] conducted studies on the creation of Superman, which was to dominate the [[world]], and improve the [[weapons]], which would conquer the [[Earth]]. This weapon was diskolety. Some foreign newspapers in the late twentieth century, there were articles stating that the {{Wiki|German}} researchers found in [[Tibet]] repository of {{Wiki|ancient}} [[knowledge]]. Obtained {{Wiki|data}} were used to design and build at the end of the {{Wiki|Second World War}}, a new aircraft in the [[form]] of huge diskoletov capable of speeds up to 700 kilometers an hour and fall around the {{Wiki|globe}}. |
− | Now back to the expeditions of Admiral Byrd. During the first month of the American made about 49 thousand photos of ice in the region of the continent’s Queen Maud Land. The question of his detailed study of ground troops. And then something inexplicable happened. March 3, 1947 has just begun an urgent investigation was curtailed, and the ships in haste have a course home. | + | Now back to the expeditions of Admiral Byrd. During the first month of the American made about 49 thousand photos of ice in the region of the continent’s {{Wiki|Queen}} Maud Land. The question of his detailed study of ground troops. And then something inexplicable happened. March 3, 1947 has just begun an urgent [[investigation]] was curtailed, and the ships in haste have a course home. |
− | A year later, in May 1948, on the European The journal «Brizant» a sensational article. It turns out that the work of the expedition broke up because of the | + | A year later, in May 1948, on the {{Wiki|European}} The journal «Brizant» a sensational article. It turns out that the work of the expedition broke up because of the «{{Wiki|cruel}} enemy resistance». During the clashes were lost, one boat, four warplanes, killed dozens of [[people]]. Nine other aircraft had to leave as unusable. The article was published recollections of crew members of combat aircraft. The pilots were told of the incredible things: the vynyrnuvshih from under the [[water]] and attacked them «flying disks», on the strange atmospheric [[phenomena]] that [[cause]] {{Wiki|mental disorders}} … |
printed a note about a clash of American planes with unknown «flying discs »was so incredible that most readers found it a regular newspaper duck. It took another few decades, and the ice continent, began to receive reports that the disc UFO appeared here several times more than in other areas. | printed a note about a clash of American planes with unknown «flying discs »was so incredible that most readers found it a regular newspaper duck. It took another few decades, and the ice continent, began to receive reports that the disc UFO appeared here several times more than in other areas. | ||
− | The most famous case occurred in 1976. Japanese researchers at the same time zasekli on the radar gun 19 round objects, which from space «down» in Antarctica, and immediately disappeared from the screens. | + | The most famous case occurred in 1976. [[Japanese]] researchers at the same [[time]] zasekli on the radar gun 19 round [[objects]], which from [[space]] «down» in {{Wiki|Antarctica}}, and immediately disappeared from the screens. |
− | In 2001, a solid American magazine Weekly World News reported that the Norwegian Scientists discovered in the depths of the Antarctic mainland, at a distance of about 160 kilometers from the mountains of Mount Makklintok, mysterious tower! The height of the construction of about 28 meters. Build a tower of the hundreds of ice blocks and recalls, according to scientists, guard towers of medieval castle. Given the predilection of Nazis to medieval symbolism, unwittingly begs the idea that built its esesovtsy claiming to be continuers case of German knights’ orders. | + | In 2001, a solid American magazine Weekly [[World]] News reported that the Norwegian [[Scientists]] discovered in the depths of the Antarctic mainland, at a distance of about 160 kilometers from the mountains of Mount Makklintok, mysterious tower! The height of the construction of about 28 meters. Build a tower of the hundreds of ice blocks and recalls, according to [[scientists]], guard towers of {{Wiki|medieval}} castle. Given the predilection of Nazis to {{Wiki|medieval}} [[symbolism]], unwittingly begs the [[idea]] that built its esesovtsy claiming to be continuers case of {{Wiki|German}} knights’ orders. |
− | Not so long ago, the hypothesis that the secret« Base-211 »has continued to operate, got another confirmation. In one ufologicheskih newspaper an article by Olga Boyarina of a strange incident happened in Antarctica in March 2004. Canadian pilots discovered the remains of the ice on the aircraft and then photographed them. The pictures were visible to a wide crater in the center of which was damaged diskolet. For a detailed study of the area of his fall was sent to a special expedition, but she did not find any diskoleta or its wreckage. | + | Not so long ago, the {{Wiki|hypothesis}} that the secret« Base-211 »has continued to operate, got another confirmation. In one ufologicheskih newspaper an article by Olga Boyarina of a strange incident happened in {{Wiki|Antarctica}} in March 2004. Canadian pilots discovered the remains of the ice on the aircraft and then photographed them. The pictures were [[visible]] to a wide crater in the center of which was damaged diskolet. For a detailed study of the area of his fall was sent to a special expedition, but she did not find any diskoleta or its wreckage. |
− | And now the fun part. Two weeks to the Editor Toronto Tribune, which published a photo of an aircraft, came 85-year-old Lance Bailey. He told journalists that he was Russian, and his real name is Leonid White. During the war he was a prisoner of concentration camps, prisoners who worked in secret military aviation in the town of Penemyunde. | + | And now the fun part. Two weeks to the Editor {{Wiki|Toronto}} Tribune, which published a photo of an aircraft, came 85-year-old Lance Bailey. He told journalists that he was {{Wiki|Russian}}, and his {{Wiki|real}} [[name]] is Leonid White. During the [[war]] he was a prisoner of [[concentration]] camps, prisoners who worked in secret {{Wiki|military}} aviation in the town of Penemyunde. |
− | I am in shock – said Lance Bailey, as amended. – After all the photo in the newspaper shows a one to one machine, which I saw with his own eyes 60 years ago … In September 1943, at the concrete pad next to one of four hangars vykatili working round object with a transparent box in the center. It was similar to the inverted basin on a small inflatable wheels. This «blin» issued a sibilant sound, away from the concrete platform and hovered at an altitude of several meters. | + | I am in shock – said Lance Bailey, as amended. – After all the photo in the newspaper shows a one to one machine, which I saw with his own [[eyes]] 60 years ago … In September 1943, at the concrete pad next to one of four hangars vykatili working round [[object]] with a transparent box in the center. It was similar to the inverted basin on a small inflatable wheels. This «blin» issued a sibilant [[sound]], away from the concrete platform and hovered at an altitude of several meters. |
− | If the message in the Canadian newspaper was not a regular «duck», it turns out that, in Antarctica, all the same there was a German secret «Base-211», and it did diskolety. And the fact of the accident one of these aircraft and the clarity with which it was literally the evacuation of Canadians from under the nose, indicates that the secret underground base and continues to operate successfully. | + | If the message in the Canadian newspaper was not a regular «duck», it turns out that, in {{Wiki|Antarctica}}, all the same there was a {{Wiki|German}} secret «Base-211», and it did diskolety. And the fact of the accident one of these aircraft and the clarity with which it was literally the evacuation of Canadians from under the {{Wiki|nose}}, indicates that the secret underground base and continues to operate successfully. |
− | The Allies are closing in. Berlin is crumbling under the weight and impact of hundreds of Allied bombs. Deep in his fortified bunker, {{Wiki|Adolf Hitler}}, once unshakable in his confidence in Nazi world domination, now admits that defeat is at hand. But Hitler is determined never to suffer the humiliation of being captured by his enemies. There is only one escape route - one he has planned for should he ever face just such a turn of events. Suicide is out of the question. Instead, Hitler and his corps of elite traverse through an underground tunnel to an isolated airstrip. There they board an unmarked plane and fly south. South to the pole. To the opening at the South Pole where they will enter the hollow Earth and disappear from history. | + | The Allies are closing in. {{Wiki|Berlin}} is crumbling under the weight and impact of hundreds of Allied bombs. Deep in his fortified bunker, {{Wiki|Adolf Hitler}}, once unshakable in his [[confidence]] in {{Wiki|Nazi}} [[world]] {{Wiki|domination}}, now admits that defeat is at hand. But {{Wiki|Hitler}} is determined never to [[suffer]] the {{Wiki|humiliation}} of being captured by his enemies. There is only one escape route - one he has planned for should he ever face just such a turn of events. {{Wiki|Suicide}} is out of the question. Instead, {{Wiki|Hitler}} and his corps of {{Wiki|elite}} traverse through an underground tunnel to an isolated airstrip. There they board an unmarked plane and fly [[south]]. [[South]] to the pole. To the opening at the {{Wiki|South Pole}} where they will enter the hollow [[Earth]] and disappear from history. |
− | This alternate scenario to history is actually accepted as fact by some proponents of the hollow Earth theory. And as incredible as it sounds, the genesis of this story lies in some facts that carry some merit: some of Hitler's top advisors - perhaps even Hitler himself - believed that the Earth was hollow; and there was at least one expedition by the Nazi military to exploit that belief for strategic advantage during the war. | + | This alternate scenario to history is actually accepted as fact by some proponents of the hollow [[Earth]] {{Wiki|theory}}. And as incredible as it {{Wiki|sounds}}, the genesis of this story lies in some facts that carry some [[merit]]: some of Hitler's top advisors - perhaps even {{Wiki|Hitler}} himself - believed that the [[Earth]] was hollow; and there was at least one expedition by the {{Wiki|Nazi}} {{Wiki|military}} to exploit that [[belief]] for strategic advantage during the [[war]]. |
− | As with all such stories, it's often difficult to sort out facts, exaggerations, and outright fabrications. But it's an intriguing tale, and one that requires a little background . | + | As with all such stories, it's often difficult to sort out facts, exaggerations, and outright [[fabrications]]. But it's an intriguing tale, and one that requires a little background . |
− | There are several hollow Earth theories. The most prevalent one holds that there are great but hidden openings at both the North and South poles, and that it is possible to enter those holes. Some - including the respected Admiral Byrd - claimed to have entered those holes. According to the legends, other civilizations live within the Earth on it's inner surface, warmed and lit by an interior sun. The idea has inspired novels by Edgar Allen Poe (MS Found in a Bottle), Edgar Rice Borroughs (At the Earth's Core), and Jules Verne (A Journey to the Center of the Earth). | + | There are several hollow [[Earth]] theories. The most prevalent one holds that there are great but hidden openings at both the [[North]] and [[South]] poles, and that it is possible to enter those holes. Some - including the respected Admiral Byrd - claimed to have entered those holes. According to the {{Wiki|legends}}, other {{Wiki|civilizations}} [[live]] within the [[Earth]] on it's inner surface, warmed and lit by an interior {{Wiki|sun}}. The [[idea]] has inspired novels by Edgar Allen Poe (MS Found in a Bottle), Edgar {{Wiki|Rice}} Borroughs (At the [[Earth's]] Core), and Jules Verne (A Journey to the Center of the [[Earth]]). |
− | A second theory, call the "inverted Earth" theory, claims that we - our civilization - actually exists on the inside of the globe. We are held fast to the ground not by gravity, but by centrifugal force as the Earth rotates. The stars, so goes the theory, are twinkling chunks of ice suspended high in the air, and the illusion of day and night is caused by a rotating central sun that is half brilliant, half dark. Cyrus Teed, an alchemist from Utica, N.Y., was one of the first people to popularize this idea. So obsessed was he with the idea that he founded a religion based on it, changed his name to Koresh, and established a commune for Koreshanity in Chicago in 1888. In Germany, independently of the Koreshans, another group also was founded that adhered to the inverted Earth idea, and it was this concept that was accepted by some segments of the Nazi hierarchy. | + | A second {{Wiki|theory}}, call the "inverted [[Earth]]" {{Wiki|theory}}, claims that we - our {{Wiki|civilization}} - actually [[exists]] on the inside of the {{Wiki|globe}}. We are held fast to the ground not by gravity, but by centrifugal force as the [[Earth]] rotates. The stars, so goes the {{Wiki|theory}}, are twinkling chunks of ice suspended high in the [[air]], and the [[illusion]] of day and night is [[caused]] by a rotating central {{Wiki|sun}} that is half brilliant, half dark. Cyrus Teed, an {{Wiki|alchemist}} from Utica, N.Y., was one of the first [[people]] to popularize this [[idea]]. So obsessed was he with the [[idea]] that he founded a [[religion]] based on it, changed his [[name]] to Koresh, and established a commune for Koreshanity in {{Wiki|Chicago}} in 1888. In {{Wiki|Germany}}, independently of the Koreshans, another group also was founded that adhered to the inverted [[Earth]] [[idea]], and it was this {{Wiki|concept}} that was accepted by some segments of the {{Wiki|Nazi}} {{Wiki|hierarchy}}. |
− | The scenario told at the beginning of this article accepts one hollow Earth theory, while the facts seem to show that some Nazis actually believed in the other. | + | The scenario told at the beginning of this article accepts one hollow [[Earth]] {{Wiki|theory}}, while the facts seem to show that some Nazis actually believed in the other. |
− | Hitler's Nazis were convinced that they were destined to rule the world, and they came to this warped conclusion through the acceptance of many occult beliefs and practices, including astrology, the prophecies of Nostradamus, and the hollow/inverted Earth theory...Hohlweltlehre. Because they suspected that our surface is on the interior of a concave Earth, Hitler sent an expedition, including Dr. Heinz Fischer and powerful telescopic cameras, to the Baltic island of Rugen to spy on the British fleet. Fischer did so not by aiming his cameras across the waters, but by pointing them up to peer across the atmosphere to the Atlantic Ocean. The expedition was a failure, of course. Fischer's cameras saw nothing but sky, and the British fleet remained safe. Then there's the legend... that Hitler and many of his Nazi minions escaped Germany in the closing days of World War II and fled to Antarctica where at the South Pole they had discovered an entrance to the Earth's interior. According to the Hollow Earth Research Society in Ontario, Canada, they are still there. After the war, the Allies discovered that more than 2,000 scientists from Germany and Italy had vanished, along with almost a million people, to the land beyond the South Pole. This story gets more complicated with Nazi-designed UFOs, Nazi collaboration with the people who live in the center of the Earth, and the explanation for "Aryan-looking" UFO pilots. | + | Hitler's Nazis were convinced that they were destined to rule the [[world]], and they came to this warped conclusion through the [[acceptance]] of many [[occult]] [[beliefs]] and practices, including [[astrology]], the {{Wiki|prophecies}} of Nostradamus, and the hollow/inverted [[Earth]] theory...Hohlweltlehre. Because they suspected that our surface is on the interior of a concave [[Earth]], {{Wiki|Hitler}} sent an expedition, including Dr. Heinz Fischer and powerful telescopic cameras, to the {{Wiki|Baltic}} island of Rugen to spy on the {{Wiki|British}} fleet. Fischer did so not by aiming his cameras across the waters, but by pointing them up to peer across the {{Wiki|atmosphere}} to the Atlantic Ocean. The expedition was a failure, of course. Fischer's cameras saw [[nothing]] but sky, and the {{Wiki|British}} fleet remained safe. Then there's the legend... that {{Wiki|Hitler}} and many of his {{Wiki|Nazi}} minions escaped {{Wiki|Germany}} in the closing days of [[World]] [[War]] II and fled to {{Wiki|Antarctica}} where at the {{Wiki|South Pole}} they had discovered an entrance to the [[Earth's]] interior. According to the Hollow [[Earth]] Research {{Wiki|Society}} in Ontario, {{Wiki|Canada}}, they are still there. After the [[war]], the Allies discovered that more than 2,000 [[scientists]] from {{Wiki|Germany}} and {{Wiki|Italy}} had vanished, along with almost a million [[people]], to the land [[beyond]] the {{Wiki|South Pole}}. This story gets more complicated with Nazi-designed UFOs, {{Wiki|Nazi}} collaboration with the [[people]] who [[live]] in the center of the [[Earth]], and the explanation for "Aryan-looking" UFO pilots. |
− | While the evidence for either hollow Earth theory is close to nil (although some folks claim to have proof in the form of photos), the story involving Nazis, war, and the romance of exploratory adventure sounds like the makings of a great Indiana Jones story. | + | While the {{Wiki|evidence}} for either hollow [[Earth]] {{Wiki|theory}} is close to nil (although some folks claim to have proof in the [[form]] of photos), the story involving Nazis, [[war]], and the romance of exploratory adventure {{Wiki|sounds}} like the makings of a great Indiana Jones story. |
In fact, it is! | In fact, it is! | ||
− | In the novel Indiana Jones and the Hollow Earth by Max McCoy, Indy comes into the possession of a mysterious journal hinting at the existence of an underground civilization that he and the Nazis race to find. The fate of the world - hollow or not - is in Indy's hands! | + | In the {{Wiki|novel}} Indiana Jones and the Hollow [[Earth]] by Max McCoy, Indy comes into the possession of a mysterious journal hinting at the [[existence]] of an underground {{Wiki|civilization}} that he and the Nazis race to find. The [[fate]] of the [[world]] - hollow or not - is in Indy's hands! |
− | "ULTIMA THULE" apparently was the capital city of the first continent peopled by Aryans. This was called HYPERBOREA and was older than Lemuna and Atlantis(continents with advanced cultures since submerged). The Scandinavians have a tale of "Ultima Thule", the wonderful land in the high North, where the sun never sets and the ancestors of the Aryan race dwell. | + | "ULTIMA THULE" apparently was the {{Wiki|capital city}} of the first continent peopled by [[Aryans]]. This was called HYPERBOREA and was older than Lemuna and Atlantis(continents with advanced cultures since submerged). The Scandinavians have a tale of "Ultima Thule", the wonderful land in the high [[North]], where the {{Wiki|sun}} never sets and the {{Wiki|ancestors}} of the [[Aryan]] race dwell. |
− | Hyperborea was up in the North Sea and sank during an ice age. It is assumed that the Hyperboreans came from the solar system Aldebaran which is the main star in the constellation Taurus, and that they were about four metres tall, white, blond and blue eyed. They knew no war and were vegetarians (so was Hitler). According to alleged Thule texts they were technically very advanced and flew "Vril-ya", flying machines that today we call UFOs. | + | Hyperborea was up in the [[North]] Sea and sank during an ice age. It is assumed that the Hyperboreans came from the {{Wiki|solar system}} Aldebaran which is the main star in the [[constellation]] [[Taurus]], and that they were about four metres tall, white, blond and blue eyed. They knew no [[war]] and were {{Wiki|vegetarians}} (so was {{Wiki|Hitler}}). According to alleged Thule texts they were technically very advanced and flew "Vril-ya", flying machines that today we call UFOs. |
− | These flying disks were capable of levitation, extreme speeds and the manoeuvres known from today's UFOs due to two counter-rotating magnetic fields and they used the so-called Vril power as energy potential or fuel (Vril = ether, Od, Prana, Chi, Ki, cosmic force, Orgon..., but also from the academic "vri-IL" = as the highest deity = god-like), i.e. they take the energy from the Earth's magnetic field (free energy) like the "tachyon converter" of Captain Hans Coler. | + | These flying disks were capable of levitation, extreme speeds and the manoeuvres known from today's UFOs due to two counter-rotating magnetic fields and they used the so-called [[Vril]] power as [[energy]] potential or fuel ([[Vril]] = {{Wiki|ether}}, Od, [[Prana]], [[Chi]], Ki, [[cosmic]] force, Orgon..., but also from the {{Wiki|academic}} "vri-IL" = as the [[highest]] [[deity]] = god-like), i.e. they take the [[energy]] from the [[Earth's]] magnetic field (free [[energy]]) like the "tachyon converter" of Captain Hans Coler. |
− | When Hyperborea began to sink, the Hyperboreans are said to have burrowed (grave/borre) with huge machines - gigantic tunnels into the Earth's crust and settled under the Himalaya region. The subterranean realm is called AGHARTA and its capital SHAMBALLAH. The Persians call this land "Aryana", the land of origin of the Aryans. | + | When Hyperborea began to sink, the Hyperboreans are said to have burrowed (grave/borre) with huge machines - gigantic tunnels into the [[Earth's]] crust and settled under the [[Himalaya]] region. The subterranean [[realm]] is called AGHARTA and its capital SHAMBALLAH. The {{Wiki|Persians}} call this land "Aryana", the land of origin of the [[Aryans]]. |
− | Karl Haushofer claimed that Thule was actually Atlantis and - contrary to all other researchers of Tibet and India - he said that the surviving Thule-Atlanteans were separated into two groups, a good one and an evil one. Those who called themselves after their oracle Agharti - were the good and settled in the Himalaya region, the evil ones were the Shamballah - who wanted to subjugate humanity and they went West. He maintained that the fight between the people of Agharta and Shamballah had been going on for thousands of years and that in the Third Reich, the Thule Gesellschaft as Agartha's representative -continued it against the representatives of Shamballah, the Freemasons and the Zionists. This perhaps was his mission. | + | [[Karl Haushofer]] claimed that Thule was actually [[Atlantis]] and - contrary to all other researchers of [[Tibet]] and [[India]] - he said that the surviving Thule-Atlanteans were separated into two groups, a good one and an [[evil one]]. Those who called themselves after their {{Wiki|oracle}} [[Agharti]] - were the good and settled in the [[Himalaya]] region, the [[evil]] ones were the Shamballah - who wanted to subjugate [[humanity]] and they went [[West]]. He maintained that the fight between the [[people]] of [[Agharta]] and Shamballah had been going on for thousands of years and that in the Third Reich, the Thule Gesellschaft as Agartha's representative -continued it against the representatives of Shamballah, the Freemasons and the Zionists. This perhaps was his [[mission]]. |
− | The head of this subterranean region he said was Rigden Iyepo, the king of the world, with his representative upon the Earth's surface, the Dalai Lama. Haushofer was convinced that the land below the Himalayas was the birthplace of the Aryan race, which he claimed to have confirmed during his Tibet and India travels. | + | The head of this subterranean region he said was [[Rigden]] Iyepo, the [[king]] of the [[world]], with his representative upon the [[Earth's]] surface, the [[Dalai Lama.]] [[Haushofer]] was convinced that the land below the [[Himalayas]] was the birthplace of the [[Aryan]] race, which he claimed to have confirmed during his [[Tibet]] and [[India]] travels. |
− | The symbol of Thule was the swastika counter clockwise. Tibetan lamas and the Dalai Lama personally testified that people from Agartha were still living today. The subterranean land that is anchored in almost all Eastern traditions has spread over the millennia under all of the Earth's surface with huge centres under the Sahara desert, the Matto Grosso and the Santa Catarina mountains in Brazil, Yucatan in Mexico, Mount Shasta in California, England, Egypt, Czechoslovakia... | + | The [[symbol]] of Thule was the [[swastika]] counter {{Wiki|clockwise}}. [[Tibetan]] [[lamas]] and the [[Dalai Lama]] personally testified that [[people]] from Agartha were still living today. The subterranean land that is anchored in almost all Eastern [[traditions]] has spread over the millennia under all of the [[Earth's]] surface with huge centres under the Sahara desert, the Matto Grosso and the Santa Catarina mountains in {{Wiki|Brazil}}, Yucatan in {{Wiki|Mexico}}, Mount Shasta in {{Wiki|California}}, England, {{Wiki|Egypt}}, Czechoslovakia... |
− | It seems that Hitler especially sought to discover the entrances to the subterranean world Agartha and to get in contact with the descendants of the Aryan "God people" from Aldebaran-Hyperborea. In the myths and traditions of the subterranean world it is often said that the world's surface was yet to suffer a terrible world war (Third World War), which would though be ended by earthquakes, other natural disasters and a switching of the poles and the deaths therefrom of two thirds of humanity. | + | It seems that {{Wiki|Hitler}} especially sought to discover the entrances to the subterranean [[world]] Agartha and to get in [[contact]] with the descendants of the [[Aryan]] "[[God]] [[people]]" from Aldebaran-Hyperborea. In the [[myths]] and [[traditions]] of the subterranean [[world]] it is often said that the world's surface was yet to [[suffer]] a terrible [[world]] [[war]] (Third [[World]] [[War]]), which would though be ended by earthquakes, other natural disasters and a switching of the poles and the [[deaths]] therefrom of two thirds of [[humanity]]. |
− | After this "last war" the several races of the inner Earth would reunite with the survivors on the surface and the thousand-year GOLDEN AGE (age of Aquarius) would be rung in. Hitler wanted to build an outer "Agartha" or "Aryana" with the Aryan master race, and Germany should be its home. During the existence of the "Third Reich" two large expeditions were sent by the SS to the Himalayas to find those entrances. Further expeditions searched in the Andes, the Matto Grosso mountains in the North and the Santa Catarina mountains in the South of Brazil, in Czechoslovakia and parts of England. | + | After this "last [[war]]" the several races of the inner [[Earth]] would reunite with the survivors on the surface and the thousand-year GOLDEN AGE (age of [[Aquarius]]) would be [[rung]] in. {{Wiki|Hitler}} wanted to build an outer "Agartha" or "Aryana" with the [[Aryan]] [[master]] race, and {{Wiki|Germany}} should be its home. During the [[existence]] of the "Third Reich" two large expeditions were sent by the SS to the [[Himalayas]] to find those entrances. Further expeditions searched in the Andes, the Matto Grosso mountains in the [[North]] and the Santa Catarina mountains in the [[South]] of {{Wiki|Brazil}}, in Czechoslovakia and parts of England. |
− | Some authors claim that the Thule people believed that - quite independently of the subterranean tunnel and city system - the Earth was hollow, with two great openings at the poles. Natural laws were quoted, "As above, so below". Since blood, body or egg cells, a comet or an atom all have a nucleus and a hollow space surrounding it that is enclosed by a "corona radiata", an envelope, and the actual "life" is taking place in the core, one has deduced that the Earth was built after the same principles. Druses confirmed this, as they were hollow and the "life", the minerals and crystals, were in the interior. (also the tibetan rampa described some trips into tunnels ending into the interior of earth - but those was sealed from inside). | + | Some authors claim that the Thule [[people]] believed that - quite independently of the subterranean tunnel and city system - the [[Earth]] was hollow, with two great openings at the poles. Natural laws were quoted, "As above, so below". Since {{Wiki|blood}}, [[body]] or egg cells, a comet or an {{Wiki|atom}} all have a nucleus and a hollow [[space]] surrounding it that is enclosed by a "corona radiata", an envelope, and the actual "[[life]]" is taking place in the core, one has deduced that the [[Earth]] was built after the same {{Wiki|principles}}. Druses confirmed this, as they were hollow and the "[[life]]", the {{Wiki|minerals}} and crystals, were in the interior. (also the [[tibetan]] rampa described some trips into tunnels ending into the interior of [[earth]] - but those was sealed from inside). |
− | Therefore the Earth also had to be hollow - apparently agreeing with the views of the Tibetan Lamas including the Dalai Lama - and had a nucleus, the central sun (also called the "Schwarze Sonne", the Black Sun) that gave the interior an even climate and permanent sunlight, corresponding in the microcosm to the central sun of the galaxy in the macrocosm. | + | Therefore the [[Earth]] also had to be hollow - apparently agreeing with the [[views]] of the [[Tibetan]] [[Lamas]] including the [[Dalai Lama]] - and had a nucleus, the central {{Wiki|sun}} (also called the "Schwarze Sonne", the Black {{Wiki|Sun}}) that gave the interior an even climate and [[permanent]] sunlight, corresponding in the [[microcosm]] to the central {{Wiki|sun}} of the galaxy in the [[macrocosm]]. |
− | They maintain that the actual life of our planet takes place in the interior - the master race lives inside and the mutants on the surface - and that this was also the reason why we wouldn't find any life upon other planets of our solar system, because their inhabitants live inside. The main entrances are at the North and South poles through which the central sun is shining and producing the aurora borealis. In the interior the land mass was exceeding the water mass. The polar explorer Olaf Jansen and others said that the water in the interior was fresh, which could explain why the ice of the Arctic and the Antarctic is made of freshwater, not salt water. It is interesting to note that this view of the make-up of the world is shared and supported by the polar explorers Cook, Peary, Amundsen, Nansen and Kane and, last but not least, Admiral E. Byrd. All had the same, strange experiences contradicting existing scientific theory: | + | They maintain that the actual [[life]] of our {{Wiki|planet}} takes place in the interior - the [[master]] race [[lives]] inside and the mutants on the surface - and that this was also the [[reason]] why we wouldn't find any [[life]] upon other {{Wiki|planets}} of our {{Wiki|solar system}}, because their inhabitants [[live]] inside. The main entrances are at the [[North]] and [[South]] poles through which the central {{Wiki|sun}} is shining and producing the {{Wiki|aurora borealis}}. In the interior the land mass was exceeding the [[water]] mass. The polar explorer Olaf Jansen and others said that the [[water]] in the interior was fresh, which could explain why the ice of the {{Wiki|Arctic}} and the Antarctic is made of freshwater, not [[salt]] [[water]]. It is [[interesting]] to note that this [[view]] of the make-up of the [[world]] is shared and supported by the polar explorers Cook, Peary, Amundsen, Nansen and Kane and, last but not least, Admiral E. Byrd. All had the same, strange [[experiences]] contradicting [[existing]] [[scientific]] {{Wiki|theory}}: |
− | All confirmed that after 76 gr latitude the winds became warmer, that birds flew north over the ice, that animals like foxes also went north, that they found coloured and grey snow which when thawed left coloured pollen or volcanic ash. The question arises: where do flower pollen or volcanic ash near the North Pole come from, as not a single volcano is marked on any of the accessible maps? Further some of the explorers found themselves in freshwater seas, and all say that at a time during their travels they had seen two suns. Mammoths were found whose flesh was still fresh and whose stomachs contained fresh grass. | + | All confirmed that after 76 gr latitude the [[winds]] became warmer, that birds flew [[north]] over the ice, that [[animals]] like {{Wiki|foxes}} also went [[north]], that they found coloured and grey snow which when thawed left coloured pollen or volcanic ash. The question arises: where do [[flower]] pollen or volcanic ash near the {{Wiki|North Pole}} come from, as not a single volcano is marked on any of the accessible maps? Further some of the explorers found themselves in freshwater seas, and all say that at a [[time]] during their travels they had seen two suns. Mammoths were found whose flesh was still fresh and whose stomachs contained fresh grass. |
− | The "Hollow Earth" theory has so far remained just a theory to the public, although some authors and explorers claim to have visited there and even - like Admiral E. Byrd - had taken numerous pictures. It cannot be denied that all the Arctic explorers had had extraordinary experiences that so far cannot be explained, which points to something strange happening there. But the theory that the Earth had a molten core has equally remained just a theory. The fact remains though that the subterranean man-made tunnel and cave systems do exist. They can be found in almost any country of the world and by the largely still existing light source (a greenish glow that gets brighter the deeper one enters the tunnels), by the smooth walls and the unknown machinery that was found in the Boynton Canyon in Sedona, Arizona, are witness to a technically advance culture that existed millions of years before. | + | The "Hollow [[Earth]]" {{Wiki|theory}} has so far remained just a {{Wiki|theory}} to the public, although some authors and explorers claim to have visited there and even - like Admiral E. Byrd - had taken numerous pictures. It cannot be denied that all the {{Wiki|Arctic}} explorers had had [[extraordinary]] [[experiences]] that so far cannot be explained, which points to something strange happening there. But the {{Wiki|theory}} that the [[Earth]] had a molten core has equally remained just a {{Wiki|theory}}. The fact remains though that the subterranean man-made tunnel and {{Wiki|cave}} systems do [[exist]]. They can be found in almost any country of the [[world]] and by the largely still [[existing]] [[light]] source (a greenish glow that gets brighter the deeper one enters the tunnels), by the smooth walls and the unknown machinery that was found in the Boynton Canyon in Sedona, Arizona, are {{Wiki|witness}} to a technically advance {{Wiki|culture}} that existed millions of years before. |
− | The myths of a "Hollow Earth" were enough for the Thule people to go on to start a serious study of the phenomenon. Therefore there was at least one expedition to the Antarctic during World War Two. | + | The [[myths]] of a "Hollow [[Earth]]" were enough for the Thule [[people]] to go on to start a serious study of the [[phenomenon]]. Therefore there was at least one expedition to the Antarctic during [[World]] [[War]] Two. |
− | To show that the story of the Aryan Hyperboreans was not entirely invented here are two examples: | + | To show that the story of the [[Aryan]] Hyperboreans was not entirely invented here are two examples: |
− | When the Spaniards under Pizarro came to South America in 1532, the natives called them "vicarochas" (white lords). According to their legends there was a master race of very tall white people who centuries before had descended in "flying disks" from heaven. They had long ruled in some of the towns and when they disappeared had promised to return. When the fair skinned Spaniards arrived, the natives thought them to be the vicarochas coming back and therefore in the beginning willingly gave them their gold. | + | When the Spaniards under Pizarro came to [[South]] {{Wiki|America}} in 1532, the natives called them "vicarochas" (white [[lords]]). According to their {{Wiki|legends}} there was a [[master]] race of very tall white [[people]] who centuries before had descended in "flying disks" from [[heaven]]. They had long ruled in some of the towns and when they disappeared had promised to return. When the fair skinned Spaniards arrived, the natives [[thought]] them to be the vicarochas coming back and therefore in the beginning willingly gave them their {{Wiki|gold}}. |
− | Similar occurrences took place when the first white travellers arrived in Tibet and other Himalayan regions. They were scrutinized (gransket) in astonishment by the Tibetans and asked why they came from below (the foot of the mountains) rather than from above as they usually did. | + | Similar occurrences took place when the first white travellers arrived in [[Tibet]] and other [[Himalayan]] regions. They were scrutinized (gransket) in astonishment by the [[Tibetans]] and asked why they came from below (the foot of the mountains) rather than from above as they usually did. |
− | There is allegedly a civilization of people living in the center of the Earth in a place called Agartha | + | There is allegedly a {{Wiki|civilization}} of [[people]] living in the center of the [[Earth]] in a place called Agartha |
− | Agartha is one of the most common names cited for the society of underground dwellers Agharta, its capital city, Shambalah. The source for this information is The Smoky God the biography of a Norwegian sailor named Olaf Jansen. Agartha - Secrets of the Subterranean Cities by Willis Emerson, explains how Jansen's sloop sailed through an entrance to the Earth's interior at the North Pole. For two years he lived with the inhabitants of the Agharta network of colonies who, Emerson writes, were a full 12 feet tall and whose world was lit by a "smoky" central sun. Shamballa the Lesser, one of the colonies, was also the seat of government for the network. While Shamballa the Lesser is an inner continent, its satellite colonies are smaller enclosed ecosystems located just beneath the Earth' s crust or discreetly within mountains." | + | Agartha is one of the most common names cited for the {{Wiki|society}} of underground dwellers [[Agharta]], its {{Wiki|capital city}}, [[Shambalah]]. The source for this [[information]] is The Smoky [[God]] the {{Wiki|biography}} of a Norwegian sailor named Olaf Jansen. Agartha - Secrets of the Subterranean Cities by Willis Emerson, explains how Jansen's sloop sailed through an entrance to the [[Earth's]] interior at the {{Wiki|North Pole}}. For two years he lived with the inhabitants of the [[Agharta]] network of colonies who, Emerson writes, were a full 12 feet tall and whose [[world]] was lit by a "smoky" central {{Wiki|sun}}. [[Shamballa]] the Lesser, one of the colonies, was also the [[seat of government]] for the network. While [[Shamballa]] the Lesser is an inner continent, its satellite colonies are smaller enclosed ecosystems located just beneath the [[Earth]]' s crust or discreetly within mountains." |
− | The many cataclysms and wars taking place on the surface drove these people underground, according to Secrets: Consider the lengthy Atlantean-Lemurian war and the power of thermonuclear weaponry that eventually sank and destroyed these two highly advanced civilizations. The Sahara, the Gobi, the Australian Outback and the deserts of the U.S. are but a few examples of the devastation that resulted. The sub-cities were created as refuges for the people and as safe havens for sacred records, teachings and technologies that were cherished by these ancient cultures. | + | The many cataclysms and wars taking place on the surface drove these [[people]] underground, according to Secrets: Consider the lengthy Atlantean-Lemurian [[war]] and the power of thermonuclear weaponry that eventually sank and destroyed these two highly advanced {{Wiki|civilizations}}. The Sahara, the Gobi, the [[Australian]] Outback and the deserts of the U.S. are but a few examples of the devastation that resulted. The sub-cities were created as [[refuges]] for the [[people]] and as safe havens for [[sacred]] records, teachings and technologies that were cherished by these {{Wiki|ancient}} cultures. |
− | Alleged entrances to Agartha: Some are planetary grid points - indwells and outwells of energy. | + | Alleged entrances to Agartha: Some are {{Wiki|planetary}} grid points - indwells and outwells of [[energy]]. |
− | Kentucky Mommoth Cave, in south-central Kentucky, US. | + | Kentucky Mommoth {{Wiki|Cave}}, in south-central Kentucky, US. |
− | Manaus, Brazil | + | Manaus, {{Wiki|Brazil}} |
− | Mato Grosso, Brazil - City of Posid | + | Mato Grosso, {{Wiki|Brazil}} - City of Posid |
− | Igua Falls, border or Brazil and Argentina | + | Igua Falls, border or {{Wiki|Brazil}} and Argentina |
− | Mount Epomeo, Italy | + | Mount Epomeo, {{Wiki|Italy}} |
− | Himalayan Mountains, Tibet - the entrance to the underground city of Shonshe is allegedly guarded by Hindu monks | + | [[Himalayan]] Mountains, [[Tibet]] - the entrance to the underground city of Shonshe is allegedly guarded by [[Hindu]] [[monks]] |
− | Mongolia - the underground city of Shingwa allegedly exists beneath the border of Mongolia and China | + | [[Mongolia]] - the underground city of Shingwa allegedly [[exists]] beneath the border of [[Mongolia]] and [[China]] |
− | Rama, India - beneath this surface city is a long lost subterranean city, they say, also named Rama | + | {{Wiki|Rama}}, [[India]] - beneath this surface city is a long lost subterranean city, they say, also named {{Wiki|Rama}} |
Great Pyramid of Giza | Great Pyramid of Giza | ||
− | King Solomon's Mines | + | [[King]] Solomon's Mines |
− | North and South Poles | + | [[North]] and [[South]] Poles |
− | Mount Shasta, California - the Agharthean city of Telos allegedly exists within and beneath this mountain | + | Mount Shasta, {{Wiki|California}} - the Agharthean city of Telos allegedly [[exists]] within and beneath this mountain |
− | Dero Caves - Atlantean link | + | Dero [[Caves]] - Atlantean link |
− | Subterranean Myths and Legends | + | Subterranean [[Myths]] and {{Wiki|Legends}} |
− | Like the sky above, the earth below has been a rich source of myths and legends for mankind. Most cultures have their own tales of the inner world, the strange creatures that live there, and the mystical connections that tie all humans to the subterranean worlds. | + | Like the sky above, the [[earth]] below has been a rich source of [[myths]] and {{Wiki|legends}} for mankind. Most cultures have their own tales of the [[inner world]], the strange creatures that [[live]] there, and the [[mystical]] connections that tie all [[humans]] to the subterranean [[worlds]]. |
− | For example Indian folklore tells of "white tribes that live in the earth" appearing occasionally from caves. A series of Cave drawings from India shows a group of people emerging from a hollow void beneath the earth. According to local legends these were the first human beings that left a subterranean world to begin populating the surface world. | + | For example [[Indian]] {{Wiki|folklore}} tells of "white tribes that [[live]] in the [[earth]]" appearing occasionally from [[caves]]. A series of {{Wiki|Cave}} drawings from [[India]] shows a group of [[people]] [[emerging]] from a hollow [[void]] beneath the [[earth]]. According to local {{Wiki|legends}} these were the first [[human beings]] that left a subterranean [[world]] to begin populating the surface [[world]]. |
− | The world beneath our feet is just as often cited as the source of an infant mankind, as the tales of people first coming to the Earth from the heavens. | + | The [[world]] beneath our feet is just as often cited as the source of an {{Wiki|infant}} mankind, as the tales of [[people]] first coming to the [[Earth]] from the [[heavens]]. |
− | Native American legends from the Mandan, Sioux and Tuscaroras include their tribal origins as coming from inside the earth. In Legends & Lore of the American Indians (1993) edited by Terri Harden, there are a number of myths that point to a subterranean origin for mankind. | + | Native American {{Wiki|legends}} from the Mandan, Sioux and Tuscaroras include their tribal origins as coming from inside the [[earth]]. In {{Wiki|Legends}} & Lore of the American {{Wiki|Indians}} (1993) edited by Terri Harden, there are a number of [[myths]] that point to a subterranean origin for mankind. |
− | "Several tribes claim to have emerged from the interior of the earth. The Oneidas point to a hill near the falls of Oswego River, N.Y. as their birthplace; the Witchitas rose from the rocks around Red River; the Creeks from a knoll in the valley of Big Black River in the Natchez area, where dwelt the Master of Breath; the Aztecs were one of seven tribes that came out from the seven caverns of Aztlan...and the Navajos believe that they emerged at a place known to them in the Navajo Mountains." | + | "Several tribes claim to have emerged from the interior of the [[earth]]. The Oneidas point to a hill near the falls of Oswego [[River]], N.Y. as their birthplace; the Witchitas rose from the rocks around Red [[River]]; the Creeks from a knoll in the valley of Big Black [[River]] in the Natchez area, where dwelt the [[Master]] of [[Breath]]; the {{Wiki|Aztecs}} were one of seven tribes that came out from the seven caverns of Aztlan...and the Navajos believe that they emerged at a place known to them in the Navajo Mountains." |
− | According to the Pawnee story of creation: "All living things were under the ground in confusion and asked one another what each was; but one day as the mole was digging around, he broke a hole through, so that the light steamed in, and he drew back frightened. He has never had any eyes since; the light put them out. The mole did not want to come out, but all the others came out on to the earth through the hole the mole had made." | + | According to the Pawnee story of creation: "All living things were under the ground in {{Wiki|confusion}} and asked one another what each was; but one day as the mole was digging around, he broke a hole through, so that the [[light]] steamed in, and he drew back frightened. He has never had any [[eyes]] since; the [[light]] put them out. The mole did not want to come out, but all the others came out on to the [[earth]] through the hole the mole had made." |
− | The Shawnees claim that when they first arrived in what is now Florida, they found a civilization of "whites" that fled their villages by going back to caves deep in the earth. The Incas had a similar folklore of a subterranean white race that traveled via secret caves. | + | The Shawnees claim that when they first arrived in what is now Florida, they found a {{Wiki|civilization}} of "whites" that fled their villages by going back to [[caves]] deep in the [[earth]]. The Incas had a similar {{Wiki|folklore}} of a subterranean white race that traveled via secret [[caves]]. |
− | The highland Andes have been known through myth and legend as one of the access points for vast underground subterranean cities, the domain of inner-earth beings who from time to time, emerge from their lower worlds into the upper atmosphere of our third-dimensional density. These ancient legends speak of vast networks of tunnels criss-crossing the entire length and breadth of the planet. | + | The highland Andes have been known through [[myth]] and legend as one of the access points for vast underground subterranean cities, the domain of inner-earth [[beings]] who from [[time]] to [[time]], emerge from their [[lower worlds]] into the upper {{Wiki|atmosphere}} of our third-dimensional density. These {{Wiki|ancient}} {{Wiki|legends}} speak of vast networks of tunnels criss-crossing the entire length and breadth of the {{Wiki|planet}}. |
− | Several places in the Andes Mountains are considered gateways to these realms and doorways where emergence, and entrance are possible. Included among this distinction are the famous sacred sites of Sacsayhuaman in the Peruvian Andes and the ancient pre-Incan city of Tiwanaku near the shores of Lake Titicaca in Bolivia. The Jesuit chronicler Agnelio Oliva recorded the words of an old Inca quipu reader to the effect that "the real Tiahuanaco was a subterranean city, far exceeding the one "above ground" in vastness. | + | Several places in the Andes Mountains are considered gateways to these [[realms]] and doorways where [[emergence]], and entrance are possible. Included among this distinction are the famous [[sacred]] sites of Sacsayhuaman in the Peruvian Andes and the {{Wiki|ancient}} pre-Incan city of Tiwanaku near the shores of Lake Titicaca in Bolivia. The Jesuit chronicler Agnelio Oliva recorded the words of an old Inca quipu reader to the effect that "the {{Wiki|real}} Tiahuanaco was a subterranean city, far exceeding the one "above ground" in vastness. |
− | From China, Iceland and the South American Aztec's, their writings tell of an inner domain created by the "gods" for the first humans. An Eastern legend describes the origin of Adam came from inside the earth. A Hindu legend adds that Adam was a king of a group who fled a great cataclysm into the hollow earth and then returned to repopulate afterward. | + | From [[China]], Iceland and the [[South]] American Aztec's, their writings tell of an inner domain created by the "[[gods]]" for the first [[humans]]. An Eastern legend describes the origin of Adam came from inside the [[earth]]. A [[Hindu]] legend adds that Adam was a [[king]] of a group who fled a great cataclysm into the hollow [[earth]] and then returned to repopulate afterward. |
− | According to Wm. Michael Mott in his definitive book of subterranean lore, Caverns, Cauldrons, and Concealed Creatures, in India there is an ancient belief, still held by some, in a subterranean race of serpent people who dwell in the cities Patala and Bhogavati. According to the legend, they wage war on the kingdom of Agharta. | + | According to Wm. Michael Mott in his definitive [[book]] of subterranean lore, Caverns, Cauldrons, and Concealed Creatures, in [[India]] there is an {{Wiki|ancient}} [[belief]], still held by some, in a subterranean race of [[serpent]] [[people]] who dwell in the cities [[Patala]] and {{Wiki|Bhogavati}}. According to the legend, they wage [[war]] on the {{Wiki|kingdom}} of [[Agharta]]. |
− | The Nagas are described as a very advanced race or species, with a highly developed technology. They also harbor a contempt for human beings, whom they are said to abduct, torture, interbreed, and even eat. | + | The [[Nagas]] are described as a very advanced race or species, with a highly developed technology. They also harbor a [[contempt]] for [[human beings]], whom they are said to abduct, torture, interbreed, and even eat. |
− | While the entrance to Bhogavati is somewhere in the Himalayas, believers say that Patala can be entered through the Well of Sheshna in Benares, India. According to herpetologist and author Sherman A. Minton in his book Venomous Reptiles, this entrance is very real, with forty steps that descend into a circular depression, to terminate at a closed stone door that is covered in bas-relief cobras. | + | While the entrance to {{Wiki|Bhogavati}} is somewhere in the [[Himalayas]], believers say that [[Patala]] can be entered through the Well of Sheshna in [[Benares]], [[India]]. According to herpetologist and author Sherman A. Minton in his [[book]] {{Wiki|Venomous}} Reptiles, this entrance is very {{Wiki|real}}, with forty steps that descend into a circular {{Wiki|depression}}, to terminate at a closed stone door that is covered in bas-relief cobras. |
− | In Tibet, there is a major mystical shrine also called 'Patala,' which is said by the natives to sit atop an ancient cavern and massive tunnel system that reaches throughout the Asian continent and possibly beyond. The Nagas also have an affinity with water, and the entrances to their underground palaces are often believed to be hidden at the bottom of wells, deep lakes and rivers. | + | [[In Tibet]], there is a major [[mystical]] [[shrine]] also called '[[Patala]],' which is said by the natives to sit atop an {{Wiki|ancient}} cavern and massive tunnel system that reaches throughout the {{Wiki|Asian}} continent and possibly [[beyond]]. The [[Nagas]] also have an [[affinity]] with [[water]], and the entrances to their underground {{Wiki|palaces}} are often believed to be hidden at the bottom of wells, deep lakes and [[rivers]]. |
− | According to Buddhist tradition the underground Kingdom of Agharta, is reputed to be a place of great peace and tranquility. Agharta's inhabitants, numbering many millions, have attained a high degree of scientific accomplishment. | + | According to [[Buddhist tradition]] the underground {{Wiki|Kingdom}} of [[Agharta]], is reputed to be a place of great [[peace]] and [[tranquility]]. Agharta's inhabitants, numbering many millions, have attained a high {{Wiki|degree}} of [[scientific]] [[accomplishment]]. |
− | It is also a world of astonishing beauty, with inner suns, underground lakes, and palaces made from purest crystal. Special waters and the powerful rays of the Great Light, reputed to be a secret machine revealed by gods thousands of years earlier, irrigate crops. | + | It is also a [[world]] of astonishing [[beauty]], with inner suns, underground lakes, and {{Wiki|palaces}} made from purest {{Wiki|crystal}}. Special waters and the powerful rays of the Great [[Light]], reputed to be a secret machine revealed by [[gods]] thousands of years earlier, irrigate crops. |
− | Presiding over this subterranean kingdom is an all-powerful ruler - The King of The World, as his name is translated. It is further claimed his rule and influence stretches to the surface world by means of trusted emissaries who carry out specific tasks and duties. This ministry, whose purpose is intended to elevate Mankind to a higher state of spiritual awareness, is said to directly influence eight million surface dwellers. | + | Presiding over this subterranean {{Wiki|kingdom}} is an all-powerful [[ruler]] - The [[King]] of The [[World]], as his [[name]] is translated. It is further claimed his rule and influence stretches to the surface [[world]] by means of trusted emissaries who carry out specific tasks and duties. This ministry, whose purpose is intended to elevate Mankind to a higher state of [[spiritual]] [[awareness]], is said to directly influence eight million surface dwellers. |
− | Numerous ancient philosophers were convinced the interior of the Earth was composed of inner worlds. Orpheus went into the earth to seek out Euridice of Greek mythology, Apollo's real home was among the Hyperboreans inside the earth of Roman Mythology. The Valkyries descended and ascended into an inner domain in Nordic mythology. | + | Numerous {{Wiki|ancient}} [[philosophers]] were convinced the interior of the [[Earth]] was composed of inner [[worlds]]. Orpheus went into the [[earth]] to seek out Euridice of {{Wiki|Greek}} [[mythology]], Apollo's {{Wiki|real}} home was among the Hyperboreans inside the [[earth]] of {{Wiki|Roman}} [[Mythology]]. The Valkyries descended and ascended into an inner domain in Nordic [[mythology]]. |
− | As well, legends of lost worlds within worlds - places that magically open to those with the appropriate key, have survived since earliest times. Shangri-La, and Aladdin with his lamp are just the best-known examples of a universal belief of hidden places of wonder below the surface world. | + | As well, {{Wiki|legends}} of lost [[worlds]] within [[worlds]] - places that magically open to those with the appropriate key, have survived since earliest times. [[Shangri-La]], and Aladdin with his [[lamp]] are just the best-known examples of a [[universal]] [[belief]] of hidden places of wonder below the surface [[world]]. |
− | In the year 4 BC, Apollonius of Tyana, a mystic Greek physician traveled deep into the Himalayas in search of a magical kingdom rumored to be the source of all wisdom. Born in Cappadocia, Apollonius was a bright child who quickly outstripped his teachers in knowledge and wisdom. | + | In the year 4 BC, {{Wiki|Apollonius}} of Tyana, a [[mystic]] {{Wiki|Greek}} {{Wiki|physician}} traveled deep into the [[Himalayas]] in search of a [[magical]] {{Wiki|kingdom}} rumored to be the source of all [[wisdom]]. Born in Cappadocia, {{Wiki|Apollonius}} was a bright child who quickly outstripped his [[teachers]] in [[knowledge and wisdom]]. |
− | One day a priest of Daphnean Apollo divulged to him a secret map marking out the route to this sacred kingdom - the City of the Gods, that lay far towards the east. Despite the dangers Apollonius immediately set off in search of this world. Traveling through Mesopotamia and Babylon, he finally reached India where he employed the services of a local guide to take him deep into the Himalayan Mountains. After fifteen days of arduous walking the scenery around them changed dramatically. The path by which they had come disappeared after them. The countryside shifted its position and they seemed to be in a place preserved by illusion. | + | One day a priest of Daphnean {{Wiki|Apollo}} divulged to him a secret map marking out the route to this [[sacred]] {{Wiki|kingdom}} - the City of the [[Gods]], that lay far towards the [[east]]. Despite the dangers {{Wiki|Apollonius}} immediately set off in search of this [[world]]. Traveling through Mesopotamia and Babylon, he finally reached [[India]] where he employed the services of a local guide to take him deep into the [[Himalayan]] Mountains. After fifteen days of arduous walking the scenery around them changed dramatically. The [[path]] by which they had come disappeared after them. The countryside shifted its position and they seemed to be in a place preserved by [[illusion]]. |
− | The pair were met by a boy who bid them welcome in Greek. Then they were escorted to meet the ruler of the amazing land. With a warm welcome he bade them accompany him on a tour of his kingdom, and completely spell bound, the pair was shown incredible marvels of a world few outsiders had ever seen or imagined. | + | The pair were met by a boy who bid them welcome in {{Wiki|Greek}}. Then they were escorted to meet the [[ruler]] of the amazing land. With a warm welcome he bade them accompany him on a tour of his {{Wiki|kingdom}}, and completely spell bound, the pair was shown incredible marvels of a [[world]] few outsiders had ever seen or [[imagined]]. |
− | Majestic pillars of light filled the sky, and glowing stones provided constant light. Philostratus, who was Apollonius' biographer, describes feats of levitation and complicated robot-like machines serving food and drink as they sat down to eat. As they did so the ruler proudly announced: "You have come to men who know everything." According to Philostratus these men "were living on the Earth and at the same time not on it." | + | Majestic pillars of [[light]] filled the sky, and glowing stones provided [[constant]] [[light]]. Philostratus, who was {{Wiki|Apollonius}}' biographer, describes feats of levitation and complicated robot-like machines serving [[food]] and drink as they sat down to eat. As they did so the [[ruler]] proudly announced: "You have come to men who know everything." According to Philostratus these men "were living on the [[Earth]] and at the same [[time]] not on it." |
− | The Rainbow City | + | The [[Rainbow]] City |
From: | From: | ||
− | Description Of the Rainbow City Link. | + | Description Of the [[Rainbow]] City Link. |
− | Typewritten and handwritten copies of these manuscripts have been in circulation since the Hefferlins, began releasing them from Livingston, Montana in the late 1940s. At the time the Hefferlins first heard of Rainbow City in the Antarctic, some time in 1940 according to them, the information was so fantastic as to be beyond belief. | + | Typewritten and handwritten copies of these manuscripts have been in circulation since the Hefferlins, began releasing them from Livingston, Montana in the late 1940s. At the [[time]] the Hefferlins first heard of [[Rainbow]] City in the Antarctic, some [[time]] in 1940 according to them, the [[information]] was so fantastic as to be [[beyond]] [[belief]]. |
− | It is still unbelievable to most people that there in the frozen wastes lies a great city, comfortably warm, full of scientific marvels from some great, hitherto unknown civilization of the past. Nevertheless they were convinced the information was true and cautiously released it a little at a time to the few they found understanding and receptive. | + | It is still unbelievable to most [[people]] that there in the frozen wastes lies a great city, comfortably warm, full of [[scientific]] marvels from some great, hitherto unknown {{Wiki|civilization}} of the past. Nevertheless they were convinced the [[information]] was true and cautiously released it a little at a [[time]] to the few they found [[understanding]] and receptive. |
− | Hefferlin claims he designed a flyable, circle-winged plane before Frying Saucers became news in 19471 In fact, much of his material in the manuscripts, utterly fantastic in the 1940s, now seems worthy of consideration in 1960? Most UFOlogers have heard of the manuscripts or seen references to them in Saucer literature. Mrs. Hefferlin accuses Ray Palmer of misinterpreting them for his own purposes, as you will read an the introduction on the opposite page. Having reviewed a loan copy of the manuscript, how complete is not known, the Director of BSRA decided it was time the Associates had a chance to look over the material and form their conclusions. | + | Hefferlin claims he designed a flyable, circle-winged plane before Frying Saucers became news in 19471 In fact, much of his material in the manuscripts, utterly fantastic in the 1940s, now seems [[worthy]] of [[consideration]] in 1960? Most UFOlogers have heard of the manuscripts or seen references to them in Saucer {{Wiki|literature}}. Mrs. Hefferlin accuses Ray Palmer of misinterpreting them for his own purposes, as you will read an the introduction on the opposite page. Having reviewed a loan copy of the {{Wiki|manuscript}}, how complete is not known, the Director of BSRA decided it was [[time]] the Associates had a chance to look over the material and [[form]] their conclusions. |
− | In his book "Agharta" R.E. Bickhoff seems to have drawn liberally from Hefferlin without crediting the source. After reading this book in 1953, our former Director, Meade Layne, asked the head of the Inner Circle, Yada Di Shi-ite, if there was such a vast tunnel system under the earth. To Headers surprise the Yada confirmed its existence. | + | In his [[book]] "[[Agharta]]" R.E. Bickhoff seems to have drawn liberally from Hefferlin without crediting the source. After reading this [[book]] in 1953, our former Director, Meade Layne, asked the head of the Inner Circle, Yada Di Shi-ite, if there was such a vast tunnel system under the [[earth]]. To Headers surprise the Yada confirmed its [[existence]]. |
− | In "Isis Unveiled" H.P. Blavatsky writes: | + | In "[[Isis]] Unveiled" H.P. {{Wiki|Blavatsky}} writes: |
− | "Spheres unknown below our feet; spheres still more unknown and more unexplored above us, between the two a handful of moles blind to God's great lights and deaf to whispers of the invisible world..." | + | "Spheres unknown below our feet; spheres still more unknown and more unexplored above us, between the two a handful of moles blind to God's great lights and [[deaf]] to whispers of the {{Wiki|invisible}} [[world]]..." |
− | The whole of the MS loaned to us contains some 160 pages of material, all of which we hope to release eventually. This first portion of 30 pages gives the description of Rainbow City. Other portions give the occult Instructions from the Book of Imri, the philosophy of Rani Khatani of the Ancient Three, a History of Mankind which includes a description of the eternal conflict with the Serpent Race, and reference to the King of the World. Hefferlin also describes his radical power plant, the GHYT motor. | + | The whole of the MS loaned to us contains some 160 pages of material, all of which we {{Wiki|hope}} to release eventually. This first portion of 30 pages gives the description of [[Rainbow]] City. Other portions give the [[occult]] Instructions from the [[Book]] of Imri, the [[philosophy]] of Rani Khatani of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three, a History of Mankind which includes a description of the [[eternal]] conflict with the [[Serpent]] Race, and reference to the [[King]] of the [[World]]. Hefferlin also describes his radical power plant, the GHYT motor. |
− | The Hefferlins were operating one of San Francisco's trolleys in 1949; but we haven't found anyone who knows where they are at present. They seem to have disappeared from the face of the earth. Maybe they succeeded in fulfilling their wish, of being transported to Rainbow City via one of the Portals. | + | The Hefferlins were operating one of San Francisco's trolleys in 1949; but we haven't found anyone who [[knows]] where they are at present. They seem to have disappeared from the face of the [[earth]]. Maybe they succeeded in fulfilling their wish, of being transported to [[Rainbow]] City via one of the Portals. |
− | Who knows? | + | Who [[knows]]? |
Introduction to THE HEFFERLIN MANUSCRIPT: | Introduction to THE HEFFERLIN MANUSCRIPT: | ||
Line 548: | Line 548: | ||
by Gladys Hefferlin | by Gladys Hefferlin | ||
− | Notice to all of you who have read the Shaver Mystery by way of the stories and articles written by Richard S. Shaver. Our material has no connection with the Shaver Mystery. In our correspondence with Mr. Raymond A, Palmer, editor of the Amazing Stories Magazine, we requested him to keep our material separate from the Shaver Mystery and not to use it in connection with the Mystery, Mr. Palmer ignored our request and has deliberately distorted our statements for his own purpose, thereby misleading the readers of Amazing Stories Magazine. | + | Notice to all of you who have read the Shaver {{Wiki|Mystery}} by way of the stories and articles written by Richard S. Shaver. Our material has no connection with the Shaver {{Wiki|Mystery}}. In our correspondence with Mr. Raymond A, Palmer, editor of the Amazing Stories Magazine, we requested him to keep our material separate from the Shaver {{Wiki|Mystery}} and not to use it in connection with the {{Wiki|Mystery}}, Mr. Palmer ignored our request and has deliberately distorted our statements for his own purpose, thereby misleading the readers of Amazing Stories Magazine. |
− | This group or organization of which we speak has no name. It is not a Lodge or Mystery School or anything of that sort. No one can buy his way into Rainbow City. We ourselves, who are the North American spokesmen, cannot enter Rainbow City at this time. Therefore we cannot promise entry to anyone else. We are not the ones who decide who shall go to Rainbow City and who shall not. | + | This group or organization of which we speak has no [[name]]. It is not a Lodge or {{Wiki|Mystery}} School or anything of that sort. No one can buy his way into [[Rainbow]] City. We ourselves, who are the [[North]] American spokesmen, cannot enter [[Rainbow]] City at this [[time]]. Therefore we cannot promise entry to anyone else. We are not the ones who decide who shall go to [[Rainbow]] City and who shall not. |
− | The Leaders, "The Ancient Three", Who Were, Who Are, Who Will Be, decide all those matters. The two thousand people who are down there now, wore picked by the Leaders because of their peculiar abilities now, and the fact that they are re-incarnations of ancient ones who lived and worked there when Rainbow City was founded. The ancient "memory" pools are awakened and they have much knowledge innate within them to help in the work now being done there. | + | The Leaders, "The {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three", Who Were, Who Are, Who Will Be, decide all those matters. The two thousand [[people]] who are down there now, wore picked by the Leaders because of their peculiar {{Wiki|abilities}} now, and the fact that they are re-incarnations of [[ancient ones]] who lived and worked there when [[Rainbow]] City was founded. The {{Wiki|ancient}} "[[memory]]" pools are [[awakened]] and they have much [[knowledge]] innate within them to help in the work now being done there. |
− | There is not enough room in Rainbow City for all of the so called worthy people of the world, much less for all of humanity. Who is to say which ones are worthy and which unworthy? And if the icecaps of Antarctica were melted to release the six other cities from the ice to make more room, the melted ice as water flowing into the oceans, would wreak more havoc than the atom bomb. | + | There is not enough room in [[Rainbow]] City for all of the so called [[worthy]] [[people]] of the [[world]], much less for all of [[humanity]]. Who is to say which ones are [[worthy]] and which unworthy? And if the icecaps of {{Wiki|Antarctica}} were melted to release the six other cities from the ice to make more room, the melted ice as [[water]] flowing into the oceans, would wreak more havoc than the {{Wiki|atom}} bomb. |
− | The Leaders are the modern reincarnations of the young Leaders who led the first migration of mankind from Mars to Earth. They, in those days, were known as "The Ancient Three - Who were, Who are, Who will he, Always." When mankind reaches a very critical period in its history, these three are born again to lead mankind in the proper path and give them another chance. These Leaders are right now guiding the destinies of three-quarters of the population of the world, and three-quarters of the land mass. All of Asia, the islands of the seas, all of the natives of Africa, all of the Latin American States, and the Negroes, Red Indians and Eskimos of North America accept their leadership and guidance. | + | The Leaders are the {{Wiki|modern}} [[reincarnations]] of the young Leaders who led the first migration of mankind from {{Wiki|Mars}} to [[Earth]]. They, in those days, were known as "The {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three - Who were, Who are, Who will he, Always." When mankind reaches a very critical period in its history, these three are born again to lead mankind in the proper [[path]] and give them another chance. These Leaders are right now guiding the destinies of three-quarters of the population of the [[world]], and three-quarters of the land mass. All of {{Wiki|Asia}}, the islands of the seas, all of the natives of {{Wiki|Africa}}, all of the Latin American States, and the Negroes, Red {{Wiki|Indians}} and Eskimos of {{Wiki|North America}} accept their [[leadership]] and guidance. |
− | The Occident, the White Race, is hearing about this now for the first time. For the purpose of this group is to bring about the Brotherhood of Man on Earth, and to abolish all wars. And to do this, it was necessary to give the exploited, the oppressed and the enslaved people of the world the first opportunity to make their move for freedom. | + | The Occident, the White Race, is hearing about this now for the first [[time]]. For the purpose of this group is to bring about the Brotherhood of Man on [[Earth]], and to abolish all wars. And to do this, it was necessary to give the exploited, the oppressed and the enslaved [[people]] of the [[world]] the first opportunity to make their move for freedom. |
− | The means by which this material has been gathered is a form of telepathy, called by us "Controlled Mental Communication". Before you say it is silly, stop to think of the work of Alexis Carrel, of Dr. Rhine of Duke University and other scientists. Then think of the many chairs of Mental Telepathy established in the Department of Psychology in the largest universities in the United States. | + | The means by which this material has been [[gathered]] is a [[form]] of {{Wiki|telepathy}}, called by us "Controlled [[Mental]] {{Wiki|Communication}}". Before you say it is silly, stop to think of the work of Alexis Carrel, of Dr. Rhine of {{Wiki|Duke University}} and other [[scientists]]. Then think of the many chairs of [[Mental]] {{Wiki|Telepathy}} established in the Department of {{Wiki|Psychology}} in the largest {{Wiki|universities}} in the [[United States]]. |
Therefore it cannot be silly. | Therefore it cannot be silly. | ||
Line 566: | Line 566: | ||
THE FIRST CONTACT: | THE FIRST CONTACT: | ||
− | In 1927 in San Francisco we met a man who became a very great friend of ours. In his moving around, in our moving around, we lost touch with each other. Both regretted the lost contact. In February, 1935 when we were in Elwood, Indiana we learned that our friend, Emery, was in New York in radio circles. We immediately got in touch with him and he was very glad of it. We started to develop this system we call Controlled Mental "Communication. He helped us in every way. Mrs. Hefferlin was the one who established the mental 'link.' | + | In 1927 in {{Wiki|San Francisco}} we met a man who became a very great [[friend]] of ours. In his moving around, in our moving around, we lost {{Wiki|touch}} with each other. Both regretted the lost [[contact]]. In February, 1935 when we were in Elwood, Indiana we learned that our [[friend]], Emery, was in {{Wiki|New York}} in radio circles. We immediately got in {{Wiki|touch}} with him and he was very glad of it. We started to develop this system we call Controlled [[Mental]] "{{Wiki|Communication}}. He helped us in every way. Mrs. Hefferlin was the one who established the [[mental]] 'link.' |
− | Emery came to Elwood several times during the process, to check for accuracy. It was accurate. He had occasion to go to several places in the United States. Each time Would transmit information and then check with us. When it was found that the system of telepathy was accurate he went to other places in the world, transmitting much information which has nothing to do with the question now in hand. However, confirmation of that information was always forthcoming by way of Newspapers and radio, anywhere from two days later to five years later . We had such a mass of confirmatory evidence by that medium that it became monotonous putting it down. We cannot doubt the information given us now, no matter how fantastic it seems. | + | Emery came to Elwood several times during the process, to check for accuracy. It was accurate. He had occasion to go to several places in the [[United States]]. Each [[time]] Would transmit [[information]] and then check with us. When it was found that the system of {{Wiki|telepathy}} was accurate he went to other places in the [[world]], transmitting much [[information]] which has [[nothing]] to do with the question now in hand. However, confirmation of that [[information]] was always forthcoming by way of Newspapers and radio, anywhere from two days later to five years later . We had such a mass of confirmatory {{Wiki|evidence}} by that {{Wiki|medium}} that it became monotonous putting it down. We cannot [[doubt]] the [[information]] given us now, no matter how fantastic it seems. |
− | Our communication is as fast as ordinary, open conversation. Mrs. Hefferlin receives the information telepathically and transmits by spoken word to Mr. Hefferlin. Both speak aloud to answer Emery. Our friend can hear spoken conversation, and can see anything that is held up before the "channel" as we call the medium which is used. He hears all that is said if one speaks loudly enough, It is not necessary to shout only to speak clearly. Street noises from here go through to him. There is no mystery about this channel, only a definite use of vibrational focus. No need of mystic actions or trance. or incense., or mirrors, or candles? but the simple use of a picture. | + | Our {{Wiki|communication}} is as fast as ordinary, open [[conversation]]. Mrs. Hefferlin receives the [[information]] telepathically and transmits by spoken [[word]] to Mr. Hefferlin. Both speak aloud to answer Emery. Our [[friend]] can hear spoken [[conversation]], and can see anything that is held up before the "[[channel]]" as we call the {{Wiki|medium}} which is used. He hears all that is said if one speaks loudly enough, It is not necessary to shout only to speak clearly. Street noises from here go through to him. There is no {{Wiki|mystery}} about this [[channel]], only a definite use of vibrational focus. No need of [[mystic]] [[actions]] or [[trance]]. or [[incense]]., or mirrors, or {{Wiki|candles}}? but the simple use of a picture. |
− | This channel was opened in the spring of 1935, more than 12 years ago. Emery and some others, working under orders, discovered Rainbow City in the fall of 1942 around Thanksgiving time. So you see, in the interval of over 7 years we had plenty of time to check all angles of our communication channel. So, no matter how fantastic the information is, we have every reason to accept it as true; no reason to believe | + | This [[channel]] was opened in the spring of 1935, more than 12 years ago. Emery and some others, working under orders, discovered [[Rainbow]] City in the fall of 1942 around Thanksgiving [[time]]. So you see, in the {{Wiki|interval}} of over 7 years we had plenty of [[time]] to check all angles of our {{Wiki|communication}} [[channel]]. So, no matter how fantastic the [[information]] is, we have every [[reason]] to accept it as true; no [[reason]] to believe |
it false. | it false. | ||
− | We have sufficient proof for ourselves but no concrete, material proof that can be held in the hand and passed from person to person. Therefore we warn each reader to take this information with a grain of salt, and examine the material for himself. We are not putting it forth as indisputable fact that must be accepted just because we say so. But each reader must let his own reason and logic speak to him, and he is free to accept or reject it as he sees fit. | + | We have sufficient proof for ourselves but no concrete, material proof that can be held in the hand and passed from [[person]] to [[person]]. Therefore we warn each reader to take this [[information]] with a grain of [[salt]], and examine the material for himself. We are not putting it forth as indisputable fact that must be accepted just because we say so. But each reader must let his own [[reason]] and [[logic]] speak to him, and he is free to accept or reject it as he sees fit. |
− | It is immaterial to us which one he does. | + | It is {{Wiki|immaterial}} to us which one he does. |
THE GHYT MOTOR: | THE GHYT MOTOR: | ||
− | In 1940 we gave to our friend Emery the designs and information of Ghyt Motor No. 1, burn water for fuel; Circle Winged Plan, and the instruments sketched in the article "Power"! All articles were printed in the Amazing Stories Magazine for September, 1946. | + | In 1940 we gave to our [[friend]] Emery the designs and [[information]] of Ghyt Motor No. 1, burn [[water]] for fuel; Circle Winged Plan, and the instruments sketched in the article "Power"! All articles were printed in the Amazing Stories Magazine for September, 1946. |
− | Emery turned them over to the Ancient Three, eventually. | + | Emery turned them over to the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three, eventually. |
− | We ourselves could do nothing with them for we had no money to develop them, but Emery ran out of money in caring for the first "Circle Winged Plane" which was built, and the Space Ship. Finally he appealed to his personal friend the Grand Lama, head of the Temple in the Valley of Harmonious Peace, in Tibet which we call "Shangri-La." The Grand Lama opened the valley for Emery. From there they went into the hands of the Ancient Three. | + | We ourselves could do [[nothing]] with them for we had no [[money]] to develop them, but Emery ran out of [[money]] in caring for the first "Circle Winged Plane" which was built, and the [[Space]] Ship. Finally he appealed to his personal [[friend]] the Grand [[Lama]], head of the [[Temple]] in the Valley of Harmonious [[Peace]], in [[Tibet]] which we call "[[Shangri-La]]." The Grand [[Lama]] opened the valley for Emery. From there they went into the hands of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three. |
− | Since then, 350 of the "Circle Winged Planes" have been built. They are powered by a motor called Ghyt No. 2, because they are a combination of Ghyt No. 1 plus the principle described in "Burn Water For Fuel". The so-called Flying Saucers were a group of these ships. On a mapping expedition to discover the types of terrain in which the ends or mouths of the tunnels opened, as described in the article "Man No. 4 Tunnels". | + | Since then, 350 of the "Circle Winged Planes" have been built. They are powered by a motor called Ghyt No. 2, because they are a combination of Ghyt No. 1 plus the [[principle]] described in "Burn [[Water]] For Fuel". The so-called Flying Saucers were a group of these ships. On a mapping expedition to discover the types of terrain in which the ends or mouths of the tunnels opened, as described in the article "Man No. 4 Tunnels". |
− | In the summer of 1946, by action of the Ancient Three, the atomic laboratory of the Russians was blown up. That laboratory was not outside of Moscow, as the "Glacier Priest" said in June, 1947, it was in the northeast tip of Siberia and much too close to Alaska. Therefore, the orders were sent out to destroy it, and the orders were obeyed. | + | In the summer of 1946, by [[action]] of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three, the [[atomic]] laboratory of the {{Wiki|Russians}} was blown up. That laboratory was not outside of {{Wiki|Moscow}}, as the "Glacier Priest" said in June, 1947, it was in the [[northeast]] tip of {{Wiki|Siberia}} and much too close to Alaska. Therefore, the orders were sent out to destroy it, and the orders were obeyed. |
There are only a chosen few who are operators of the Portals (see "Man No. 3 Portals") of which Emery is one. | There are only a chosen few who are operators of the Portals (see "Man No. 3 Portals") of which Emery is one. | ||
− | The three Leaders themselves grew up is the world, and learned what the world could teach. They had to unlearn much that was taught them, but who doesn't in the course of a lifetime? Outside of Three or lour babes who have been born in "Rainbow City in the last four and one half years, everyone down there was born in the world in the last 70 odd years. | + | The three Leaders themselves grew up is the [[world]], and learned what the [[world]] could teach. They had to unlearn much that was taught them, but who doesn't in the course of a [[lifetime]]? Outside of Three or lour babes who have been born in "[[Rainbow]] City in the last four and one half years, everyone down there was born in the [[world]] in the last 70 odd years. |
No one is a freak of any sort. | No one is a freak of any sort. | ||
Line 599: | Line 599: | ||
THE TEMPLEs: | THE TEMPLEs: | ||
− | There are seven Temples in the world, all linked together by what we call ''Thought Machines". The Thought Machines are large crystals which "transmit thoughts and mental pictures." These temples are ideated in Tibet, that master Temple, in India, Iran, Turkey, Egypt, Morocco, and the high Andes of South America. The master thought Machine is in the Temple in Tibet. But gathered at those temples are Representatives of all of the peoples of Asia including the natives of Siberia, but not "any Russians." | + | There are seven [[Temples]] in the [[world]], all linked together by what we call ''[[Thought]] Machines". The [[Thought]] Machines are large crystals which "transmit [[thoughts]] and [[mental]] pictures." These [[temples]] are ideated in [[Tibet]], that [[master]] [[Temple]], in [[India]], {{Wiki|Iran}}, Turkey, {{Wiki|Egypt}}, Morocco, and the high Andes of [[South]] {{Wiki|America}}. The [[master]] [[thought]] Machine is in the [[Temple]] in [[Tibet]]. But [[gathered]] at those [[temples]] are Representatives of all of the peoples of {{Wiki|Asia}} including the natives of {{Wiki|Siberia}}, but not "any {{Wiki|Russians}}." |
− | All of the natives of Africa, but not any Butch, or English, or Belgians, etc. | + | All of the natives of {{Wiki|Africa}}, but not any Butch, or English, or Belgians, etc. |
− | All of the peoples of the islands of the seas. The Latin American States, the Negroes, the Red Indians - and the Eskimos of North America receive their orders from the South American Temple. | + | All of the peoples of the islands of the seas. The Latin American States, the Negroes, the Red {{Wiki|Indians}} - and the Eskimos of {{Wiki|North America}} receive their orders from the [[South]] American [[Temple]]. |
− | In 1936 the Ancient Three began to take over in the East. Though prior to that time they "were feeling out in Hungary, and to a certain extent in Poland" and Finland. By the action of the Ancient Three keeping Hungary "from aligning herself with Britain and France on the one "hand, because they were much too weak if trouble" started and keeping her from aligning herself with Italy and Germany on the other hand, because they were rotten to the core, the Ancient Three delayed the starting of the European War by two years (The war which started in 1939.) In 1938 India owed England a debt of over $300 million. India was ordered to industrialist, so that she could gain her economic independence. | + | In 1936 the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three began to take over in the [[East]]. Though prior to that [[time]] they "were [[feeling]] out in {{Wiki|Hungary}}, and to a certain extent in {{Wiki|Poland}}" and {{Wiki|Finland}}. By the [[action]] of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three keeping {{Wiki|Hungary}} "from aligning herself with Britain and {{Wiki|France}} on the one "hand, because they were much too weak if trouble" started and keeping her from aligning herself with {{Wiki|Italy}} and {{Wiki|Germany}} on the other hand, because they were rotten to the core, the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three delayed the starting of the {{Wiki|European}} [[War]] by two years (The [[war]] which started in 1939.) In 1938 [[India]] owed England a debt of over $300 million. [[India]] was ordered to industrialist, so that she could gain her economic {{Wiki|independence}}. |
− | She "was told that her political independence would follow as a matter "of course. without bloodshed in getting it, India industrialized. In 1945 she had paid off her debt to England, and had England owing India to the tune of more than $3 billions. India gained her political "independence" was promised. But England saw to it that India was divided, which brought on Civil War. It was against the orders of the Ancient Three. So India will have to work it out for herself. | + | She "was told that her {{Wiki|political}} {{Wiki|independence}} would follow as a matter "of course. without bloodshed in getting it, [[India]] industrialized. In 1945 she had paid off her debt to England, and had England owing [[India]] to the tune of more than $3 billions. [[India]] gained her {{Wiki|political}} "{{Wiki|independence}}" was promised. But England saw to it that [[India]] was divided, which brought on Civil [[War]]. It was against the orders of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three. So [[India]] will have to work it out for herself. |
− | Turkey was ordered to stay "out of the war," no matter how much pressure was brought to bear on her from any direction, She obeyed Orders and she did riot suffer blasting during the war. America herself finally admitted that it was a good thing Turkey Stayed out of the wax. It worked out better for America Egypt was ordered not to draw a single man up for military service, even when the "enemy was within her gates." The British and the Americans called the Egyptians "sniveling cowards". But they were not. | + | Turkey was ordered to stay "out of the [[war]]," no matter how much pressure was brought to bear on her from any [[direction]], She obeyed Orders and she did riot [[suffer]] blasting during the [[war]]. {{Wiki|America}} herself finally admitted that it was a good thing Turkey Stayed out of the wax. It worked out better for {{Wiki|America}} {{Wiki|Egypt}} was ordered not to draw a single man up for {{Wiki|military}} service, even when the "enemy was within her gates." The {{Wiki|British}} and the {{Wiki|Americans}} called the {{Wiki|Egyptians}} "sniveling cowards". But they were not. |
− | It took the grandest kind of faith in the Ancient Three, for the Egyptians to obey blindly, with every evidence against obeying. But they were saved as every one know so Rommel was driving tip blow up the Suez Canal and push on into the Holy Land. When he would have reached that point, the German army massed on the borders of Turkey, would have moved into Turkey and taken the Dardanelles. Then the two armies would have joined forces and they would "have driven into the oil fields of Iraq, Iran and the Russian Caucasus, thereby outflanking the Russians and Stalingrad . , What caused Rommel " to run, thus upsetting that little plot and keeping the Germans from getting the oil that would have won the war for Germany? | + | It took the grandest kind of [[faith]] in the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three, for the {{Wiki|Egyptians}} to obey blindly, with every {{Wiki|evidence}} against obeying. But they were saved as every one know so Rommel was driving tip blow up the Suez Canal and push on into the {{Wiki|Holy}} Land. When he would have reached that point, the {{Wiki|German}} {{Wiki|army}} massed on the borders of Turkey, would have moved into Turkey and taken the Dardanelles. Then the two armies would have joined forces and they would "have driven into the oil fields of {{Wiki|Iraq}}, {{Wiki|Iran}} and the {{Wiki|Russian}} {{Wiki|Caucasus}}, thereby outflanking the {{Wiki|Russians}} and Stalingrad . , What [[caused]] Rommel " to run, thus upsetting that little plot and keeping the Germans from getting the oil that would have won the [[war]] for {{Wiki|Germany}}? |
− | It was not Montgomery. He was down in Southeast Egypt with only a token force. He could not even keep in sight of the dust of the famed Afrikan Corps. The Germans ran so fast that they dumped Italians all over the desert, and the Italians had to walk many weary miles before they could find any one to whom to surrender. The Ancient Three stepped in there and caused Rommel to run. They laid down the law to Rommel, and scared him so much that he dared not take another step into Egypt. | + | It was not Montgomery. He was down in [[Southeast]] {{Wiki|Egypt}} with only a token force. He could not even keep in [[sight]] of the dust of the famed Afrikan Corps. The Germans ran so fast that they dumped Italians all over the desert, and the Italians had to walk many weary {{Wiki|miles}} before they could find any one to whom to surrender. The {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three stepped in there and [[caused]] Rommel to run. They laid down the law to Rommel, and scared him so much that he dared not take another step into {{Wiki|Egypt}}. |
− | By the action of the Ancient Three they broke the back of the German war effort and the Allies won. | + | By the [[action]] of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three they broke the back of the {{Wiki|German}} [[war]] [[effort]] and the Allies won. |
− | What stopped the Japanese at the gates of Australia? They had moved down the islands and were practically on the door step of Australia. The Australian Army was "away from home fighting Britain's battles elsewhere. Britain could not get Australians army home fast enough. America could not get men and material to Australia. Most of the American Pacific Fleet was on the floor of the Pacific Ocean at Pearl Harbor. The Atlantic Fleet was fighting Britain's battles in the Atlantic. | + | What stopped the [[Japanese]] at the gates of [[Australia]]? They had moved down the islands and were practically on the door step of [[Australia]]. The [[Australian]] {{Wiki|Army}} was "away from home fighting Britain's battles elsewhere. Britain could not get [[Australians]] {{Wiki|army}} home fast enough. {{Wiki|America}} could not get men and material to [[Australia]]. Most of the American Pacific Fleet was on the floor of the {{Wiki|Pacific Ocean}} at {{Wiki|Pearl}} Harbor. The Atlantic Fleet was fighting Britain's battles in the Atlantic. |
− | The few ships that were in the Pacific could not hold the war themselves, nor save Australia from invasion. The Allies needed a base desperately in the Pacific and Australia was the only base left. If the Japanese captured Australia, America would be fighting the Japs in the Rocky Mountains of North America. The Ancient Three knew that so they stepped in and stopped the Japs in their own way. Australia was safe until men and supplies could be gotten there. From then on it was up to America. | + | The few ships that were in the Pacific could not hold the [[war]] themselves, nor save [[Australia]] from invasion. The Allies needed a base desperately in the Pacific and [[Australia]] was the only base left. If the [[Japanese]] captured [[Australia]], {{Wiki|America}} would be fighting the Japs in the Rocky Mountains of {{Wiki|North America}}. The {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three knew that so they stepped in and stopped the Japs in their own way. [[Australia]] was safe until men and supplies could be gotten there. From then on it was up to {{Wiki|America}}. |
− | All of you know now, the strange right-about-face of the Japanese. How docile and obedient they have become under General MacArthur. How the people of Japan are working for peace and want to be a part of that peace. Again the Ancient Three Stepped in, in their own peculiar way, and warned the Japanese people that they had hopelessly condemned themselves by their previous actions and blood lust. | + | All of you know now, the strange right-about-face of the [[Japanese]]. How docile and obedient they have become under {{Wiki|General MacArthur}}. How the [[people]] of [[Japan]] are working for [[peace]] and want to be a part of that [[peace]]. Again the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three Stepped in, in their own peculiar way, and warned the [[Japanese]] [[people]] that they had hopelessly condemned themselves by their previous [[actions]] and {{Wiki|blood}} [[lust]]. |
− | The Japanese could only Redeem themselves by the long hard climb upward of obedience, co-operation and the will to show the world they were willing to suffer the necessary steps to gain back nationhood. And they were also told that the Ancient Three were with the man who would become the conqueror of the Japanese. And only by obedience, co-operation and work could they redeem themselves back to a place under the Ancient Three. You have seen how the Japanese have obeyed that dictum. | + | The [[Japanese]] could only Redeem themselves by the long hard climb upward of {{Wiki|obedience}}, co-operation and the will to show the [[world]] they were willing to [[suffer]] the necessary steps to gain back nationhood. And they were also told that the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three were with the man who would become the [[conqueror]] of the [[Japanese]]. And only by {{Wiki|obedience}}, co-operation and work could they redeem themselves back to a place under the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three. You have seen how the [[Japanese]] have obeyed that dictum. |
− | And now you know why they have boldly announced that they would take order, from General MacArthur and no one else. | + | And now you know why they have boldly announced that they would take order, from {{Wiki|General MacArthur}} and no one else. |
WORLD FEDERATION: | WORLD FEDERATION: | ||
− | Syria and Lebanon gained their independence by action of the Ancient Three. The Arabian States united into a federation by act of the Ancient Three. And the strength of the federation as a unit is greater than the combined strength of the individual states. They organized according to the pattern of the United States which is the pattern that all the world will follow when the time is ripe. That is, the pattern of government among the States of the World, There are many necessary changes to be made in all departments of living before the Perfect Plan is established. | + | {{Wiki|Syria}} and Lebanon gained their {{Wiki|independence}} by [[action]] of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three. The Arabian States united into a federation by act of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three. And the strength of the federation as a unit is greater than the combined strength of the {{Wiki|individual}} states. They organized according to the pattern of the [[United States]] which is the pattern that all the [[world]] will follow when the [[time]] is ripe. That is, the pattern of government among the States of the [[World]], There are many necessary changes to be made in all departments of living before the Perfect Plan is established. |
− | The pattern in the United States is: the forty-eight states are forty-eight individual nations combined into one federation. Each state has it's own laws, traditions and history. Those things are sacred to each state. But each of those forty-eight states co-operates" with all the rest of the states on vital issues. There are no tariff walls between the states. | + | The pattern in the [[United States]] is: the forty-eight states are forty-eight {{Wiki|individual}} nations combined into one federation. Each state has it's own laws, [[traditions]] and history. Those things are [[sacred]] to each state. But each of those forty-eight states co-operates" with all the rest of the states on [[vital]] issues. There are no tariff walls between the states. |
− | There are no import or export duties to pay between the states. Trade flows freely in every direction. No passports are needed for the citizens of one state to move into another state. The citizen of another state is treated like one of the local citizens, when he is in any one of the forty-eight states. There is a single unit of currency among all states. It has the same unit of value from Seattle to Miami, from Bangor, Maine to San Diego. | + | There are no import or export duties to pay between the states. Trade flows freely in every [[direction]]. No passports are needed for the citizens of one state to move into another state. The citizen of another state is treated like one of the local citizens, when he is in any one of the forty-eight states. There is a single unit of currency among all states. It has the same unit of value from Seattle to Miami, from Bangor, Maine to {{Wiki|San Diego}}. |
− | There are no exchange premiums to pay between the states for changing coin from the currency of the state to the currency of another state. "Each person in the United States is paid for his services in equal proportion to any one else in the United States" for the same or similar services. | + | There are no exchange premiums to pay between the states for changing coin from the currency of the state to the currency of another state. "Each [[person]] in the [[United States]] is paid for his services in {{Wiki|equal}} proportion to any one else in the [[United States]]" for the same or similar services. |
− | There are no extra-territorial rights imposed by one state upon another state, as has been done by the European nations and America to the nations of Asia and Africa and they would try to do to South America and other Latin American states. And all of the forty-eight states of the United States follow the same foreign policy. | + | There are no extra-territorial rights imposed by one state upon another state, as has been done by the {{Wiki|European}} nations and {{Wiki|America}} to the nations of {{Wiki|Asia}} and {{Wiki|Africa}} and they would try to do to [[South]] {{Wiki|America}} and other Latin American states. And all of the forty-eight states of the [[United States]] follow the same foreign policy. |
− | That is the pattern of the Arabian League also, and that will be the pattern of all the world eventually. Each country, people, nation must earn its independence from the European Empire nations. Only in that way can these people know freedom, understand it, and work to retain it when it is theirs. If it were handed to them on a silver platter they would not know what to do with it, and would lose it again. Therefore, they must earn their own freedom and help others to earn theirs. | + | That is the pattern of the Arabian League also, and that will be the pattern of all the [[world]] eventually. Each country, [[people]], {{Wiki|nation}} must earn its {{Wiki|independence}} from the {{Wiki|European}} [[Empire]] nations. Only in that way can these [[people]] know freedom, understand it, and work to retain it when it is theirs. If it were handed to them on a {{Wiki|silver}} platter they would not know what to do with it, and would lose it again. Therefore, they must earn their own freedom and help others to earn theirs. |
− | Then, the Fatherhood of God, the Motherhood of Nature - which is part of God - and the Brotherhood of Man can be established on the face of the earth; and all people shall have equal opportunity of achievement of expression, of access to the beauty of the earth, equal access to the resources and materials to make their lives better. | + | Then, the Fatherhood of [[God]], the Motherhood of [[Nature]] - which is part of [[God]] - and the Brotherhood of Man can be established on the face of the [[earth]]; and all [[people]] shall have {{Wiki|equal}} opportunity of [[achievement]] of expression, of access to the [[beauty]] of the [[earth]], {{Wiki|equal}} access to the resources and materials to make their [[lives]] better. |
− | No nation will exploit another nation^ put burdensome taxes on them, nor enslave them in any way. And war will be abolished; for all people will have room in which to live, food to feed their starving bodies, arid will be paid in proportion to their services to all — no matter if the person be a Negro, an Indian, a South Sea Islander or a White Man. | + | No {{Wiki|nation}} will exploit another {{Wiki|nation}}^ put burdensome taxes on them, nor enslave them in any way. And [[war]] will be abolished; for all [[people]] will have room in which to [[live]], [[food]] to feed their starving [[bodies]], arid will be paid in proportion to their services to all — no matter if the [[person]] be a Negro, an [[Indian]], a [[South]] Sea Islander or a White Man. |
− | For this the Ancient Three are working. And for this, we here in Livingston, Montana are contributing our little bit in the only way that we can at this time. | + | For this the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three are working. And for this, we here in Livingston, Montana are contributing our little bit in the only way that we can at this [[time]]. |
− | So, take it or leave it. It is immaterial to us. We know the goal, and are working toward it. | + | So, take it or leave it. It is {{Wiki|immaterial}} to us. We know the goal, and are working toward it. |
HORIZONS UNLIMITED: | HORIZONS UNLIMITED: | ||
Line 653: | Line 653: | ||
by W. C. Hefferlin | by W. C. Hefferlin | ||
− | "The thing that hath been, it is that which shall be; and that which is done is that which shall be done, and there is no new thing tinder the sun." | + | "The thing that hath been, it is that which shall be; and that which is done is that which shall be done, and there is no new thing tinder the {{Wiki|sun}}." |
Ecclesiastes, Chap 1:9 | Ecclesiastes, Chap 1:9 | ||
− | The dream of all mankind as a child and often when grown, when gazing into the heavens, has been to explore the far reaches of space and the stars, some day. That day is now at hand, and our children will soon know that great feeling of expansion as well as the fact that we as individuals, and our planet earth, are but a tiny spark of cosmic dust in all of creation,, Have you looked at the Moon with a prospective eye since the Radar experiment? If not, do so now; for the' time comes soon when perhaps your children, if not yourself, may stake a claim there. | + | The [[dream]] of all mankind as a child and often when grown, when gazing into the [[heavens]], has been to explore the far reaches of [[space]] and the stars, some day. That day is now at hand, and our children will soon know that great [[feeling]] of expansion as well as the fact that we as {{Wiki|individuals}}, and our {{Wiki|planet}} [[earth]], are but a tiny spark of [[cosmic]] dust in all of creation,, Have you looked at the [[Moon]] with a prospective [[eye]] since the Radar experiment? If not, do so now; for the' [[time]] comes soon when perhaps your children, if not yourself, may stake a claim there. |
− | Space flight was our dream of almost forty years ago, and the beginning of a search that has since led through mythology, history, physics, chemistry, mechanics and what have you. The search for power, speed, control, has been long and rarely fruitful those many years. But now horizons, horizons unlimited, and the expansion of knowledge is a deep and sincere driving force that keeps one going. | + | [[Space]] flight was our [[dream]] of almost forty years ago, and the beginning of a search that has since led through [[mythology]], history, {{Wiki|physics}}, {{Wiki|chemistry}}, mechanics and what have you. The search for power, speed, control, has been long and rarely fruitful those many years. But now horizons, horizons [[unlimited]], and the expansion of [[knowledge]] is a deep and sincere driving force that keeps one going. |
− | A baby or a small child reaches for the bright and shining object before it, and we too having seen the Moon and the shining stars, even as a child does, have reached for the path aria the way toward achievement. Once long ago we sat high up on the side of a mountain here in the Rocky Mountains and looked across a broad and long valley, one thousand feet below us, and day dreamed how it would be to sweep out from where we sat, out over the valley in a long arc toward the horizon above the mountain peaks ahead, and up, up, ever up into the blue sky, faster and faster, and ever faster, until we might speed with the speed of light through space. | + | A baby or a small child reaches for the bright and shining [[object]] before it, and we too having seen the [[Moon]] and the shining stars, even as a child does, have reached for the [[path]] aria the way toward [[achievement]]. Once long ago we sat high up on the side of a mountain here in the Rocky Mountains and looked across a broad and long valley, one thousand feet below us, and day dreamed how it would be to sweep out from where we sat, out over the valley in a long arc toward the horizon above the mountain peaks ahead, and up, up, ever up into the blue sky, faster and faster, and ever faster, until we might speed with the speed of [[light]] through [[space]]. |
− | No, not yet have we, the writer, personally taken off into space; but we did design parts of the machine that was built five years ago; and it has since made two trips out into space, once accidentally, and recently a planned trip carrying equipment and scientists. Yes, far enough out into space that the earth was the size of a marble and the moon the size of a small pea, and all space a purple glare with the earth and moon as dark spots. | + | No, not yet have we, the writer, personally taken off into [[space]]; but we did design parts of the machine that was built five years ago; and it has since made two trips out into [[space]], once accidentally, and recently a planned trip carrying equipment and [[scientists]]. Yes, far enough out into [[space]] that the [[earth]] was the size of a marble and the [[moon]] the size of a small pea, and all [[space]] a purple glare with the [[earth]] and [[moon]] as dark spots. |
− | Cosmic radiations were found to be much stronger in space, but there were other radiations observed that as yet cannot be classified; and new instruments of recording and qualifying methods of analysis must be developed before the next trip. A strange distortion shows up in watches, clocks and chronometers using a gear train assembly, just as if the gears had slipped. Also, the sun's appearance seems to be of an electronic nature in place of a gaseous consumption. | + | [[Cosmic]] radiations were found to be much stronger in [[space]], but there were other radiations observed that as yet cannot be classified; and new instruments of recording and qualifying methods of analysis must be developed before the next trip. A strange distortion shows up in watches, clocks and chronometers using a gear train assembly, just as if the gears had slipped. Also, the sun's [[appearance]] seems to be of an electronic [[nature]] in place of a gaseous consumption. |
− | Distortion as seen from the earth is evidently due to refraction factors of our local atmosphere. Cosmic radiation effect on the human body, as well as animals, birds and insects, was found to be not detrimental but rather of benefit as a source of evolutionary development. Contrary to fiction writer's ideas, there is no outward change in appearance. | + | Distortion as seen from the [[earth]] is evidently due to refraction factors of our local {{Wiki|atmosphere}}. [[Cosmic]] {{Wiki|radiation}} effect on the [[human body]], as well as [[animals]], birds and insects, was found to be not detrimental but rather of [[benefit]] as a source of evolutionary development. Contrary to fiction writer's [[ideas]], there is no outward change in [[appearance]]. |
− | The period of change in the human's case took about three years. On animals birds and insects, a much shorter time, depending in proportion to their normal life Span. Second and third generations in the animals, etc., showed no change beyond the parent's development. | + | The period of change in the human's case took about three years. On [[animals]] birds and insects, a much shorter [[time]], depending in proportion to their normal [[life]] Span. Second and third generations in the [[animals]], etc., showed no change [[beyond]] the parent's development. |
− | Any and all changes appear to be for the betterment of those concerned, increasing the mental activity and ability of perceptions, a greater reasoning capacity, and in the case of the human, corrections on any weak organs. The human during the period of change has violent headaches, goes partially blind and deaf at times, and seems at times to be thoroughly wretched. But after the period is over he sees with a wider range of perception and hears with a wider tonal register. All weak spots are toned up to top performance. | + | Any and all changes appear to be for the betterment of those concerned, increasing the [[mental]] [[activity]] and ability of [[perceptions]], a greater {{Wiki|reasoning}} capacity, and in the case of the [[human]], corrections on any weak organs. The [[human]] during the period of change has violent headaches, goes partially blind and [[deaf]] at times, and seems at times to be thoroughly wretched. But after the period is over he sees with a wider range of [[perception]] and hears with a wider tonal register. All weak spots are toned up to top performance. |
− | These observations were made by one doctor and several accredited scientists studying the results in the case history of the human. Much has been written on the subject of cosmic radiation, fictionally und professionally, and great concern has been as to the effects. What the resulting effects might be under prolonged exposure was naturally open to question. But judging from the observed results it certainty looks as though this atmospheric blanket surrounding the earth retards and slows down evolutionary progression. After all, we all are constantly bathed by this radiation in a slightly reduced degree all our lives, so why be afraid? | + | These observations were made by one doctor and several accredited [[scientists]] studying the results in the case history of the [[human]]. Much has been written on the [[subject]] of [[cosmic]] {{Wiki|radiation}}, fictionally und professionally, and great [[concern]] has been as to the effects. What the resulting effects might be under prolonged exposure was naturally open to question. But judging from the observed results it certainty looks as though this atmospheric blanket surrounding the [[earth]] retards and slows down evolutionary progression. After all, we all are constantly bathed by this {{Wiki|radiation}} in a slightly reduced {{Wiki|degree}} all our [[lives]], so why be afraid? |
− | Fear, the most potent weapon and humanity's worst disease, rules our lives beyond all reason. Just because we are slow to learn, or lazy enough mentally not to open our eyes and ears and mind, we don't know the answers of cause and effect. Therefore if it is beyond our immediate vicinity or experience, we shun it as something accursed. Ignorance breeds fear in the thinking human mind and thanks to our training from the cradle up^ fear is taught and instilled into our minds daily by our parents and all those we come in contact or associate with. If we cant explain something rationally to ourselves and our children, we then form a great number of "do not or else", alibis to build a fence around us to protect us from evil. | + | {{Wiki|Fear}}, the most potent weapon and humanity's worst {{Wiki|disease}}, rules our [[lives]] [[beyond]] all [[reason]]. Just because we are slow to learn, or lazy enough [[mentally]] not to open our [[eyes]] and {{Wiki|ears}} and [[mind]], we don't know the answers of [[cause and effect]]. Therefore if it is [[beyond]] our immediate vicinity or [[experience]], we shun it as something accursed. [[Ignorance]] breeds {{Wiki|fear}} in the [[thinking]] [[human]] [[mind]] and thanks to our training from the cradle up^ {{Wiki|fear}} is taught and instilled into our [[minds]] daily by our [[parents]] and all those we come in [[contact]] or associate with. If we cant explain something rationally to ourselves and our children, we then [[form]] a great number of "do not or else", alibis to build a fence around us to {{Wiki|protect}} us from [[evil]]. |
− | The mind controls the body and as we think, so it is reflected through our structure and all of its organs, glands, etc. In fact if someone had placed a modern radio on your table fifty years ago and it started to talk and sing, just how fast would you have left that vicinity; and would you have been superstitious, afraid? We feel that the truths should be given to the world as we find them, without the usual sugar coating. After all, ignorance is not bliss, but it breeds fear and fear breeds disaster. Look around you and there you will find the basis for all war. When man has something more than his own backyard as a horizon, he must go afield and strive to reach that horizon. | + | The [[mind]] controls the [[body]] and as we think, so it is reflected through our structure and all of its organs, glands, etc. In fact if someone had placed a {{Wiki|modern}} radio on your table fifty years ago and it started to talk and sing, just how fast would you have left that vicinity; and would you have been superstitious, afraid? We [[feel]] that the [[truths]] should be given to the [[world]] as we find them, without the usual sugar coating. After all, [[ignorance]] is not [[bliss]], but it breeds {{Wiki|fear}} and {{Wiki|fear}} breeds {{Wiki|disaster}}. Look around you and there you will find the basis for all [[war]]. When man has something more than his own backyard as a horizon, he must go afield and strive to reach that horizon. |
− | We now give you the sky, heavens and all of space as a real goal to reach for. | + | We now give you the sky, [[heavens]] and all of [[space]] as a {{Wiki|real}} goal to reach for. |
Will you do it? | Will you do it? | ||
Line 685: | Line 685: | ||
THE SPACE SHIP: | THE SPACE SHIP: | ||
− | This space ship we mentioned in the earlier part of this article is not some illustrating artist's dream, but a very practical and efficient job, designed for speed-arid maneuverability. Its top speed is entirely theoretical, a possible 186,000 miles per second, actual speed in space unknown as yet. | + | This [[space]] ship we mentioned in the earlier part of this article is not some illustrating artist's [[dream]], but a very practical and efficient job, designed for speed-arid maneuverability. Its top speed is entirely {{Wiki|theoretical}}, a possible 186,000 {{Wiki|miles}} per second, actual speed in [[space]] unknown as yet. |
− | Three separate walls are incorporated in the body construction each separated from the other by many inches of insulation and self-healing material in case of puncture. The door opening is similar to shoulder-step design as found on a large safe door. At intervals along the aides are vision ports as on a boat, also along the bottom and top. The control cabin is in the front and has vision front, sides, top and bottom. | + | Three separate walls are incorporated in the [[body]] construction each separated from the other by many inches of insulation and self-healing material in case of puncture. The door opening is similar to shoulder-step design as found on a large safe door. At intervals along the aides are [[vision]] ports as on a boat, also along the bottom and top. The control cabin is in the front and has [[vision]] front, sides, top and bottom. |
− | The body and fuselage of the ship are about 135 feet long and about 35 feet in diameter, with a wing span 100 feet in diameter. The outside appearance differs little from the circle-winged plane described in an earlier article, except that protuberances like warts are along the bottom of the body, along the sides and the top, with such warts also at front and back ends. Compared to the regular circle-winged plane's sleek looks, these protuberances give the body of the plane a warty looking appearance. They are not there for beauty but definitely for utility and work. | + | The [[body]] and fuselage of the ship are about 135 feet long and about 35 feet in diameter, with a wing span 100 feet in diameter. The outside [[appearance]] differs little from the circle-winged plane described in an earlier article, except that protuberances like warts are along the bottom of the [[body]], along the sides and the top, with such warts also at front and back ends. Compared to the regular circle-winged plane's sleek looks, these protuberances give the [[body]] of the plane a warty looking [[appearance]]. They are not there for [[beauty]] but definitely for utility and work. |
These protuberances house or contain different types of the machine No. 3 briefly described in another article under the heading, Power. Part of them are used for propulsion and the other ones contain the shattering or disintegrating type of No. 3 units. These arranged for propulsion drive are sort of bowl-shaped and are stationary mounted. | These protuberances house or contain different types of the machine No. 3 briefly described in another article under the heading, Power. Part of them are used for propulsion and the other ones contain the shattering or disintegrating type of No. 3 units. These arranged for propulsion drive are sort of bowl-shaped and are stationary mounted. | ||
− | These give the re-active push electronically in a sort of flood-light pattern. The other No, 3 units are rotative blister mounted for aiming purposes and are of the tubular core-construction which, when activated, produce a tight-spinning, hard beam of electronic energy projection capable of great destruction and with a destroying range of thousands of miles. Either type of No, 3 unit is powered by electrical energy furnished by the power plant inside the body of the space ships. | + | These give the re-active push electronically in a sort of flood-light pattern. The other No, 3 units are rotative blister mounted for aiming purposes and are of the tubular core-construction which, when activated, produce a tight-spinning, hard beam of electronic [[energy]] projection capable of great destruction and with a destroying range of thousands of {{Wiki|miles}}. Either type of No, 3 unit is powered by electrical [[energy]] furnished by the power plant inside the [[body]] of the [[space]] ships. |
− | The power plants are electrical D.C. current generators that charge a series of high capacity batteries, and the current as fed to any of the No. 3 units is interrupted to give the proper frequency impulse desired. These power plants are a part of the GHYT No. 2 motors, which are constructed in part in the manner of GHYT No. 1 motors (see article on GHYT Motor No. 1). on the lover half. In the upper half they are completely valveless and incorporate a system utilizing the principles as mentioned in the "Burn Water For Fuel" article. By this means we have a power system that requires no refueling and weight factors remain constant, gravity and acceleration permitting. | + | The power [[plants]] are electrical D.C. current generators that charge a series of high capacity batteries, and the current as fed to any of the No. 3 units is interrupted to give the proper frequency impulse [[desired]]. These power [[plants]] are a part of the GHYT No. 2 motors, which are [[constructed]] in part in the [[manner]] of GHYT No. 1 motors (see article on GHYT Motor No. 1). on the lover half. In the upper half they are completely valveless and incorporate a system utilizing the {{Wiki|principles}} as mentioned in the "Burn [[Water]] For Fuel" article. By this means we have a power system that requires no refueling and weight factors remain [[constant]], gravity and acceleration permitting. |
− | Odd shaped propellers are between the ship's sides and the inner edge of the wings. These are driven by electric motors if and when used. The appearance of these propellers might be likened to the windmills of Holland, a high-thrust design. The ship has living quarters and a self-contained air conditioning system and its own air supply. It is also equipped with radio transmitters and receivers and a Public Address system, with horns mounted on the outside of the ship. | + | Odd shaped propellers are between the ship's sides and the inner edge of the wings. These are driven by electric motors if and when used. The [[appearance]] of these propellers might be likened to the windmills of Holland, a high-thrust design. The ship has living quarters and a self-contained [[air]] {{Wiki|conditioning}} system and its own [[air]] supply. It is also equipped with radio transmitters and receivers and a Public Address system, with horns mounted on the outside of the ship. |
− | A control panel is also a part of the equipment in the pilot's section and from here the No. 3 drive or pusher units are arranged to function, either separately or as a group. The No. 3 lifter units are arranged along the bottom of the body of the ship, the No. 3 down pushers on the top of the body, also the steering and propulsion No. 3 at the rear of the body. | + | A control panel is also a part of the equipment in the pilot's section and from here the No. 3 drive or pusher units are arranged to [[function]], either separately or as a group. The No. 3 lifter units are arranged along the bottom of the [[body]] of the ship, the No. 3 down pushers on the top of the [[body]], also the steering and propulsion No. 3 at the rear of the [[body]]. |
− | In the nose of the ship are No, 3 pushers for steering and braking action, all rigged through a master control and also a pilot control, automatic. By this arrangement of the pushing power units it is possible to lock in space the position of the ship at any time or hover above the ground in a stationary position. The tube or weapon type No. 3 units are for removing any obstruction desired, or for battle use, and are individually controlled by their own control panels. This one ship cold, if desired, wipe out of the air the combined forces of the entire earth, and all navies from the seas, as such war equipment is now designed. | + | In the {{Wiki|nose}} of the ship are No, 3 pushers for steering and braking [[action]], all rigged through a [[master]] control and also a pilot control, automatic. By this arrangement of the pushing power units it is possible to lock in [[space]] the position of the ship at any [[time]] or hover above the ground in a stationary position. The tube or weapon type No. 3 units are for removing any obstruction [[desired]], or for battle use, and are individually controlled by their own control panels. This one ship cold, if [[desired]], wipe out of the [[air]] the combined forces of the entire [[earth]], and all navies from the seas, as such [[war]] equipment is now designed. |
− | Here too is one answer to the fear of atomic bombs and rocket projectiles. | + | Here too is one answer to the {{Wiki|fear}} of [[atomic]] bombs and rocket projectiles. |
− | Radar finders established at designated sections controlling No. 3 units ground mounted will destroy bomb carrier or rocket bombs at point of interception, regardless of altitude, numbers or speed. It is very doubtful that any shell, bullet or rocket could approach this ship due to the pushing away action of the No. 3 units, even when the ship is Stationary in the | + | Radar finders established at designated [[sections]] controlling No. 3 units ground mounted will destroy bomb carrier or rocket bombs at point of interception, regardless of altitude, numbers or speed. It is very [[doubtful]] that any shell, bullet or rocket could approach this ship due to the pushing away [[action]] of the No. 3 units, even when the ship is Stationary in the [[air]]« Several years ago during wartime a trip was made over the {{Wiki|northern hemisphere}} of [[earth]] from Colorado to a valley in [[Tibet]] and the No, 3 units were used to hurry the trip along. |
− | The landing field lights were on in Tibet, waiting for the ship to land. But the speed was so great that they missed the light beams the first t.ip around the earth and had to slow down to even See a slight streak of light the second time. By the third time around they had slowed down enough to see the lights and land at the air field. Flight elevation was stratospheric and the total time elapse was five hours. | + | The landing field lights were on in [[Tibet]], waiting for the ship to land. But the speed was so great that they missed the [[light]] beams the first t.ip around the [[earth]] and had to slow down to even See a slight streak of [[light]] the second [[time]]. By the third [[time]] around they had slowed down enough to see the lights and land at the [[air]] field. Flight elevation was stratospheric and the total [[time]] elapse was five hours. |
Do you still want to ride to the stars? Then all aboard. | Do you still want to ride to the stars? Then all aboard. | ||
− | The above space ship was a derivative of an atmospheric flight ship as described in the article "Circle-Winged Plane" and the ship is now based in far of Tibet, back from four years exploration of the Antarctic Continent by our scientists. | + | The above [[space]] ship was a derivative of an atmospheric flight ship as described in the article "Circle-Winged Plane" and the ship is now based in far of [[Tibet]], back from four years exploration of the Antarctic Continent by our [[scientists]]. |
They, living in a great city made from rainbow-colored plastics, the only accessible city, one of seven, six of which are now covered by ice ten thousand feet deep. | They, living in a great city made from rainbow-colored plastics, the only accessible city, one of seven, six of which are now covered by ice ten thousand feet deep. | ||
Line 717: | Line 717: | ||
THE ANCIENT CIVILIZATION: | THE ANCIENT CIVILIZATION: | ||
− | Studying the cultural evidence of an ancient civilization they found it by the records to be over 2 million years old? A City using plastics for paving, building and clothing. Controlled static electricity for light and heat., and city power, and to run the great trains that are waiting in the underground terminal yards and station below this "Rainbow City." | + | Studying the {{Wiki|cultural}} {{Wiki|evidence}} of an {{Wiki|ancient}} {{Wiki|civilization}} they found it by the records to be over 2 million years old? A City using plastics for paving, building and clothing. Controlled static electricity for [[light]] and heat., and city power, and to run the great trains that are waiting in the underground terminal yards and station below this "[[Rainbow]] City." |
− | There are maps shoving the vast, over 100 feet in diameter, dual train-tunnel system below ground and seas throughout the world, location of system terminals and all side lines and tunnel ends. Farm machinery is powered by a radium-like substance contained in small boxes. Personal flying suits are powered by this substance. | + | There are maps shoving the vast, over 100 feet in diameter, dual train-tunnel system below ground and seas throughout the [[world]], location of system terminals and all side lines and tunnel ends. Farm machinery is powered by a radium-like [[substance]] contained in small boxes. Personal flying suits are powered by this [[substance]]. |
− | Duplicating machines produce, by rearrangement of the atomic structure, any number of copies equal to the original. There is evidence that there are over two hundred elements of matter, with the laws of combination and usage. "Portals" are a means or entering or traveling between places thousands of miles distant; these are used also for tracing back through the past, all done by space warpage. These Portals are mentally or manually controlled. | + | Duplicating machines produce, by rearrangement of the [[atomic]] structure, any number of copies {{Wiki|equal}} to the original. There is {{Wiki|evidence}} that there are over two hundred [[elements]] of matter, with the laws of combination and usage. "Portals" are a means or entering or traveling between places thousands of {{Wiki|miles}} distant; these are used also for tracing back through the past, all done by [[space]] warpage. These Portals are [[mentally]] or manually controlled. |
− | Here are machines to teach mentally the language and type for writing. Great libraries and museums are filled with all the knowledge and wisdom and machines of this ancient race, left here by the first humans to be on this earth, and evidence from whence they came. They, our remote ancestors! | + | Here are machines to teach [[mentally]] the [[language]] and type for [[writing]]. Great libraries and museums are filled with all the [[knowledge and wisdom]] and machines of this {{Wiki|ancient}} race, left here by the first [[humans]] to be on this [[earth]], and {{Wiki|evidence}} from whence they came. They, our remote {{Wiki|ancestors}}! |
− | And all of this is our heritage when once we learn to live the true Brotherhood of all Creation, "Ye shall know the truth and the truth shall make you free." Can it be that these cities are referred to in the Holy Bible? | + | And all of this is our heritage when once we learn to [[live]] the true Brotherhood of all Creation, "Ye shall know the [[truth]] and the [[truth]] shall make you free." Can it be that these cities are referred to in the {{Wiki|Holy}} Bible? |
− | "The cities of the south shall be shut up and none shall open them, Judah shall be carried away captive. all of it, it shall wholly be carried away captive.." | + | "The cities of the [[south]] shall be shut up and none shall open them, Judah shall be carried away captive. all of it, it shall wholly be carried away captive.." |
Jeremiah 13:19, | Jeremiah 13:19, | ||
− | Whom among today may say for sure that this be false. When again, as justification for the reopening of the cities, we can quote from the Holy Bible: | + | Whom among today may say for sure that this be false. When again, as justification for the reopening of the cities, we can quote from the {{Wiki|Holy}} Bible: |
− | "But the Lord liveth that brought up the children of Israel from the land of the north, and from all the lands whither he had driven them; and I vill bring then again into their land that I gave unto their fathers." | + | "But the [[Lord]] liveth that brought up the children of Israel from the land of the [[north]], and from all the lands whither he had driven them; and I vill bring then again into their land that I gave unto their fathers." |
Jeremiah 16:15 | Jeremiah 16:15 | ||
Line 739: | Line 739: | ||
RAINBOW CITY: | RAINBOW CITY: | ||
− | "Is there anything whereof it maybe said, see, this is new?. It hath been already of old time, which was before us." | + | "Is there anything whereof it maybe said, see, this is new?. It hath been already of old [[time]], which was before us." |
Ecclesiastes 1:10 | Ecclesiastes 1:10 | ||
Line 747: | Line 747: | ||
Habakkuk 1:5 | Habakkuk 1:5 | ||
− | From the Temple and Libraries of a great city, one of seven built of plastics, here even now on this earth as it was over 2^ million years ago, does our information come. Six of these great cities are encased in eternal ice, and the seventh only is in open ground and protected and warmed by hot springs. Yet it is isolated as to ordinary approachable means by ice walls ten thousand feet high. The seventh city, called by us for want of a better name "Rainbow City", and the other six cities were built over 2½ million years ago on the only (then as now) stable continent or land mass on this earth, the Antarctic. | + | From the [[Temple]] and Libraries of a great city, one of seven built of plastics, here even now on this [[earth]] as it was over 2^ million years ago, does our [[information]] come. Six of these great cities are encased in [[eternal]] ice, and the seventh only is in open ground and protected and warmed by [[hot]] springs. Yet it is isolated as to ordinary approachable means by ice walls ten thousand feet high. The seventh city, called by us for want of a better [[name]] "[[Rainbow]] City", and the other six cities were built over 2½ million years ago on the only (then as now) {{Wiki|stable}} continent or land mass on this [[earth]], the Antarctic. |
− | The valley surrounding the city is somewhat dumbbell shaped, with the city at the narrowest section, the valley spreading but at both ends, about ten miles wide at its narrowest and about 25 mile long from end to end, protected from stores and hidden in the southern winter by mists, and only open to the sun's rays by ice-wall reflection during the southern Antarctic summer. | + | The valley surrounding the city is somewhat dumbbell shaped, with the city at the narrowest section, the valley spreading but at both ends, about ten {{Wiki|miles}} wide at its narrowest and about 25 mile long from end to end, protected from stores and hidden in the southern winter by mists, and only open to the sun's rays by ice-wall {{Wiki|reflection}} during the southern Antarctic summer. |
− | The city is made of plastic, the streets are paved with plastic; and all buildings are so constructed that all colors of the rainbow are used. For color in those days seemed to have had a meaning. In the heart of this large surface is a great temple, center of the higher learning and a museum of the culture of this ancient civilization of ours, and its machines. | + | The city is made of plastic, the streets are paved with plastic; and all buildings are so [[constructed]] that all colors of the [[rainbow]] are used. For {{Wiki|color}} in those days seemed to have had a meaning. In the [[heart]] of this large surface is a great [[temple]], center of the higher [[learning]] and a museum of the {{Wiki|culture}} of this {{Wiki|ancient}} {{Wiki|civilization}} of ours, and its machines. |
− | Below this city are five underground levels, part of the surface city, and the main terminals of a vast tunnel train system, with miles of yards, trains standing ready for the main lines, and maps of the old surface of the earth, showing where the great tunnels lead to. | + | Below this city are five underground levels, part of the surface city, and the main terminals of a vast tunnel train system, with {{Wiki|miles}} of yards, trains [[standing]] ready for the main lines, and maps of the old surface of the [[earth]], showing where the great tunnels lead to. |
− | From this Temple in this ancient yet futuristic city did we learn that the beginning of Mankind had been lost so long ago that only a very sketchy history has been forwarded at all. | + | From this [[Temple]] in this {{Wiki|ancient}} yet futuristic city did we learn that the beginning of Mankind had been lost so long ago that only a very sketchy history has been forwarded at all. |
− | And that, starts millions and even trillions of earth-measured years ago, and millions of light years away, far across galaxy after galaxy, solar system after solar system and planet to planet, a long chain of migrations and colonization by the human race, their rise and decline, cycle after cycle. | + | And that, starts millions and even trillions of earth-measured years ago, and millions of [[light]] years away, far across galaxy after galaxy, {{Wiki|solar system}} after {{Wiki|solar system}} and {{Wiki|planet}} to {{Wiki|planet}}, a long chain of migrations and colonization by the [[human]] race, their rise and {{Wiki|decline}}, cycle after cycle. |
− | From across space to the fourth planet from this sun, known to us as the planet Mars, came the migration of Mankind to colonize; and upon this planet Mars rose again, a vast civilization of great wisdom and knowledge, with very wise leaders and councilors. | + | From across [[space]] to the fourth {{Wiki|planet}} from this {{Wiki|sun}}, known to us as the {{Wiki|planet}} {{Wiki|Mars}}, came the migration of Mankind to colonize; and upon this {{Wiki|planet}} {{Wiki|Mars}} rose again, a vast {{Wiki|civilization}} of [[great wisdom]] and [[knowledge]], with very [[wise]] leaders and councilors. |
THE REPTILE THAT WALKS LIKE A MAN: | THE REPTILE THAT WALKS LIKE A MAN: | ||
− | At some time during the migration periods across galaxies of space, the race of snakes or lizard-like species was encountered. From then on there was friction and war. Also of great knowledge and ability were they, this ancient Serpent Race, but far alien in thought and culture to Mankind's ways. For some reason not known now, there had always been between the humans and the snake people, competitive strife for the dominating position of control and power. Great wars were fought and slowly Mankind lost ground. | + | At some [[time]] during the migration periods across galaxies of [[space]], the race of {{Wiki|snakes}} or lizard-like species was encountered. From then on there was friction and [[war]]. Also of great [[knowledge]] and ability were they, this {{Wiki|ancient}} [[Serpent]] Race, but far alien in [[thought]] and {{Wiki|culture}} to Mankind's ways. For some [[reason]] not known now, there had always been between the [[humans]] and the {{Wiki|snake}} [[people]], competitive strife for the dominating position of control and power. Great wars were fought and slowly Mankind lost ground. |
− | When it became apparent that the fourth planet would eventually no longer support !life for the human species the Great Ruler of the human races sent space ships and scientists, with his own son and daughter, and some of the Council of Elders, to the third planet now known to us as Earth. And here on what is now the Antarctic continent a great Colony was established, patterned after the homeland. This was the first of Mankind on this planet Earth. | + | When it became apparent that the fourth {{Wiki|planet}} would eventually no longer support ![[life]] for the [[human]] species the Great [[Ruler]] of the [[human]] races sent [[space]] ships and [[scientists]], with his own son and daughter, and some of the Council of [[Elders]], to the third {{Wiki|planet}} now known to us as [[Earth]]. And here on what is now the Antarctic continent a great Colony was established, patterned after the homeland. This was the first of Mankind on this {{Wiki|planet}} [[Earth]]. |
− | Such was the beginning of the fabled "Golden Age" of antiquity, spoken of in the ancient mythology of all peoples on Earth today. These may be the original "Seven Cities" hinted at in story and folk-lore of all mankind. Here is the heritage of Mankind in all of its wondrous beauty, its greatest knowledge and wisdom stored, waiting for the time when "mankind" shall have arisen once again from his own-made mire, and shall have earned the right to stand before his heritage, the true Brotherhood of all Creation. | + | Such was the beginning of the fabled "Golden Age" of antiquity, spoken of in the {{Wiki|ancient}} [[mythology]] of all peoples on [[Earth]] today. These may be the original "Seven Cities" hinted at in story and folk-lore of all mankind. Here is the heritage of Mankind in all of its wondrous [[beauty]], its greatest [[knowledge and wisdom]] stored, waiting for the [[time]] when "mankind" shall have arisen once again from his own-made mire, and shall have earned the right to stand before his heritage, the true Brotherhood of all Creation. |
− | Here in books, talking books that impress the mind through the audio nerves the speech of long ago, are given the original commands and laws, that have come down to us today in very garbled form through mythology, folklore and religion. Proof that Mankind, by his own thoughts and acts, either justifies or condemns himself, that thought is father to the set. | + | Here in [[books]], talking [[books]] that impress the [[mind]] through the audio nerves the [[speech]] of long ago, are given the original commands and laws, that have come down to us today in very garbled [[form]] through [[mythology]], {{Wiki|folklore}} and [[religion]]. Proof that Mankind, by his own [[thoughts]] and acts, either justifies or condemns himself, that [[thought]] is father to the set. |
− | Here waiting for it. all in this ancient land/is material evidence in form and usage, that there is nothing new on earth or in the heavens. Proof that history and life repeat themselves endlessly cycle after cycle; and that which we learn or design or invent today or in the future was and is in existence now, TODAY. | + | Here waiting for it. all in this {{Wiki|ancient}} land/is material {{Wiki|evidence}} in [[form]] and usage, that there is [[nothing]] new on [[earth]] or in the [[heavens]]. Proof that history and [[life]] repeat themselves endlessly cycle after cycle; and that which we learn or design or invent today or in the future was and is in [[existence]] now, TODAY. |
− | Here, too, is science in its fullest bloom of maturity, whereby the very building blocks and cement of creation are known and used as needed. Two hundred and five elements of matter are given, and the means by which they may be combined as desired. So called atomic fission and power were common enough that they were used to drive farm machinery, automobile-like three wheeled vehicles, space ships and individual flying suits. | + | Here, too, is [[science]] in its fullest bloom of maturity, whereby the very building blocks and cement of creation are known and used as needed. Two hundred and [[five elements]] of matter are given, and the means by which they may be combined as [[desired]]. So called [[atomic]] fission and power were common enough that they were used to drive farm machinery, automobile-like three wheeled [[vehicles]], [[space]] ships and {{Wiki|individual}} flying suits. |
New? No, it's there from over two million years ago, ready for use. | New? No, it's there from over two million years ago, ready for use. | ||
− | Rainbow City contains great libraries of books on all subjects, arid great laboratories with their own special libraries. All of these books are made of some metal known not to the world today, still untarnished these millions of years. The leaves are of a silvery metal, gray in color and thin, light weight and flexible. The characters and symbols of the ancient tongue are etched in. | + | [[Rainbow]] City contains great libraries of [[books]] on all [[subjects]], arid great laboratories with their own special libraries. All of these [[books]] are made of some metal known not to the [[world]] today, still untarnished these millions of years. The leaves are of a silvery metal, gray in {{Wiki|color}} and thin, [[light]] weight and flexible. The characters and [[symbols]] of the {{Wiki|ancient}} {{Wiki|tongue}} are etched in. |
− | The mathematics system is based upon the count of seven. In equations on all physical constants they use "seven over seven" instead of the modern "square root of minus one". On mental and spiritual constants, ten over seven is used. If we would examine our modern periodic table of the elements in the hand book of Chemistry and Physics, we would find the key to the system of count as used so long ago, for both are based on natural law. A circle is divided by 2. 4, 8, 16, etc, never into 12. | + | The {{Wiki|mathematics}} system is based upon the count of seven. In equations on all [[physical]] constants they use "seven over seven" instead of the {{Wiki|modern}} "square [[root]] of minus one". On [[mental]] and [[spiritual]] constants, ten over seven is used. If we would examine our {{Wiki|modern}} periodic table of the [[elements]] in the hand [[book]] of {{Wiki|Chemistry}} and {{Wiki|Physics}}, we would find the key to the system of count as used so long ago, for both are based on {{Wiki|natural law}}. A circle is divided by 2. 4, 8, 16, etc, never into 12. |
− | Plastics were used to build the walls, floors and roofs of houses, the stores and the Temple, also furniture, tables, beds, etc. The cloth made in those days and still there is woven of a plastic thread softer than the finest modern silks, lighter in weight, and all of this is fire proof. In fact, to wash the cloth or bed linen you place it over an open flame and burn the impurities away. Beautiful jewels of all colors are made of plastic so hard the surface of a diamond is cut and powdered as if it were ordinary glass. | + | Plastics were used to build the walls, floors and roofs of houses, the stores and the [[Temple]], also furniture, tables, beds, etc. The cloth made in those days and still there is woven of a plastic thread softer than the finest {{Wiki|modern}} silks, lighter in weight, and all of this is [[fire]] proof. In fact, to wash the cloth or bed linen you place it over an open flame and burn the [[impurities]] away. Beautiful [[jewels]] of all colors are made of plastic so hard the surface of a [[diamond]] is cut and powdered as if it were ordinary glass. |
Many plastic spheres of all colors and sizes are there for special purposes and are treated so as to retain their power and influence. | Many plastic spheres of all colors and sizes are there for special purposes and are treated so as to retain their power and influence. | ||
Line 787: | Line 787: | ||
CHEMICAL FORMULA FOR A PLASTIC: | CHEMICAL FORMULA FOR A PLASTIC: | ||
− | Macerate the vegetation to very fine particles and mix with water. Boil this mash at a very high heat, strain off the liquid and reboil this as a high heat. Skim off all scum and strain the liquid again. Reboil the liquid again at high heat and strain through a final filter. Now subject this remaining liquid for 24 hours to an electronic process conditioning, under a high vibratory or high frequency condition to rearrange the polarity of the molecules. The liquid is then ready for pouring and molding. After having been molded it is still soft enough to carve immediately. After that the plastic sets and becomes harder each succeeding day. | + | Macerate the vegetation to very fine particles and mix with [[water]]. Boil this mash at a very high heat, strain off the liquid and reboil this as a high heat. Skim off all scum and strain the liquid again. Reboil the liquid again at high heat and strain through a final filter. Now [[subject]] this remaining liquid for 24 hours to an electronic process {{Wiki|conditioning}}, under a high vibratory or high frequency [[condition]] to rearrange the polarity of the {{Wiki|molecules}}. The liquid is then ready for pouring and molding. After having been molded it is still soft enough to carve immediately. After that the plastic sets and becomes harder each succeeding day. |
− | Machines are used for either heating or refrigerating their vicinity, by vibration. They now bathe their vicinity and above with cold vibrations. This undoubtedly makes the Antarctic colder than any other place on earth today. Tests were made by our group at the ice covered cities, of temperatures close to minus 150 deg. F. | + | Machines are used for either heating or refrigerating their vicinity, by vibration. They now bathe their vicinity and above with cold vibrations. This undoubtedly makes the Antarctic colder than any other place on [[earth]] today. Tests were made by our group at the ice covered cities, of temperatures close to minus 150 deg. F. |
− | The homes and all buildings are heated or cooled by hot or cold radiations from the walls and floors. The very color of the dwellings can be adjusted through a change in the color vibration control, and walls become opaque or transparent where and as desired by adjusting a switch in the walls. | + | The homes and all buildings are heated or cooled by [[hot]] or cold radiations from the walls and floors. The very {{Wiki|color}} of the {{Wiki|dwellings}} can be adjusted through a change in the {{Wiki|color}} vibration control, and walls become opaque or transparent where and as [[desired]] by adjusting a switch in the walls. |
− | Here is radio without static noise; radio that operates and some how impresses upon the audio centers of the mind, music or voice messages. The television operates differently from ours, inasmuch as the impulses seem to follow back to the source of our present day radio waves from the transmitting , and even into the studio at the microphone. The microphone seems to act as a pickup eye, and a view is given of any person or object in front of it. These radios are in all buildings and are powered from city power. | + | Here is radio without static noise; radio that operates and some how impresses upon the audio centers of the [[mind]], {{Wiki|music}} or {{Wiki|voice}} messages. The television operates differently from ours, inasmuch as the impulses seem to follow back to the source of our present day radio waves from the transmitting , and even into the studio at the microphone. The microphone seems to act as a pickup [[eye]], and a [[view]] is given of any [[person]] or [[object]] in front of it. These radios are in all buildings and are powered from city power. |
− | In the gardens are great shade trees and flowering plants, luxurious beyond belief, whose individual blooms often measure at least three feet in diameter. Very few insects are found here, with the exception of the butterflies, whose wing spread measures seven to eight feet across, and whose body would fill a large sized turkey platter. In fact, they are as large as fill sized eagles and are beautiful beyond words. | + | In the [[gardens]] are great shade [[trees]] and flowering [[plants]], luxurious [[beyond]] [[belief]], whose {{Wiki|individual}} blooms often [[measure]] at least three feet in diameter. Very few insects are found here, with the exception of the butterflies, whose wing spread measures seven to eight feet across, and whose [[body]] would fill a large sized turkey platter. In fact, they are as large as fill sized eagles and are beautiful [[beyond]] words. |
− | Fruit trees are smaller in size than the vast shade trees but they bear huge sized fruits. All in all, some of the fruits, though resembling the appearance of modern fruit, taste far different. One fruit colored and looking like a large apple tasted like a pear. A peach-like fruit has numerous seed pits and tastes like nothing else on earth. The same applies to berries, some that look similar to raspberries and blackberries. | + | Fruit [[trees]] are smaller in size than the vast shade [[trees]] but they bear huge sized {{Wiki|fruits}}. All in all, some of the {{Wiki|fruits}}, though resembling the [[appearance]] of {{Wiki|modern}} fruit, {{Wiki|taste}} far different. One fruit colored and looking like a large apple tasted like a pear. A peach-like fruit has numerous seed pits and {{Wiki|tastes}} like [[nothing]] else on [[earth]]. The same applies to berries, some that look similar to raspberries and blackberries. |
− | Vegetable seeds were found in storage cupboards in one room of the Rainbow Temple. This room contained at one end a large glowing ball of radiant energy. This is believed to have preserved these seeds these millions of years. The vegetables, although different in appearance from our common varieties, served much the same purpose. | + | Vegetable [[seeds]] were found in storage cupboards in one room of the [[Rainbow]] [[Temple]]. This room contained at one end a large glowing ball of radiant [[energy]]. This is believed to have preserved these [[seeds]] these millions of years. The vegetables, although different in [[appearance]] from our common varieties, served much the same purpose. |
− | One large leaf type takes the place of lettuce, but grows into a head formation more like cabbage, Another green vegetable which even when ripe remains green, tastes similar to our present day tomatoes. Those of our group who were farmers or horticulturists in their youth and preferred this service, handle the working and harvesting of crops, using plows and other implements found there, powered by atomic or radio-active substance contained in a small metal box on the machine. | + | One large leaf type takes the place of lettuce, but grows into a head formation more like cabbage, Another green vegetable which even when ripe remains green, {{Wiki|tastes}} similar to our present day tomatoes. Those of our group who were {{Wiki|farmers}} or horticulturists in their youth and preferred this service, handle the working and harvesting of crops, using plows and other implements found there, powered by [[atomic]] or radio-active [[substance]] contained in a small metal box on the machine. |
All conveniences and luxuries found in the city homes are also in the farm homes. | All conveniences and luxuries found in the city homes are also in the farm homes. | ||
Line 807: | Line 807: | ||
SHANGRI LA OF THE ANTARCTIC: | SHANGRI LA OF THE ANTARCTIC: | ||
− | Radiation lamps and heaters furnish the valley with an almost even temperature and the necessary rays for health and growth. The mists that hang thinly over the valley during the long summer season are much thicker and heavier in the long Antarctic winters, thus helping to protect life there. In the middle of the winter the temperature is cool, about 65 degrees, in summer 75. | + | {{Wiki|Radiation}} lamps and heaters furnish the valley with an almost even temperature and the necessary rays for health and growth. The mists that hang thinly over the valley during the long summer season are much thicker and heavier in the long Antarctic winters, thus helping to {{Wiki|protect}} [[life]] there. In the middle of the winter the temperature is cool, about 65 degrees, in summer 75. |
− | Here is truly a Garden of Eden, a home of the Gods! | + | Here is truly a Garden of Eden, a home of the [[Gods]]! |
− | All country roads are paved with plastic, as are all country buildings. Here also are the landing fields and hangars for housing the different types of flying machines, including a great ship for planet-to-planet travel. Travel from farm to city and vice versa is by three-wheeled conveyances somewhat similar to our cars and trucks. These vehicles are controlled by levers and push buttons, and are powered by the same type of radiant energy mass in metal boxes as the farm equipment. The tires on the wheels of these are made of plastic much like our present day balloon tires. | + | All country roads are paved with plastic, as are all country buildings. Here also are the landing fields and hangars for housing the different types of flying machines, including a great ship for planet-to-planet travel. Travel from farm to city and vice versa is by three-wheeled conveyances somewhat similar to our cars and trucks. These [[vehicles]] are controlled by levers and push buttons, and are powered by the same type of radiant [[energy]] mass in metal boxes as the farm equipment. The tires on the wheels of these are made of plastic much like our present day balloon tires. |
− | From the evidence as shown by the life-sized pictures and the sizes of beds, chairs. garments, etc., they, our original ancestors averaged around seven to eight feet tall. The original skin color of the race was a reddish-brown, eyes and hair somewhat the same. Only the pictures of the Ancient Rulers showed blue eyes. One of them had blue-black hair and the other two were blondes,, The akin of these rulers was much lighter in color, sort of a golden hue. | + | From the {{Wiki|evidence}} as shown by the life-sized pictures and the sizes of beds, chairs. garments, etc., they, our original {{Wiki|ancestors}} averaged around seven to eight feet tall. The original {{Wiki|skin}} {{Wiki|color}} of the race was a reddish-brown, [[eyes]] and [[hair]] somewhat the same. Only the pictures of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Rulers showed blue [[eyes]]. One of them had blue-black [[hair]] and the other two were blondes,, The akin of these rulers was much lighter in {{Wiki|color}}, sort of a golden hue. |
− | These three, two men and one woman, were the Rulers, and with them were the Council of Elders and Wise Men. The one dark-haired man was the fiancée of the blond woman. The blond man was brother to her. The two were children of the Ruler on Mars; the black-haired one was of the high nobility on that planet. | + | These three, two men and one woman, were the Rulers, and with them were the Council of [[Elders]] and [[Wise]] Men. The one dark-haired man was the fiancée of the blond woman. The blond man was brother to her. The two were children of the [[Ruler]] on {{Wiki|Mars}}; the black-haired one was of the high [[nobility]] on that {{Wiki|planet}}. |
− | Foods and fruits were preserved in storage in such a manner of banning that when opened these millions of years later were as edible as when first preserved. It is quite evident by the careful preparations as found that this land and city were deliberately left for future generations of the human race; although it is doubtful that this was expected to be a million or so years later. | + | [[Foods]] and {{Wiki|fruits}} were preserved in storage in such a [[manner]] of banning that when opened these millions of years later were as edible as when first preserved. It is quite evident by the careful preparations as found that this land and city were deliberately left for future generations of the [[human]] race; although it is [[doubtful]] that this was expected to be a million or so years later. |
− | Yes, here in this almost magical land is the dream and home of enchantment, come true to all of us. | + | Yes, here in this almost [[magical]] land is the [[dream]] and home of enchantment, come true to all of us. |
RAINBOW TEMPLE: | RAINBOW TEMPLE: | ||
− | Tremendous in size and appearance are the wondrous temples of learning, each located in the heart of each of the seven cities of that fabulous ancient past, from the beginning of our Mankind on this planet earth. | + | Tremendous in size and [[appearance]] are the wondrous [[temples]] of [[learning]], each located in the [[heart]] of each of the seven cities of that fabulous {{Wiki|ancient}} past, from the beginning of our Mankind on this {{Wiki|planet}} [[earth]]. |
− | The Rainbow City of the Antarctic continent lies almost due south of a point midway between south of India and the land mass of Australia. It's great Temple is in the center of the city. | + | The [[Rainbow]] City of the Antarctic continent lies almost due [[south]] of a point midway between [[south]] of [[India]] and the land mass of [[Australia]]. It's great [[Temple]] is in the center of the city. |
− | The area of the base is in the form of a great square about two of our modern city blocks wide on any side. | + | The area of the base is in the [[form]] of a great square about two of our {{Wiki|modern}} city blocks wide on any side. |
− | To aid the reader in locating Rainbow City, according to Hefferlin's instructions above, we have chosen an angular view of the earth unfamiliar to most of us. This view is quite common, however, to those who approach the Antarctic continent - and its Saucer bases - from outer space! | + | To aid the reader in locating [[Rainbow]] City, according to Hefferlin's instructions above, we have chosen an angular [[view]] of the [[earth]] unfamiliar to most of us. This [[view]] is quite common, however, to those who approach the Antarctic continent - and its Saucer bases - from outer [[space]]! |
− | We are almost directly above Australia, from which we have drawn a dotted line to the South Pole and we have put in another dotted line from the southernmost point of India to the South Pole. | + | We are almost directly above [[Australia]], from which we have drawn a dotted line to the {{Wiki|South Pole}} and we have put in another dotted line from the southernmost point of [[India]] to the {{Wiki|South Pole}}. |
− | Midway between these we placed the "X" to give the general location of Rainbow City. It was into this vastly unexplored area that Rear Admiral Byrd looked so wistfully in 1947 during his flight to the South Pole. Navy flights inland from the Indian Ocean along that bleak coast discovered open water, and called it Hunger's Oasis. More exploratory flights have been made since then. | + | Midway between these we placed the "X" to give the general location of [[Rainbow]] City. It was into this vastly unexplored area that Rear Admiral Byrd looked so wistfully in 1947 during his flight to the {{Wiki|South Pole}}. Navy flights inland from the [[Indian]] Ocean along that bleak coast discovered open [[water]], and called it Hunger's Oasis. More exploratory flights have been made since then. |
− | Two years ago Russian explorers made a surface dash from the coast to the Pole in that area, were they looking for Rainbow City? | + | Two years ago {{Wiki|Russian}} explorers made a surface dash from the coast to the Pole in that area, were they looking for [[Rainbow]] City? |
− | Who knows... | + | Who [[knows]]... |
THE TEMPLE A PYRAMID: | THE TEMPLE A PYRAMID: | ||
− | There are five stories in the Temple proper and above that are fire stories mere in the pyramid-shaped structure topping the temple. Below the main floor are five underground levels in the Temple basement. The fifth floor of the Temple has apartments for the three Rulers, plus numerous apartments for Councilors and guests. In the door of each of the Ruler's and Councilor's apartments is a jewel of color designating the apartment's owner and rank or position. | + | There are five stories in the [[Temple]] proper and above that are [[fire]] stories mere in the pyramid-shaped structure topping the [[temple]]. Below the main floor are five underground levels in the [[Temple]] basement. The fifth floor of the [[Temple]] has apartments for the three Rulers, plus numerous apartments for Councilors and guests. In the door of each of the Ruler's and Councilor's apartments is a [[jewel]] of {{Wiki|color}} designating the apartment's [[owner]] and rank or position. |
Here on the fifth floor are great libraries and museums. | Here on the fifth floor are great libraries and museums. | ||
− | The libraries are so arranged that they are accessible to the laboratories above them in the pyramid, as well as to the Ruler's apartments, In the pyramid top are located completely equipped laboratories and facilities for research in chemistry. electricity and all other allied sciences, as well as an observatory for astronomy. | + | The libraries are so arranged that they are accessible to the laboratories above them in the pyramid, as well as to the Ruler's apartments, In the pyramid top are located completely equipped laboratories and facilities for research in {{Wiki|chemistry}}. electricity and all other allied {{Wiki|sciences}}, as well as an observatory for {{Wiki|astronomy}}. |
Below the fifth story, the second, third and fourth stories house museums of all types of machines for all sorts of purposes. | Below the fifth story, the second, third and fourth stories house museums of all types of machines for all sorts of purposes. | ||
Line 852: | Line 852: | ||
WORSHIP: | WORSHIP: | ||
− | One quarter of the first floor is devoted to the room of worship. Although this room is highly carved and elaborately decorated it has only a simple altar at one end. The altar is a cube set into the floor, On its top are two sockets for candles, a bowl for incense, a sloping ledge for a book, and a flat ledge for offering. | + | One quarter of the first floor is devoted to the room of {{Wiki|worship}}. Although this room is highly carved and elaborately decorated it has only a simple [[altar]] at one end. The [[altar]] is a cube set into the floor, On its top are two sockets for {{Wiki|candles}}, a [[bowl]] for [[incense]], a sloping ledge for a [[book]], and a flat ledge for [[offering]]. |
− | In a room opposite the Room of Worship is the room of the Glowing Sphere that radiates out in all directions. The corridor leading to this room goes almost the full length of the room and here are cupboards that house the plant seeds. After turning the corridor corner one must go back the full length of the room to reach the Glowing Sphere. | + | In a room opposite the Room of {{Wiki|Worship}} is the room of the Glowing [[Sphere]] that radiates out in all [[directions]]. The corridor leading to this room goes almost the full length of the room and here are cupboards that house the plant [[seeds]]. After turning the corridor corner one must go back the full length of the room to reach the Glowing [[Sphere]]. |
− | The rear rooms of the first floor are devoted to hospital and medical research. It contains charts of the human system, showing the entire circulatory system, the nervous system, and all of the ducted and ductless glands, On the level immediately below are the dissecting rooms, with the necessary instruments for the study of the human body. It is here that the doctor-surgeon of our group spends much of his time studying the records and charts. He was once the court physician at the Palace in Budapest, Hungary and he finds great interest in this, his own department of research. | + | The rear rooms of the first floor are devoted to hospital and {{Wiki|medical}} research. It contains charts of the [[human]] system, showing the entire [[circulatory system]], the {{Wiki|nervous system}}, and all of the ducted and ductless glands, On the level immediately below are the dissecting rooms, with the necessary instruments for the study of the [[human body]]. It is here that the doctor-surgeon of our group spends much of his [[time]] studying the records and charts. He was once the court {{Wiki|physician}} at the Palace in Budapest, {{Wiki|Hungary}} and he finds great [[interest]] in this, his own department of research. |
− | On the same level of the basement are the rooms containing the Power Control Tanks and the control panels for the distribution of power throughout the city. Now, here are the school rooms for the primary grades and the machines for opening the mental understanding of the written and spoken language. Elevators run through the five floors of the Temple, the five lower levels and to the third level of the pyramid. Host of the walls are elaborately decorated, whether carved or molded we do not know. But that plastic is now extremely hard and tough. All heat is radiated from floors, walls and ceilings. | + | On the same level of the basement are the rooms containing the Power Control Tanks and the control panels for the distribution of power throughout the city. Now, here are the school rooms for the primary grades and the machines for opening the [[mental]] [[understanding]] of the written and spoken [[language]]. Elevators run through the five floors of the [[Temple]], the five lower levels and to the third level of the pyramid. Host of the walls are elaborately decorated, whether carved or molded we do not know. But that plastic is now extremely hard and tough. All heat is radiated from floors, walls and ceilings. |
− | There are no light fixtures, as light too is radiated from floors, walls and ceilings. A simple push on a button chooses the kind of light that is desired. In here there is no difference between night and day because one has the choice of choosing that particular light. This same light source seems to revitalize the air and to act as an air conditioner as well. | + | There are no [[light]] fixtures, as [[light]] too is radiated from floors, walls and ceilings. A simple push on a button chooses the kind of [[light]] that is [[desired]]. In here there is no difference between night and day because one has the choice of choosing that particular [[light]]. This same [[light]] source seems to revitalize the [[air]] and to act as an [[air]] conditioner as well. |
− | Draftless, shadowless peace and quiet is here for rest and relaxation, study or contemplation, thought or concentration | + | Draftless, shadowless [[peace]] and quiet is here for rest and [[relaxation]], study or contemplation, [[thought]] or [[concentration]] |
GLASS HOUSES: | GLASS HOUSES: | ||
− | By means of switches set in walls these walls become opaque, colored or clear as crystal glass, giving a view of outside, with one-way or two-way vision as desired. Here, too, even as found in the houses, the kitchens have vibratory type heaters and cookers. All refrigeration either box or cabinet type, as well as room cooling, is also vibratory in nature. There is no. fluctuation in temperatures in the refrigerators as compared with our modern day types. | + | By means of switches set in walls these walls become opaque, colored or clear as {{Wiki|crystal}} glass, giving a [[view]] of outside, with one-way or two-way [[vision]] as [[desired]]. Here, too, even as found in the houses, the kitchens have vibratory type heaters and cookers. All refrigeration either box or cabinet type, as well as room cooling, is also vibratory in [[nature]]. There is no. fluctuation in temperatures in the refrigerators as compared with our {{Wiki|modern}} day types. |
− | Here, too, there are no locks on the doors, such as those with which we are familiar. The Ruler apartment doors are operated by a code word and pressing on a certain section of the door. The carpets, rugs, hangings, furniture, robes, bed covers are all of plastic. Cleaning them is very simple for there is a special container in each apartment similar to those in the houses in the city. These special containers have a vibratory flame activated by a push button. Throw anything into it and leave the flame on for a short time; shut the flame off and when the item is cooled take it out. | + | Here, too, there are no locks on the doors, such as those with which we are familiar. The [[Ruler]] apartment doors are operated by a code [[word]] and pressing on a certain section of the door. The carpets, rugs, hangings, furniture, [[robes]], bed covers are all of plastic. Cleaning them is very simple for there is a special container in each apartment similar to those in the houses in the city. These special containers have a vibratory flame activated by a push button. Throw anything into it and leave the flame on for a short [[time]]; shut the flame off and when the item is cooled take it out. |
− | It is cleaned of all impurities by vibratory flame and sterilized; this is an ideal laundry system. | + | It is cleaned of all [[impurities]] by vibratory flame and sterilized; this is an {{Wiki|ideal}} laundry system. |
THE CITY: | THE CITY: | ||
− | On all sides of the Temple are avenues and all buildings in the vicinity are two-and-a-half stories high, then two stories high; and as one goes farther from the Temple, one story high. | + | On all sides of the [[Temple]] are avenues and all buildings in the vicinity are two-and-a-half stories high, then two stories high; and as one goes farther from the [[Temple]], one story high. |
− | Close in near the Temple there are buildings stocked full of all things, similar to our present day retail stores. Here in this city there are no apartment houses or tenements, no crowding, each house has a spacious lot for flower gardens and lawns. Each house, even as the Temple apartments, is completely furnished with everything that any of them may need, with the stores as additional supply as needed. | + | Close in near the [[Temple]] there are buildings stocked full of all things, similar to our present day retail stores. Here in this city there are no apartment houses or tenements, no crowding, each house has a spacious lot for [[flower]] [[gardens]] and lawns. Each house, even as the [[Temple]] apartments, is completely furnished with everything that any of them may need, with the stores as additional supply as needed. |
− | Some of the lower levels of the Temple have vegetable vats for the growing of produce by chemical means, and re-conversion laboratories, At another section of the Temple on the first level below, are the storage garages for the wheeled vehicles for those living in the Temple, Here too are shops for minor repairs, | + | Some of the lower levels of the [[Temple]] have vegetable vats for the growing of produce by chemical means, and re-conversion laboratories, At another section of the [[Temple]] on the first level below, are the storage garages for the wheeled [[vehicles]] for those living in the [[Temple]], Here too are shops for minor repairs, |
− | All of the heavy industry of the city is carried on in the underground of five levels surrounding the Temple basement, below and extending for miles underground far beyond the reaches of the surface city. There are houses., stores and gardens, workshops of all types and kinds in these levels . Sunlight is simulated by special ray lamp lighting, and the air is fresh and pure even as found in the Temple. There are large parks and playgrounds for the children. Here too flowers grow blooms as large as those in the Temple gardens and here too the great butterflies float as on 'silent wings of night' from flower to flower. | + | All of the heavy industry of the city is carried on in the underground of five levels surrounding the [[Temple]] basement, below and extending for {{Wiki|miles}} underground far [[beyond]] the reaches of the surface city. There are houses., stores and [[gardens]], workshops of all types and kinds in these levels . Sunlight is simulated by special ray [[lamp]] lighting, and the [[air]] is fresh and [[pure]] even as found in the [[Temple]]. There are large parks and playgrounds for the children. Here too [[flowers]] grow blooms as large as those in the [[Temple]] [[gardens]] and here too the great butterflies float as on '[[silent]] wings of night' from [[flower]] to [[flower]]. |
− | The saying often referred to in history that there were giants in those days could well have applied here; for everything is of larger than to us normal size, as though the average man height in those days was about 75 feet tall. Within the corridor entrance to the ground level floor of the Temple, close to the back end, are three massive pillars supporting the ceiling at this spot. Almost directly behind these pillars and on the corridor's end wall, are pictures of three beings, two males, one on either side of a female figure. | + | The saying often referred to in history that there were giants in those days could well have applied here; for everything is of larger than to us normal size, as though the average man height in those days was about 75 feet tall. Within the corridor entrance to the ground level floor of the [[Temple]], close to the back end, are three massive pillars supporting the ceiling at this spot. Almost directly behind these pillars and on the corridor's end wall, are pictures of three [[beings]], two {{Wiki|males}}, one on either side of a {{Wiki|female}} figure. |
− | These pictures seem to be of a human cast in face and figure, but still have a haunting reptilian touch as well, as if of a smooth blending of the two types. | + | These pictures seem to be of a [[human]] cast in face and figure, but still have a haunting reptilian {{Wiki|touch}} as well, as if of a smooth blending of the two types. |
SNAKES IN THE GLASS: | SNAKES IN THE GLASS: | ||
− | Immediately below this area on the first and second levels are rooms in a central position relative to the Temple basement, and below these rooms are the third and fourth levels of a section. This section from the first level to the fifth level inclusive was hermetically sealed off from the upper structure, as well as from the rest of the Temple basement levels. | + | Immediately below this area on the first and second levels are rooms in a central position [[relative]] to the [[Temple]] basement, and below these rooms are the third and fourth levels of a section. This section from the first level to the fifth level inclusive was hermetically sealed off from the upper structure, as well as from the rest of the [[Temple]] basement levels. |
− | In this upper room were found three humanoid serpentine bodies, in upright transparent containers and behind these, three more of the same type, evidently consorts of the other three. The first three were the originals of the three pictures above on the corridor's end wall. In the area of the second level immediately below this room, were found great numbers of similar humanoid serpentine bodies, and in the areas beneath this second level, the third and fourth, reposing on beds stacked in tiers four high, lay vast numbers of these same types of figures. In the fifth level were animals and vegetation. | + | In this upper room were found three humanoid serpentine [[bodies]], in upright transparent containers and behind these, three more of the same type, evidently [[consorts]] of the other three. The first three were the originals of the three pictures above on the corridor's end wall. In the area of the second level immediately below this room, were found great numbers of similar humanoid serpentine [[bodies]], and in the areas beneath this second level, the third and fourth, reposing on beds stacked in tiers four high, lay vast numbers of these same types of figures. In the fifth level were [[animals]] and vegetation. |
− | This sealed up section contained a strange mist like gas, the purpose of which was to hold in suspended sleep of preservation all life this area contained. Through research efforts our scientists discovered that these humanoid serpentine bodies were reconstructed robot containers made from the flesh substance of the original bodies, which long ago had been serpent bodies with arms. The types of animals and vegetation held in suspended animation in this area were such as should ever seen on this planet, Earth. They don't belong! | + | This sealed up section contained a strange mist like gas, the purpose of which was to hold in suspended [[sleep]] of preservation all [[life]] this area contained. Through research efforts our [[scientists]] discovered that these humanoid serpentine [[bodies]] were reconstructed robot containers made from the flesh [[substance]] of the original [[bodies]], which long ago had been [[serpent]] [[bodies]] with arms. The types of [[animals]] and vegetation held in suspended animation in this area were such as should ever seen on this {{Wiki|planet}}, [[Earth]]. They don't belong! |
− | In the human Ruler's apartments on the fifth level or floor above ground, well concealed in the wall of the living room of each compartment, is a small closet-like room. By a strange assortment of coils of• odd shapes and other strange appearing apparatus concealed in the walls, very strange and exceedingly interesting things occur. A television screen is at one end, and levers, a dial and green colored lens crystal are arranged at a control panel in one side wall. | + | In the [[human]] Ruler's apartments on the fifth level or floor above ground, well concealed in the wall of the living room of each compartment, is a small closet-like room. By a strange assortment of coils of• odd shapes and other strange appearing apparatus concealed in the walls, very strange and exceedingly [[interesting]] things occur. A television screen is at one end, and levers, a dial and green colored lens {{Wiki|crystal}} are arranged at a control panel in one side wall. |
− | By following the book of instructions as found in a concealed drawer at the control panel, the mechanism became operative, and here was the key to most of the research that followed. | + | By following the [[book]] of instructions as found in a concealed drawer at the control panel, the {{Wiki|mechanism}} became operative, and here was the key to most of the research that followed. |
"PORTAL ACTION": | "PORTAL ACTION": | ||
− | This room, by some electronic means, could act as a television viewer of any place on earth, and above and below the surface. It can view the interior of anything desired, and using some form of a space-time warp can view the past. Future viewing was found to be impossible evidently because there are too many variant possibilities that may happen. Television viewing with soul included made the other important actions of these rooms possible. This we call for want of a better name, Portal Action. | + | This room, by some electronic means, could act as a television viewer of any place on [[earth]], and above and below the surface. It can [[view]] the interior of anything [[desired]], and using some [[form]] of a {{Wiki|space-time}} warp can [[view]] the past. Future viewing was found to be impossible evidently because there are too many variant possibilities that may happen. Television viewing with [[soul]] included made the other important [[actions]] of these rooms possible. This we call for want of a better [[name]], Portal [[Action]]. |
− | When we say Portals we mean that in more ways than one. By some form of electronic vibrational manipulation this room can be caused to make contact, through a Portal door at one end of the room, with almost any place on earth! Yes, we mean that when the machine is directed to some place as viewed on the screen, and a lever is thrown into position, the end or Portal door can be opened and you can step out in that locality. | + | When we say Portals we mean that in more ways than one. By some [[form]] of electronic vibrational manipulation this room can be [[caused]] to make [[contact]], through a Portal door at one end of the room, with almost any place on [[earth]]! Yes, we mean that when the machine is directed to some place as viewed on the screen, and a lever is thrown into position, the end or Portal door can be opened and you can step out in that locality. |
− | Mythology, folklore and religion seem to give some hints to substantiate these Portals, and we must consider that mythology, folklore and religion are but a resume of the past. | + | [[Mythology]], {{Wiki|folklore}} and [[religion]] seem to give some hints to substantiate these Portals, and we must consider that [[mythology]], {{Wiki|folklore}} and [[religion]] are but a resume of the past. |
Here is one example: | Here is one example: | ||
− | "Vulcan made for the Gods the golden shoes with which they trod the air or the water, and moved from place to place with the speed of the wind, or even thought." | + | "Vulcan made for the [[Gods]] the golden shoes with which they trod the [[air]] or the [[water]], and moved from place to place with the speed of the [[wind]], or even [[thought]]." |
− | This item is quoted from Page 4, Bullfinche's Mythology, by Grosset and Bunlap. | + | This item is quoted from Page 4, Bullfinche's [[Mythology]], by Grosset and Bunlap. |
Well, what do you think? | Well, what do you think? | ||
Line 917: | Line 917: | ||
MORE ON THE PORTALS: | MORE ON THE PORTALS: | ||
− | The apartments of the three Rulers, in Rainbow Temple, are of different color and each is exclusive of the other, but inter-connected by doors. One apartment is furnished in blue, another in green and the third in red; each is the private color identification of it's owner. The closet-like Portal rooms are about six feet by ten in size and are neutral in color. | + | The apartments of the three Rulers, in [[Rainbow]] [[Temple]], are of different {{Wiki|color}} and each is exclusive of the other, but inter-connected by doors. One apartment is furnished in blue, another in green and the third in red; each is the private {{Wiki|color}} identification of it's [[owner]]. The closet-like Portal rooms are about six feet by ten in size and are [[neutral]] in {{Wiki|color}}. |
− | One side of the wall of the closet room is a dial set in the face of a control board; above there is a green colored crystal lens. In the end wall is the television screen. Beside travel the other use of the Portal was for research into the past. Not as a time-traveler in a material way but only as a means of seeing and hearing at any time into any point or interval of time of the ancient past. In this phase it is impossible to use the second door, as only the audio and vision side works. | + | One side of the wall of the closet room is a dial set in the face of a control board; above there is a green colored {{Wiki|crystal}} lens. In the end wall is the television screen. Beside travel the other use of the Portal was for research into the past. Not as a time-traveler in a material way but only as a means of [[seeing]] and hearing at any [[time]] into any point or {{Wiki|interval}} of [[time]] of the {{Wiki|ancient}} past. In this phase it is impossible to use the second door, as only the audio and [[vision]] side works. |
− | The purpose of the crystal lens is for establishing mental control and direction of the Portal by concentrating one's gaze into it and holding the mental vision in your mind of the place you desire to go. The dial and some lever switches on the control panel below the crystal lens are for adjusting the power and position of the image on the view finding screen and controlling the Portal action. | + | The purpose of the {{Wiki|crystal}} lens is for establishing [[mental]] control and [[direction]] of the Portal by {{Wiki|concentrating}} one's gaze into it and holding the [[mental]] [[vision]] in your [[mind]] of the place you [[desire]] to go. The dial and some lever switches on the control panel below the {{Wiki|crystal}} lens are for adjusting the power and position of the image on the [[view]] finding screen and controlling the Portal [[action]]. |
− | One lever locks the Portal at any place under view, and another lever allows the second door of the room to be opened. Upon stepping through this doorway when opened, you find yourself actually at the place on view in the screen. Fantastic? Yes, but true in this time period. | + | One lever locks the Portal at any place under [[view]], and another lever allows the second door of the room to be opened. Upon stepping through this doorway when opened, you find yourself actually at the place on [[view]] in the screen. Fantastic? Yes, but true in this [[time]] period. |
− | An experienced operator of the Portals can pick up a man or an object in Chicago and another in London, and deposit them in Tokyo or any other place in the world in a few minutes. | + | An [[experienced]] operator of the Portals can pick up a man or an [[object]] in {{Wiki|Chicago}} and another in {{Wiki|London}}, and deposit them in {{Wiki|Tokyo}} or any other place in the [[world]] in a few minutes. |
− | There seem to be only a few things that will prevent or stop Portal penetration at this time. | + | There seem to be only a few things that will prevent or stop Portal [[penetration]] at this [[time]]. |
KILROY WAS HERS, TOO: | KILROY WAS HERS, TOO: | ||
− | One of our operators in the group was an ex-pilot of the early-Chinese-Burma-India theater of World War II named Kilroy, a red headed Irishman with a puckish sense of humor. He is believed by us to know something about the "Kilroy was here" storied in the Saturday Evening Post. | + | One of our operators in the group was an ex-pilot of the early-Chinese-Burma-India theater of [[World]] [[War]] II named Kilroy, a red headed Irishman with a puckish [[sense]] of humor. He is believed by us to know something about the "Kilroy was here" storied in the Saturday Evening Post. |
− | As to that part of it all we can say is that our Kilroy had the method and means of travel at his command in the Portals, but only time will tell for sure. We personally suspect he knew more than he cared to admit and if "chickens come home to roost" they will sit on his head. | + | As to that part of it all we can say is that our Kilroy had the method and means of travel at his command in the Portals, but only [[time]] will tell for sure. We personally suspect he knew more than he cared to admit and if "chickens come home to roost" they will sit on his head. |
− | We used the Portals to transport material and men from and to many places on earth. These same Portals will reach out through local space to the moon, but not much farther at present. | + | We used the Portals to transport material and men from and to many places on [[earth]]. These same Portals will reach out through local [[space]] to the [[moon]], but not much farther at present. |
LIFE ON THE MOON: | LIFE ON THE MOON: | ||
− | What life remains on the moon is a very decadent and dwarfed, degenerate human type, because of lack of air. They are confined to caves and underground caverns, and that part of the old cities underground still usable. Very little exploration was done on the moon and that was confined to a cavern with a temple area and altar at one end. | + | What [[life]] remains on the [[moon]] is a very {{Wiki|decadent}} and dwarfed, degenerate [[human]] type, because of lack of [[air]]. They are confined to [[caves]] and underground caverns, and that part of the old cities underground still usable. Very little exploration was done on the [[moon]] and that was confined to a cavern with a [[temple]] area and [[altar]] at one end. |
− | The remains of the human race there still await the return of the old rulers. Compared to almost any standard of living here now on earth they are really in a pitiable state of existence. Machines are there but dead from lack of the proper power. | + | The remains of the [[human]] race there still await the return of the old rulers. Compared to almost any standard of living here now on [[earth]] they are really in a {{Wiki|pitiable}} state of [[existence]]. Machines are there but [[dead]] from lack of the proper power. |
− | This seems to have been a radioactive substance similar to radium. | + | This seems to have been a radioactive [[substance]] similar to radium. |
STILL MORE ON THE PORTALS: | STILL MORE ON THE PORTALS: | ||
− | The Portals have been in almost steady use for most of the time our group has been in the Antarctic. A great deal of shuttle service was to our base in the Himalayas we call it Shangri La Valley. When Hungary was taken over by the Germans the then Regent of Hungary and his family were moved to Shangri La and then to the Antarctic Rainbow City by one of the Portals. | + | The Portals have been in almost steady use for most of the [[time]] our group has been in the Antarctic. A great deal of shuttle service was to our base in the [[Himalayas]] we call it [[Shangri La]] Valley. When {{Wiki|Hungary}} was taken over by the Germans the then Regent of {{Wiki|Hungary}} and his family were moved to [[Shangri La]] and then to the Antarctic [[Rainbow]] City by one of the Portals. |
− | Early in World War II the scientists of Hungary who had developed the Invisibility Ray as pictured in Life Magazine, also a Paralysis Ray, joined our group by plane to Shangri La. Later, they, with their families, were moved by Portal to Rainbow City. There are seven full-fledged scientists and twelve assistants and all of their equipment that was movable, now in Rainbow City. Sixty—five of our group are men the rest are women, children and servants; all told there are one hundred. Thirty-nine of the group are American ex-pilots of the China-Burma-India theater before the United States entered the war. Two of the Americans are veterans of World War I and belonged to the old "Glory-makers", the famous Thirty-Ninth. | + | Early in [[World]] [[War]] II the [[scientists]] of {{Wiki|Hungary}} who had developed the Invisibility Ray as pictured in [[Life]] Magazine, also a Paralysis Ray, joined our group by plane to [[Shangri La]]. Later, they, with their families, were moved by Portal to [[Rainbow]] City. There are seven full-fledged [[scientists]] and twelve assistants and all of their equipment that was movable, now in [[Rainbow]] City. Sixty—five of our group are men the rest are women, children and servants; all told there are one hundred. Thirty-nine of the group are American ex-pilots of the China-Burma-India theater before the [[United States]] entered the [[war]]. Two of the {{Wiki|Americans}} are veterans of {{Wiki|World War I}} and belonged to the old "Glory-makers", the famous Thirty-Ninth. |
− | The rumored Japanese tunnel to Korea was started by captured slave-labors but it was checked and blown up by use of the Portals with a form of atom bomb developed by the scientists. The bomb size is about the diameter of a grape fruit and weight about five pounds, and will pulverize an area of about five city blocks. | + | The rumored [[Japanese]] tunnel to [[Korea]] was started by captured slave-labors but it was checked and blown up by use of the Portals with a [[form]] of {{Wiki|atom}} bomb developed by the [[scientists]]. The bomb size is about the diameter of a grape fruit and weight about five pounds, and will pulverize an area of about five city blocks. |
− | The Portal's open door is not visible to anyone outside unless he knows what to look for. Then it shows up as a very faint blue shimmering outline, but if touched on the edge of the outline it is as solid feeling as any door sill. | + | The Portal's open door is not [[visible]] to anyone outside unless he [[knows]] what to look for. Then it shows up as a very faint blue shimmering outline, but if touched on the edge of the outline it is as solid [[feeling]] as any door sill. |
− | A person on the inside of the Portal can reach through the open doorway with his hand and only the part on the outside shows. In other words, the hand would appear out of thin air, to the vision of anyone on the outside of the Portal. Closing of the second door and opening of the first door (into the apartment) causes the Portal to return to Antarctica to it's original position. Both doors must be closed before any Portal operation is possible. | + | A [[person]] on the inside of the Portal can reach through the open doorway with his hand and only the part on the outside shows. In other words, the hand would appear out of thin [[air]], to the [[vision]] of anyone on the outside of the Portal. Closing of the second door and opening of the first door (into the apartment) [[causes]] the Portal to return to {{Wiki|Antarctica}} to it's original position. Both doors must be closed before any Portal operation is possible. |
− | These Portal rooms will hold about seven people at a time. | + | These Portal rooms will hold about seven [[people]] at a [[time]]. |
ALADDIN'S LAMP: | ALADDIN'S LAMP: | ||
− | There are numerous crystal spheres tuned to each Portal. By resting a crystal sphere in one's hand and concentrating the gaze into the crystal and thinking strongly your wish, the Portal obeys your command and comes to you when you are away from and on the outside of the Portal. | + | There are numerous {{Wiki|crystal}} spheres tuned to each Portal. By resting a {{Wiki|crystal}} [[sphere]] in one's hand and {{Wiki|concentrating}} the gaze into the {{Wiki|crystal}} and [[thinking]] strongly your wish, the Portal obeys your command and comes to you when you are away from and on the outside of the Portal. |
− | The fable of Aladdin and his Lamp may have originally come from this source. The Portals might explain the ancient Irish myth of the boat with two eyes painted on the prow to see where it went, and it moved with the speed of thought. Also the Magic Carpet in Arabian folk lore might be explained by the Portals. | + | The fable of Aladdin and his [[Lamp]] may have originally come from this source. The Portals might explain the {{Wiki|ancient}} Irish [[myth]] of the boat with two [[eyes]] painted on the prow to see where it went, and it moved with the speed of [[thought]]. Also the [[Magic]] Carpet in Arabian {{Wiki|folk}} lore might be explained by the Portals. |
− | Perhaps, here too, is the reference to the Portals and the tunnels as quoted from the Egyptian Book of the Dead, Chap. 57: | + | Perhaps, here too, is the reference to the Portals and the tunnels as quoted from the {{Wiki|Egyptian Book of the Dead}}, Chap. 57: |
− | "And drawing up my eyebrows I pierce through into every place that I desire," | + | "And drawing up my eyebrows I pierce through into every place that I [[desire]]," |
And in Chap.64: | And in Chap.64: | ||
− | "I fly up to heaven and I alight upon the earth; and mine eye turneth back there towards the traces of my footsteps." | + | "I fly up to [[heaven]] and I alight upon the [[earth]]; and mine [[eye]] turneth back there towards the traces of my footsteps." |
− | These Book of the Dead quotes are from the "Library of Original Sources", Vol. I, University Research Extension Company. | + | These [[Book]] of the [[Dead]] quotes are from the "Library of Original Sources", Vol. I, {{Wiki|University}} Research Extension Company. |
THE GREEN GEM OF THE SOUTH: | THE GREEN GEM OF THE SOUTH: | ||
− | In reference to the green lens control and the Portal we might again refer to the Egyptian Book of the Dead, Chap. 77: | + | In reference to the green lens control and the Portal we might again refer to the {{Wiki|Egyptian Book of the Dead}}, Chap. 77: |
− | "I raise myself up as the Golden Hawk, which cometh out from its egg; and I fly and I hover as a Hawk of four cubits across the back. My two wings are of the green gem of the south." | + | "I raise myself up as the Golden Hawk, which cometh out from its egg; and I fly and I hover as a Hawk of four cubits across the back. My two wings are of the green [[gem]] of the [[south]]." |
− | Then there is the "boat of Manaan which knew a man's thoughts and would travel whithersoever he would" quoted from Myths and Legends of the Celtic Race, page 113 by Rolleston. | + | Then there is the "boat of Manaan which knew a man's [[thoughts]] and would travel whithersoever he would" quoted from [[Myths]] and {{Wiki|Legends}} of the {{Wiki|Celtic}} Race, page 113 by Rolleston. |
− | From Myths and Legends, Hindus and Buddhists, by Coomaraswamy, page 111 we quote: | + | From [[Myths]] and {{Wiki|Legends}}, [[Hindus]] and [[Buddhists]], by Coomaraswamy, page 111 we quote: |
− | "Rama thought of the self-coursing car Pushpaka and it knew his mind and came to him straightaway. He searched the west and north and east and south." | + | "{{Wiki|Rama}} [[thought]] of the self-coursing car Pushpaka and it knew his [[mind]] and came to him straightaway. He searched the [[west]] and [[north]] and [[east]] and [[south]]." |
− | Can we say, "No, these things are not true?" when all of mythology and legend speak either directly of or in parallel to these things? And even in the Holy Bible may be found strange references: | + | Can we say, "No, these things are not true?" when all of [[mythology]] and legend speak either directly of or in parallel to these things? And even in the {{Wiki|Holy}} Bible may be found strange references: |
− | "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaster of the wall of the King's palace; and the King saw that part that he wrote." | + | "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaster of the wall of the King's palace; and the [[King]] saw that part that he wrote." |
Daniel 5:5 | Daniel 5:5 | ||
− | This we do know from observations made via the Portals that LeMuria and Atlantis did exist and they did attain to great cultures and high civilizations before sinking beneath the ocean. Also at one time a continent existed south of India, between India and the northwestern coast of Australia. On this land was established the first colony from the Antarctic Continent civilization. | + | This we do know from observations made via the Portals that LeMuria and [[Atlantis]] did [[exist]] and they did attain to great cultures and high {{Wiki|civilizations}} before sinking beneath the ocean. Also at one [[time]] a continent existed [[south]] of [[India]], between [[India]] and the northwestern coast of [[Australia]]. On this land was established the first colony from the Antarctic Continent {{Wiki|civilization}}. |
− | It was by the use of these Portals that part of the exploration of the great tunnel system that networks the entire globe was accomplished, including the vast yards full of trains and the main station terminal below Rainbow City. By the use of these Portals the many "sealing off" doors to the tunnels were found and opened, in preparation for train passage through on the lines we desired to operate. | + | It was by the use of these Portals that part of the exploration of the great tunnel system that networks the entire {{Wiki|globe}} was accomplished, including the vast yards full of trains and the main station terminal below [[Rainbow]] City. By the use of these Portals the many "sealing off" doors to the tunnels were found and opened, in preparation for train passage through on the lines we [[desired]] to operate. |
− | It is quite evident that these Portals are operating under reduced power at present but our group expects to have them running at full strength soon. Then further exploration of space may be possible as well as increased penetration in other lines of research. | + | It is quite evident that these Portals are operating under reduced power at present but our group expects to have them running at full strength soon. Then further exploration of [[space]] may be possible as well as increased [[penetration]] in other lines of research. |
− | Consider how handy these Portals are for the research scientists who, upon discovering an ancient ruin or anything else of the past, may at will - almost with the speed of thought - examine its history from beginning to end. | + | Consider how handy these Portals are for the research [[scientists]] who, upon discovering an {{Wiki|ancient}} ruin or anything else of the past, may at will - almost with the speed of [[thought]] - examine its history from beginning to end. |
THE TUNNELS: | THE TUNNELS: | ||
− | The great underground city beneath the surface at Rainbow City is built and strengthened by an odd metal, the same as used in the construction of the railroad tunnels and terminals. This metal is made by a machine that takes the raw earth and rock and turns it, by some atomic manipulation, into a soft, plastic-like metal that slowly hardens. When this metal has finally set to its full hardness, an atomic cutting torch takes five hours to cut one and one half inches. | + | The great underground city beneath the surface at [[Rainbow]] City is built and strengthened by an odd metal, the same as used in the construction of the railroad tunnels and terminals. This metal is made by a machine that takes the raw [[earth]] and rock and turns it, by some [[atomic]] manipulation, into a soft, plastic-like metal that slowly hardens. When this metal has finally set to its full {{Wiki|hardness}}, an [[atomic]] cutting torch takes five hours to cut one and one half inches. |
− | This underground city was used for manufacturing, food processing, and artificial growing, as well as storage space and living quarters for workers. It surrounds the great tunnel depot terminal and its vast yards are stored with great trains ready for use. Elevators and ramps are commonly used to all sections and levels. Light is furnished by some sort of "cold light" process which gives off beneficial rays of the sun. The air in the city as well as the tunnels seems to be revitalized from or by these same lamp sources. | + | This underground city was used for manufacturing, [[food]] processing, and artificial growing, as well as storage [[space]] and living quarters for workers. It surrounds the great tunnel depot terminal and its vast yards are stored with great trains ready for use. Elevators and ramps are commonly used to all [[sections]] and levels. [[Light]] is furnished by some sort of "cold [[light]]" process which gives off beneficial [[rays of the sun]]. The [[air]] in the city as well as the tunnels seems to be revitalized from or by these same [[lamp]] sources. |
− | At the fifth lower level of the underground city is the main depot and traffic office and dispatcher system that controls the entire network of train tunnels throughout the world. There is also a communication system for voice and vision to all trains and to all terminals and their branch lines. The tunnels of the main lines are always dual, one above the other, and operate on a one-way system of handling trains. | + | At the fifth lower level of the underground city is the main depot and traffic office and dispatcher system that controls the entire network of train tunnels throughout the [[world]]. There is also a {{Wiki|communication}} system for {{Wiki|voice}} and [[vision]] to all trains and to all terminals and their branch lines. The tunnels of the main lines are always dual, one above the other, and operate on a one-way system of handling trains. |
The tunnels are lined with the tough metal which supports and reinforces the underground city. Each tunnel has a diameter somewhat over one hundred feet. The trains arc about one hundred feet in diameter and each coach length is three and one half times its diameter, each engine two times its diameter. | The tunnels are lined with the tough metal which supports and reinforces the underground city. Each tunnel has a diameter somewhat over one hundred feet. The trains arc about one hundred feet in diameter and each coach length is three and one half times its diameter, each engine two times its diameter. | ||
Line 1,014: | Line 1,014: | ||
FASTEST TRAINS IN THE WORLD: | FASTEST TRAINS IN THE WORLD: | ||
− | The top speed of these trains is unknown to us at present, but our group of scientists tested them well above two thousand miles per hour. As to air resistance and pressure within the tunnels at this speed we do not at present know the answer, they are made of tough metal, the same as used is the tunnel linings, | + | The top speed of these trains is unknown to us at present, but our group of [[scientists]] tested them well above two thousand {{Wiki|miles}} per hour. As to [[air]] resistance and pressure within the tunnels at this speed we do not at present know the answer, they are made of tough metal, the same as used is the tunnel linings, |
− | At present only a few mainlines and their terminals and trunk lines and branches have been used by our associate's party. But according to the tunnel map routes these tunnels run deep underground and spread throughout the entire world, beneath the seas and land surfaces in all directions. Of the tunnels explored, one branch line ends in what is now a swamp in the heart of South America. Here, from the evidence of old ruins in the vicinity, was once a great sea port and thriving city of ancient times on an ancient seashore. According to the Maps of today, this is in the upper reaches of the present Amazon river in that mysterious district in which a number of explorers from the United States and other countries have gene into and from which they have not returned. | + | At present only a few mainlines and their terminals and trunk lines and branches have been used by our associate's party. But according to the tunnel map routes these tunnels run deep underground and spread throughout the entire [[world]], beneath the seas and land surfaces in all [[directions]]. Of the tunnels explored, one branch line ends in what is now a swamp in the [[heart]] of [[South]] {{Wiki|America}}. Here, from the {{Wiki|evidence}} of old ruins in the vicinity, was once a great sea port and thriving city of {{Wiki|ancient}} times on an {{Wiki|ancient}} seashore. According to the Maps of today, this is in the upper reaches of the present Amazon [[river]] in that mysterious district in which a number of explorers from the [[United States]] and other countries have gene into and from which they have not returned. |
− | Another tunnel ends in a new-closed cave in the southwestern part of the United States in an Indian territory or reservation. Another branch line ends in northwestern Wyoming, due west of Sheridan and some two hundred feet or more up the side of a mountain. This tunnel seems to have been twisted and sheared off, leaving a distorted and pinched outlet. When we consider the great density and toughness of the metal lining the tunnels, a metal that even earthquakes and great land mass movements cannot break, we wonder what titanic force sheared and twisted the Sheridan tunnel end. When we have time we shall use the Portals to find the answer. | + | Another tunnel ends in a new-closed {{Wiki|cave}} in the southwestern part of the [[United States]] in an [[Indian]] territory or reservation. Another branch line ends in northwestern Wyoming, due [[west]] of Sheridan and some two hundred feet or more up the side of a mountain. This tunnel seems to have been twisted and sheared off, leaving a distorted and pinched outlet. When we consider the great density and toughness of the metal lining the tunnels, a metal that even earthquakes and great land mass movements cannot break, we wonder what titanic force sheared and twisted the Sheridan tunnel end. When we have [[time]] we shall use the Portals to find the answer. |
− | At tunnel ends and all terminals there are great doors that seal each tunnel, section by section, and all tunnels are empty. Only the terminal depots have any machinery in them, and these are for handling freight and fighting equipment. | + | At tunnel ends and all terminals there are great doors that seal each tunnel, section by section, and all tunnels are [[empty]]. Only the terminal depots have any machinery in them, and these are for handling freight and fighting equipment. |
− | Each terminal depot is a great storehouse of numerous levels deep for medical supplies, concentrated foods and food essences, and concentrates of what today might be called vitamins, a tablespoon measure of which will relieve all fatigue and need of nourishment, liquid or sleep for over twenty-four hours with modern man today. Here too are stored many fighting machines and quantities of small arms (personal equipment) for army uses. These are mostly atomic blaster types. | + | Each terminal depot is a great storehouse of numerous levels deep for {{Wiki|medical}} supplies, [[concentrated]] [[foods]] and [[food]] [[essences]], and [[concentrates]] of what today might be called vitamins, a tablespoon [[measure]] of which will relieve all {{Wiki|fatigue}} and need of nourishment, liquid or [[sleep]] for over twenty-four hours with {{Wiki|modern}} man today. Here too are stored many fighting machines and quantities of small arms (personal equipment) for {{Wiki|army}} uses. These are mostly [[atomic]] blaster types. |
− | All of this perhaps stored over one or two million years ago, yet still in perfect condition. | + | All of this perhaps stored over one or two million years ago, yet still in perfect [[condition]]. |
THE EGYPTIAN BOOK OF THE DEAD AGAIN: | THE EGYPTIAN BOOK OF THE DEAD AGAIN: | ||
− | These terminals may be the far famed and often written of "Tunnels of the Earth" perhaps referred to in the Egyptian Book of the Dead: | + | These terminals may be the far famed and often written of "Tunnels of the [[Earth]]" perhaps referred to in the {{Wiki|Egyptian Book of the Dead}}: |
− | "I am the offspring of yesterday; the tunnels of the earth have given me birth; and I am revealed at my appointed time." | + | "I am the offspring of yesterday; the tunnels of the [[earth]] have given me [[birth]]; and I am revealed at my appointed [[time]]." |
Also: | Also: | ||
Line 1,036: | Line 1,036: | ||
"It is I who carry away thy might, that I may come and seize upon the tunnels of Ra." | "It is I who carry away thy might, that I may come and seize upon the tunnels of Ra." | ||
− | Chapter 108. | + | Chapter [[108]]. |
− | All tunnels are lighted by a cold light system similar to that in the great underground city and the air vitalized in the same manner, terminals likewise. According to the comparisons of modern maps with the ancient ones, the tunnels are in a vast network underlying just about all nation today, and reaching many regions that today are inaccessible to modern man, referred to only in mythology, such as the sunken continent of Atlantis and the lost LeMuria of the Pacific ocean. | + | All tunnels are lighted by a cold [[light]] system similar to that in the great underground city and the [[air]] vitalized in the same [[manner]], terminals likewise. According to the comparisons of {{Wiki|modern}} maps with the [[ancient ones]], the tunnels are in a vast network underlying just about all {{Wiki|nation}} today, and reaching many regions that today are inaccessible to {{Wiki|modern}} man, referred to only in [[mythology]], such as the sunken continent of [[Atlantis]] and the lost LeMuria of the Pacific ocean. |
− | By the evidence of the Portals and the ancient maps, great civilizations did exist and an interchange of commerce linked them together through their common heritage with the Motherland, at the present south Polar continent. Star maps of the ancient days established a fair estimate of the time when all of this was in use. | + | By the {{Wiki|evidence}} of the Portals and the {{Wiki|ancient}} maps, great {{Wiki|civilizations}} did [[exist]] and an interchange of commerce linked them together through their common heritage with the Motherland, at the present [[south]] Polar continent. Star maps of the {{Wiki|ancient}} days established a fair estimate of the [[time]] when all of this was in use. |
ENTRANCES COVERED: | ENTRANCES COVERED: | ||
− | Most tunnel openings have long since been covered by land slides and shifts in earth structures and only a few at this time remain open to the outside world, some in Tibet, Siberia and Africa, as well as South America and North America. There are some entrances in the interior of certain remote islands. | + | Most tunnel openings have long since been covered by land slides and shifts in [[earth]] structures and only a few at this [[time]] remain open to the outside [[world]], some in [[Tibet]], {{Wiki|Siberia}} and {{Wiki|Africa}}, as well as [[South]] {{Wiki|America}} and {{Wiki|North America}}. There are some entrances in the interior of certain remote islands. |
− | One train alone can carry enough troops and their equipment, modern style, to completely make up a small army. These trains are five-decked inside and have a tremendous capacity of load and storage. Automatic equipment for safety, capable of handling emergency and normal usage at the tremendous speeds involved, is built into all trains and terminals. As we have said before these trains float free from all contacts with the walls by some means that we have not solved yet. | + | One train alone can carry enough troops and their equipment, {{Wiki|modern}} style, to completely make up a small {{Wiki|army}}. These trains are five-decked inside and have a tremendous capacity of load and storage. Automatic equipment for safety, capable of handling emergency and normal usage at the tremendous speeds involved, is built into all trains and terminals. As we have said before these trains float free from all contacts with the walls by some means that we have not solved yet. |
− | The trains are entirely sealed when in operation and carry their own atmosphere. | + | The trains are entirely sealed when in operation and carry their own {{Wiki|atmosphere}}. |
− | The cold-light used in the trains evidently revitalizes and conditions the air in the trains in the same manner as is done in the underground city. | + | The cold-light used in the trains evidently revitalizes and [[conditions]] the [[air]] in the trains in the same [[manner]] as is done in the underground city. |
ACCESS TO SECRET TREASURE VIA TUNNEL: | ACCESS TO SECRET TREASURE VIA TUNNEL: | ||
− | By Portal examination we have found that the Inca's fabled hoard of wealth was concealed in a tunnel mouth-end in the Andes mountains. It still remains there, untouched by our party. | + | By Portal examination we have found that the Inca's fabled hoard of [[wealth]] was concealed in a tunnel mouth-end in the Andes mountains. It still remains there, untouched by our party. |
Why?. | Why?. | ||
− | Just consider yourself living in the midst of untold wealth (according to present worldly standards) with all wants of material necessities and substance at hand for use, of living amongst luxury as is not yet known in modern times, of being a part of this Eden, where the monetary unit called by us money, can buy nothing. This is a place where one finds a peace of mind and soul beyond and above the hurry-scurry of this, our present day so-called civilization. | + | Just consider yourself living in the midst of untold [[wealth]] (according to present [[worldly]] standards) with all wants of material necessities and [[substance]] at hand for use, of living amongst {{Wiki|luxury}} as is not yet known in {{Wiki|modern}} times, of being a part of this Eden, where the monetary unit called by us [[money]], can buy [[nothing]]. This is a place where one finds a [[peace]] of [[mind]] and [[soul]] [[beyond]] and above the hurry-scurry of this, our present day so-called {{Wiki|civilization}}. |
− | To give one an idea of the size of the tunnel train terminals which handled local traffic out into the system, and from which many single branch lines stem from or pass through, the average length and width is about four miles. The depth from top to bottom is about three hundred feet. There are over ten levels for storage and for offices. | + | To give one an [[idea]] of the size of the tunnel train terminals which handled local traffic out into the system, and from which many single branch lines stem from or pass through, the average length and width is about four {{Wiki|miles}}. The depth from top to bottom is about three hundred feet. There are over ten levels for storage and for offices. |
− | In these terminals were found three-wheeled vehicles for loading and unloading as well as passenger carrying, and ramps to accommodate them. Elevators reached all levels. There were official's offices with Portal machines as part of the equipment, file and record rooms to handle all the detailed traffic of commerce that at sometime must have moved through them. There were tremendous rooms for clerks and all of their necessary equipment and dispatcher's rooms with tremendous control boards to allow contact with the trails as well as other terminals. | + | In these terminals were found three-wheeled [[vehicles]] for loading and unloading as well as passenger carrying, and ramps to accommodate them. Elevators reached all levels. There were official's offices with Portal machines as part of the equipment, file and record rooms to handle all the detailed traffic of commerce that at sometime must have moved through them. There were tremendous rooms for clerks and all of their necessary equipment and dispatcher's rooms with tremendous control boards to allow [[contact]] with the trails as well as other terminals. |
− | The elevators made contact with the tops of these terminals which, by the evidence found at one time, were on the surface of the earth, Some now are buried deep by the shifting of land masses, In some localities on this earth it was found that these terminal top entrances were close to the earth's surface, and not many hundreds of feet of excavation of debris would be needed to free the entrances for usage. | + | The elevators made [[contact]] with the tops of these terminals which, by the {{Wiki|evidence}} found at one [[time]], were on the surface of the [[earth]], Some now are buried deep by the shifting of land masses, In some localities on this [[earth]] it was found that these terminal top entrances were close to the [[earth's]] surface, and not many hundreds of feet of excavation of debris would be needed to free the entrances for usage. |
− | It is here that a very strong question arises in our minds as well as yours: Why such an elaborate transportation system, so well designed and built to last for ages, should be in evidence; unless we should come to this conclusion, that at one time in the earth's (pre) historic past a very great and expanded civilization must have been spread all over the then earth's surface, possibly by colonization from the Motherland at the Antarctic continent, or possibly by a great mass transplanting of the human species from the planet now known to us as Mars. | + | It is here that a very strong question arises in our [[minds]] as well as yours: Why such an elaborate transportation system, so well designed and built to last for ages, should be in {{Wiki|evidence}}; unless we should come to this conclusion, that at one [[time]] in the [[earth's]] (pre) historic past a very great and expanded {{Wiki|civilization}} must have been spread all over the then [[earth's]] surface, possibly by colonization from the Motherland at the Antarctic continent, or possibly by a great mass transplanting of the [[human]] species from the {{Wiki|planet}} now known to us as {{Wiki|Mars}}. |
− | Only time will tell the answers and believe us truly when we say that there seem to be millions of questions that need asking and solving. | + | Only [[time]] will tell the answers and believe us truly when we say that there seem to be millions of questions that need asking and solving. |
PORTAL ANALYSIS OF THE DOLE FLIGHT TO HAWAII: | PORTAL ANALYSIS OF THE DOLE FLIGHT TO HAWAII: | ||
− | In the long ago history of mankind, during the time of the civilization of LeMuria, its scientists developed great machines to act as transmitters and receivers of metals and certain organic substances. These machines were used to transport these material substances between earth and the moon. Living organic matter was carried by Space Ships traversing the space between earth and moon. | + | In the long ago history of mankind, during the [[time]] of the {{Wiki|civilization}} of LeMuria, its [[scientists]] developed great machines to act as transmitters and receivers of metals and certain organic {{Wiki|substances}}. These machines were used to transport these material {{Wiki|substances}} between [[earth]] and the [[moon]]. Living organic matter was carried by [[Space]] Ships traversing the [[space]] between [[earth]] and [[moon]]. |
− | Air is still to be found in the deep caverns of the moon and life still exists there . But the human race has long since degenerated from its original status to a condition beyond belief due to the fact that contact with the earth was broken off 21,000 years ago when LeMuria sank beneath the waves of the Pacific ocean. The descendants of humanity of the moon who lived and worked there traveled between moon and earth. Their mythology is colorfully alive with reference to fire spitting and fire breathing dragons... (Space Ships) | + | [[Air]] is still to be found in the deep caverns of the [[moon]] and [[life]] still [[exists]] there . But the [[human]] race has long since degenerated from its original {{Wiki|status}} to a [[condition]] [[beyond]] [[belief]] due to the fact that [[contact]] with the [[earth]] was broken off 21,000 years ago when LeMuria sank beneath the waves of the Pacific ocean. The descendants of [[humanity]] of the [[moon]] who lived and worked there traveled between [[moon]] and [[earth]]. Their [[mythology]] is colorfully alive with reference to [[fire]] spitting and [[fire]] [[breathing]] [[dragons]]... ([[Space]] Ships) |
− | We have previously stated and we insist that mythology is but a garbled, distorted and mistranslated history of the ancient Mankind. Research will unfold a valuable addition to the understanding of today's human races; and as we remove the veil of mystery step by step, will reveal their common kinship and brotherhood. | + | We have previously stated and we insist that [[mythology]] is but a garbled, distorted and mistranslated history of the {{Wiki|ancient}} Mankind. Research will unfold a valuable addition to the [[understanding]] of today's [[human]] races; and as we remove the veil of {{Wiki|mystery}} step by step, will reveal their common kinship and brotherhood. |
− | We moderns have for too long smugly considered ourselves as superior in achievement and learning, and think that mythology is a mixture of superstitious belief and vague mysteries, to be interpreted in some far off manner as a thing apart from our everyday life. Yet we constantly cry to the very heavens for help to be rescued from the chaos of our own thoughts and acts. Mythology is a long pattern of humanity's achievements and mistakes, and the glory achieved by humanity when they follow the right path. It also gives the penalties for disobeying God's laws. | + | We moderns have for too long smugly considered ourselves as {{Wiki|superior}} in [[achievement]] and [[learning]], and think that [[mythology]] is a mixture of superstitious [[belief]] and vague mysteries, to be interpreted in some far off [[manner]] as a thing apart from our everyday [[life]]. Yet we constantly cry to the very [[heavens]] for help to be rescued from the {{Wiki|chaos}} of our own [[thoughts]] and acts. [[Mythology]] is a long pattern of humanity's achievements and mistakes, and the glory achieved by [[humanity]] when they follow the right [[path]]. It also gives the penalties for disobeying God's laws. |
− | The great machine transmitters and receivers that once linked the moon-peoples with earth have long ago stopped working, with the exception of one transmitter on earth and one partially operative receiver on the moon. | + | The great machine transmitters and receivers that once linked the moon-peoples with [[earth]] have long ago stopped working, with the exception of one transmitter on [[earth]] and one partially operative receiver on the [[moon]]. |
− | The transmitter still working here on earth is situated on a submerged part of LeMuria; now the floor of the Pacific ocean on a line midway between San Francisco and the Hawaiian Islands, perhaps a little-north. This location we cannot at the present time positively identify, but it is this area that both surface vessels and airships avoid. How big it is we do not know, though it seems to quite large in area. Vessels entering its sphere of influence disappear and are never heard from again. | + | The transmitter still working here on [[earth]] is situated on a submerged part of LeMuria; now the floor of the Pacific ocean on a line midway between {{Wiki|San Francisco}} and the Hawaiian Islands, perhaps a little-north. This location we cannot at the present [[time]] positively identify, but it is this area that both surface vessels and airships avoid. How big it is we do not know, though it seems to quite large in area. Vessels entering its [[sphere]] of influence disappear and are never heard from again. |
− | It was here that the historical "Dole Flight" was lost in 1927. The San Francisco "Examiner's" plane carried a radio signal generator powered by an air-driven generator which made known the speed of the plane. That and the radio operator's remarks before going into the silence are ample proof of something strange in this area, but it is no longer mysterious. That was history and may be found in detail in the back files of the San Francisco newspapers, especially the Examiner. | + | It was here that the historical "Dole Flight" was lost in 1927. The {{Wiki|San Francisco}} "Examiner's" plane carried a radio signal generator powered by an air-driven generator which made known the speed of the plane. That and the radio operator's remarks before going into the [[silence]] are ample proof of something strange in this area, but it is no longer mysterious. That was history and may be found in detail in the back files of the {{Wiki|San Francisco}} newspapers, especially the Examiner. |
− | The transmitting machine seemed to push, and at the same time disintegrate, any metal or organic substance above it, toward the moon. The receiver functioned as a collector of the beam and re-assembled into its original form the material sent. | + | The transmitting machine seemed to push, and at the same [[time]] disintegrate, any metal or organic [[substance]] above it, toward the [[moon]]. The receiver functioned as a collector of the beam and re-assembled into its original [[form]] the material sent. |
They operated automatically. | They operated automatically. | ||
− | On the moon near the partially functioning receiver are scattered bits of wreckage, amongst which are bits of planes, all that is left of the Dole flight. | + | On the [[moon]] near the partially functioning receiver are scattered bits of wreckage, amongst which are bits of planes, all that is left of the Dole flight. |
− | The bodies of the humans are lost in space, possibly in an orbit circling the stars. | + | The [[bodies]] of the [[humans]] are lost in [[space]], possibly in an orbit circling the stars. |
RAINBOW CITY AND THE HEFFERLIN MANUSCRIPT: | RAINBOW CITY AND THE HEFFERLIN MANUSCRIPT: | ||
Line 1,098: | Line 1,098: | ||
from TheConspiracyConnection Website | from TheConspiracyConnection Website | ||
− | "The Masters took another guise in a new alternative-reality scenario which was first revealed to the public by Ray Palmer during the Shaver Mystery craze. | + | "The [[Masters]] took another guise in a new alternative-reality scenario which was first revealed to the public by Ray Palmer during the Shaver {{Wiki|Mystery}} craze. |
− | (Palmer was the one Shaver himself accused of ‘bending’ his stories to fit Palmer’s own pet occult and historical theories - Branton). | + | (Palmer was the one Shaver himself accused of ‘bending’ his stories to fit Palmer’s own pet [[occult]] and historical theories - Branton). |
− | The September 1946 issue of AMAZING STORIES contained four short articles written by a W. C. Hefferlin. Each described a wonderful new invention which had come to the author, in Palmer’s words, ‘from Tibet by mental telepathy.’ | + | The September 1946 issue of AMAZING STORIES contained four short articles written by a W. C. Hefferlin. Each described a wonderful new invention which had come to the author, in Palmer’s words, ‘from [[Tibet]] by [[mental]] {{Wiki|telepathy}}.’ |
− | One of them was a ‘circle-winged airplane’ which sounded like a cross between a conventional airplane, a donut, and a dinner plate. Another was the GHYT—for Gas HYdraulic Turbine—motor, which Hefferlin implied was decades ahead of the internal combustion engine without being too specific about how it worked; he fetchingly introduced it with the phrase ‘Speed, “Speed”, and more SPEED!’ Still another was a method for burning water for fuel by releasing its hydrogen and oxygen through electrolysis (unfortunately the electrolysis required the burning of some other fuel; Hefferlin neglected to mention this) | + | One of them was a ‘circle-winged airplane’ which sounded like a cross between a [[Wikipedia:Convention (norm)|conventional]] airplane, a donut, and a dinner plate. Another was the GHYT—for Gas HYdraulic Turbine—motor, which Hefferlin implied was decades ahead of the internal combustion engine without being too specific about how it worked; he fetchingly introduced it with the phrase ‘Speed, “Speed”, and more SPEED!’ Still another was a method for burning [[water]] for fuel by releasing its hydrogen and oxygen through electrolysis (unfortunately the electrolysis required the burning of some other fuel; Hefferlin neglected to mention this) |
− | The final invention was a spiral power beam which today sounds vaguely like a laser, but just as vaguely like a science-fiction ray gun. It was described as if anyone with good mechanical sense could build it from Hefferlin’s ambiguous instructions, yet it was clear that he had never built the beam device itself. The article ended in a gaseous climax: ‘POWER! Blasting material destruction! Or, ‘building blocks’ for the expansion of all mankind!... It is yours, now. What are you going to do with it? Build or destroy? God help you!’ | + | The final invention was a spiral power beam which today {{Wiki|sounds}} vaguely like a laser, but just as vaguely like a {{Wiki|science-fiction}} ray gun. It was described as if anyone with good mechanical [[sense]] could build it from Hefferlin’s {{Wiki|ambiguous}} instructions, yet it was clear that he had never built the beam device itself. The article ended in a gaseous climax: ‘POWER! Blasting material destruction! Or, ‘building blocks’ for the expansion of all mankind!... It is yours, now. What are you going to do with it? Build or destroy? [[God]] help you!’ |
− | In the October 1946 AMAZING STORIES, Hefferlin claimed that he had invented a wonderful method to eliminate static from the radio, although he made some major factual errors—stating, for example, that lightning is ‘of direct current nature,’ when in fact it oscillates. | + | In the October 1946 AMAZING STORIES, Hefferlin claimed that he had invented a wonderful method to eliminate static from the radio, although he made some major {{Wiki|factual}} errors—stating, for example, that {{Wiki|lightning}} is ‘of direct current [[nature]],’ when in fact it oscillates. |
− | “Palmer was suspicious of Hefferlin’s claims. he hinted that although ‘there are many people who ‘say’ they are recipients of unusual information from Tibet,’ they might be unfortunates MISLED by the telaug whisperings of the dero. But whatever their origin, the Hefferlin’s article could not inspire much confidence in the reader who studied them carefully, and it appears that Palmer enjoyed having readers take potshots at Hefferlin. | + | “Palmer was suspicious of Hefferlin’s claims. he hinted that although ‘there are many [[people]] who ‘say’ they are recipients of unusual [[information]] from [[Tibet]],’ they might be unfortunates MISLED by the telaug whisperings of the dero. But whatever their origin, the Hefferlin’s article could not inspire much [[confidence]] in the reader who studied them carefully, and it appears that Palmer enjoyed having readers take potshots at Hefferlin. |
One reader wrote that after reading Hefferlin’s article on static, he could only | One reader wrote that after reading Hefferlin’s article on static, he could only | ||
− | ‘heartily suggest that Mr. Hefferlin buy a good book on radio and electricity and learn a little about the subject before he writes any more articles.... I honestly cannot see how anyone with a high school education could read Mr. Hefferlin’s article without laughing.’ | + | ‘heartily suggest that Mr. Hefferlin buy a good [[book]] on radio and electricity and learn a little about the [[subject]] before he writes any more articles.... I honestly cannot see how anyone with a high school [[education]] could read Mr. Hefferlin’s article without laughing.’ |
− | “Hefferlin had given a few specific directions for building the circle-winged plane or the GHYT motor or the POWER! beam, but in each of the articles he left out several essential details, and without them the instructions were useless. When a doctor wrote Palmer and pointed out it would be impossible to build the POWER! beam device with the information Hefferlin had supplied (‘Never in my life have I seen or heard of such a poor set of instructions’), Hefferlin replied in the next issue that ‘full construction | + | “Hefferlin had given a few specific [[directions]] for building the circle-winged plane or the GHYT motor or the POWER! beam, but in each of the articles he left out several [[essential]] details, and without them the instructions were useless. When a doctor wrote Palmer and pointed out it would be impossible to build the POWER! beam device with the [[information]] Hefferlin had supplied (‘Never in my [[life]] have I seen or heard of such a poor set of instructions’), Hefferlin replied in the next issue that ‘full construction [[information]]’ could not be placed in the hands ‘of the GENERAL public,’ and that ‘we must consider the seriousness of the International Situation.’ |
− | He also made the ambiguous statement that the articles were ‘but a brief schematic of the entertainment field pertaining to the Rainbow City, its contents, etc.’ | + | He also made the {{Wiki|ambiguous}} statement that the articles were ‘but a brief schematic of the entertainment field pertaining to the [[Rainbow]] City, its contents, etc.’ |
− | What was ‘the Rainbow City’? Palmer tacked on the titillating line that Rainbow City, is the headquarters, a deserted city of... (the Elder Race) under the ice of the [South] Pole, where all the gadgets mentioned and thousands more are perfectly preserved for thousands of years.’ | + | What was ‘the [[Rainbow]] City’? Palmer tacked on the titillating line that [[Rainbow]] City, is the headquarters, a deserted city of... (the Elder Race) under the ice of the [[[South]]] Pole, where all the gadgets mentioned and thousands more are perfectly preserved for thousands of years.’ |
− | Palmer also suggested that Rainbow City be given a seat in the then-new United Nations, but with those teasers, Rainbow City and William C. Hefferlin disappeared from the pages of AMAZING. | + | Palmer also suggested that [[Rainbow]] City be given a seat in the then-new United Nations, but with those teasers, [[Rainbow]] City and William C. Hefferlin disappeared from the pages of AMAZING. |
− | “In 1947 and 1948, however, the Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, an alternative-reality group based in Vista, California, began issuing bits and pieces of a document called ‘The Hefferlin Manuscript,’ written by W.C. and his wife Gladys at their home in Livingston, Montana. In her introduction to the Manuscript, Gladys Hefferlin denied that their story had anything to do with the Shaver Mystery. | + | “In 1947 and 1948, however, the Borderland {{Wiki|Sciences}} Research Foundation, an alternative-reality group based in Vista, {{Wiki|California}}, began issuing bits and pieces of a document called ‘The Hefferlin {{Wiki|Manuscript}},’ written by W.C. and his wife Gladys at their home in Livingston, Montana. In her introduction to the {{Wiki|Manuscript}}, Gladys Hefferlin denied that their story had anything to do with the Shaver {{Wiki|Mystery}}. |
− | ‘In our correspondence with Mr. Raymond A. Palmer,’ she began, ‘we requested him to keep our material separate from the Shaver Mystery.... Mr. Palmer ignored our request and has deliberately distorted our statements for his own purpose.’ | + | ‘In our correspondence with Mr. Raymond A. Palmer,’ she began, ‘we requested him to keep our material separate from the Shaver {{Wiki|Mystery}}.... Mr. Palmer ignored our request and has deliberately distorted our statements for his own purpose.’ |
− | Here in the Hefferlin Manuscript, she wrote, those distortions would be corrected and the real story would be told. | + | Here in the Hefferlin {{Wiki|Manuscript}}, she wrote, those distortions would be corrected and the {{Wiki|real}} story would be told. |
− | “In 1927, according to Gladys, the Hefferlins were a young, mystically-minded couple living in San Francisco, and there they met and became friendly with a man named Emery (The identity of ‘Emery’ was long a controversy in Borderland Sciences and Shaver Mystery circles. Many thought he was Emery Deutsch, one a well-known radio violinist; Deutsch denied it. - Kafton-Minkel) who shared their interest. | + | “In 1927, according to Gladys, the Hefferlins were a young, mystically-minded couple living in {{Wiki|San Francisco}}, and there they met and became friendly with a man named Emery (The [[Wikipedia:Identity (social science)|identity]] of ‘Emery’ was long a controversy in Borderland {{Wiki|Sciences}} and Shaver {{Wiki|Mystery}} circles. Many [[thought]] he was Emery Deutsch, one a well-known radio violinist; Deutsch denied it. - Kafton-Minkel) who shared their [[interest]]. |
− | They soon moved and lost track of Emery until 1935; but while in Elwood, Indiana, the Hefferlins learned that Emery was in New York ‘in radio circles.’ | + | They soon moved and lost track of Emery until 1935; but while in Elwood, Indiana, the Hefferlins learned that Emery was in {{Wiki|New York}} ‘in radio circles.’ |
− | They wrote to him and it wasn’t long before the three of them had begun working on a sort of psychic telephone they called ‘Controlled Mental Communication.’ Gladys Hefferlin acted as the | + | They wrote to him and it wasn’t long before the three of them had begun working on a sort of [[psychic]] telephone they called ‘Controlled [[Mental]] {{Wiki|Communication}}.’ Gladys Hefferlin acted as the ‘[[mental]] link’—a [[conscious]] medium—on the Elwood end, while Emery, who was a powerful [[psychic]], sent and received messages in {{Wiki|New York}}. ‘Our {{Wiki|communication}},’ Gladys wrote, ‘is as fast as ordinary, open [[conversation]].’ |
− | She would receive Emery’s messages telepathically and speak them about to W.C. and if W.C. wanted to say anything to Emery, he merely had to speak it AT his wife. Emery ‘hears all that is said if one speaks loud enough. It is not necessary to shout—only to speak clearly. Street noises from here go through to him. There is no mystery about this channel, only a definite use of vibrational focus.’ | + | She would receive Emery’s messages telepathically and speak them about to W.C. and if W.C. wanted to say anything to Emery, he merely had to speak it AT his wife. Emery ‘hears all that is said if one speaks loud enough. It is not necessary to shout—only to speak clearly. Street noises from here go through to him. There is no {{Wiki|mystery}} about this [[channel]], only a definite use of vibrational focus.’ |
− | “Soon after the three of them had established to their satisfaction that the telepathic messages were being accurately received on both ends, Emery began disappearing on mysterious errands around the United States and the rest of the world. Every so often he would send a psychic message to the Hefferlins to let them know where he was, but the reasons for his travels remained a mystery. | + | “Soon after the three of them had established to their [[satisfaction]] that the telepathic messages were being accurately received on both ends, Emery began disappearing on mysterious errands around the [[United States]] and the rest of the [[world]]. Every so often he would send a [[psychic]] message to the Hefferlins to let them know where he was, but the [[reasons]] for his travels remained a {{Wiki|mystery}}. |
− | “At about the beginning of the Second World War, however, Emery revealed to them he had been ‘working under orders’ from a community of | + | “At about the beginning of the {{Wiki|Second World War}}, however, Emery revealed to them he had been ‘working under orders’ from a {{Wiki|community}} of ‘[[Masters]]’ BENEATH [[Tibet]]. It had begun back in the early thirties, when W.C. had been experimenting with a few [[ideas]] that had ‘come to him’—the circle-winged plane, the POWER! beam, and so forth—on a small scale, but he had been unable to find a backer with the capital to allow construction of full-scale working models. |
− | After being turned down by the U.S. Government, W.C. had sent a complete set of his plans to Emery to show to any potential backer he might encounter. While on vacation in the Far East, Emery somehow met and became friendly with, | + | After being turned down by the U.S. Government, W.C. had sent a complete set of his plans to Emery to show to any potential backer he might encounter. While on vacation in the {{Wiki|Far East}}, Emery somehow met and became friendly with, |
− | ‘the Grand Lama, head of the temple in the Valley of Harmonious Peace... which we call Shangri-La.’ | + | ‘the Grand [[Lama]], head of the [[temple]] in the Valley of Harmonious [[Peace]]... which we call [[Shangri-La]].’ |
− | Emery showed W.C.’s plans to the Grand Lama, who was so impressed he ushered Emery into the secret underground lodge of the mysterious Masters of Human Destiny, ‘the Ancient Three...’ | + | Emery showed W.C.’s plans to the Grand [[Lama]], who was so impressed he ushered Emery into the secret underground lodge of the mysterious [[Masters]] of [[Human]] [[Destiny]], ‘the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three...’ |
− | (Note: The Hefferlins no doubt learned of this through the ‘telepathic’ link, although some might assume that it was all subconscious wishful thinking that the ‘Grand | + | (Note: The Hefferlins no [[doubt]] learned of this through the ‘telepathic’ link, although some might assume that it was all subconscious wishful [[thinking]] that the ‘Grand [[Lama]]’ of [[Tibet]] would personally praise his plans. Take note that all of this [[information]] since their last meeting with ‘Emery’ supposedly came through encephalographically focused brain-waves or {{Wiki|telepathy}}. |
− | It goes without saying that the chances of being deceived through such an uncertain form of | + | It goes without saying that the chances of being deceived through such an uncertain [[form]] of ‘{{Wiki|communication}}’, by ones own subconscious [[mind]] or by [[malevolent]] paraphysical impostors, is very high and the opportunities to PROVE such allegations are almost {{Wiki|non-existent}} when compared with face to face {{Wiki|communication}} and substantiation, and in fact many, many accounts allegedly given through [[psychic]] channels from ‘aliens’ have later PROVEN to be false. Because of this one must take the following with a grain of [[salt]] - Branton) |
− | “The Ancient Three... immediately ordered construction of a fleet of 350 circle-winged planes, powered by GHYT motors burning water for fuel, and using POWER! beams weapons. (supposedly after the blueprint provided to ‘Emery’ by the Hefferlins - Branton). | + | “The {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three... immediately ordered construction of a fleet of 350 circle-winged planes, powered by GHYT motors burning [[water]] for fuel, and using POWER! beams [[weapons]]. (supposedly after the blueprint provided to ‘Emery’ by the Hefferlins - Branton). |
− | Under the direction of the Three, work progressed rapidly, and when the fleet stood ready at last, an expedition was ordered to search the wastes of Antarctica for signs of Rainbow City... it was critical that the city be repopulated and brought to life if the cosmic plan was to be fulfilled. Every was assigned to the search, and he spent painstaking months flying over the Antarctic, looking for clues that none but the initiated could detect. But on Thanksgiving of 1942, Emery sent a joyful message to the Hefferlins. | + | Under the [[direction]] of the Three, work progressed rapidly, and when the fleet stood ready at last, an expedition was ordered to search the wastes of {{Wiki|Antarctica}} for [[signs]] of [[Rainbow]] City... it was critical that the city be repopulated and brought to [[life]] if the [[cosmic]] plan was to be fulfilled. Every was assigned to the search, and he spent painstaking months flying over the Antarctic, looking for clues that none but the initiated could detect. But on Thanksgiving of 1942, Emery sent a [[joyful]] message to the Hefferlins. |
− | Rainbow City had been found: | + | [[Rainbow]] City had been found: |
− | “The Hefferlins were understandably anxious to learn more about the Ancient Three, and little by little, in their psychic conversations with Emery, they heard the story of The Three and the concealed history of the human race. Countless millions of years ago, ‘Emery’ told them, humanity ruled an empire of planets stretching over A HUNDRED GALAXIES. | + | “The Hefferlins were understandably anxious to learn more about the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three, and little by little, in their [[psychic]] conversations with Emery, they heard the story of The Three and the concealed history of the [[human]] race. Countless millions of years ago, ‘Emery’ told them, [[humanity]] ruled an [[empire]] of {{Wiki|planets}} stretching over A HUNDRED GALAXIES. |
− | (Note: Even the most liberal theorist would suggest that an inter-GALACTIC | + | (Note: Even the most liberal theorist would suggest that an inter-GALACTIC ‘[[empire]]’ would not be very feasible, because of the enormous distances involved and the fact that the average galaxy already possesses well over 100 BILLION stars and would probably be more than enough [[space]] for such a supposed ‘[[empire]]’. Add to this the enormous difficulty of holding such an [[empire]] together without the {{Wiki|individual}} ‘galaxies’ revolting, not to mention the fact that the [[human]] race itself can be genetically traced back to a single small group. |
− | If the earth was ‘seeded’ by an already existing human race these genetic ‘lines’ would most likely end at various different points around the globe. Is it possible that ‘Emery’ was still communicating? Or, as in the case of Richard Shaver himself—when he was shut off from PHYSICAL contact with the ‘Teros’ he claimed to have encountered—could this ‘new’ information have been nothing more than paraphysical impostors stepping in with Draconian propaganda mixed with bits and pieces of truth designed to lead people astray in an attempt to CONFUSE the true history of human-reptilian conflict? - Branton) | + | If the [[earth]] was ‘seeded’ by an already [[existing]] [[human]] race these genetic ‘lines’ would most likely end at various different points around the {{Wiki|globe}}. Is it possible that ‘Emery’ was still communicating? Or, as in the case of Richard Shaver himself—when he was shut off from PHYSICAL [[contact]] with the ‘Teros’ he claimed to have encountered—could this ‘new’ [[information]] have been [[nothing]] more than paraphysical impostors stepping in with Draconian {{Wiki|propaganda}} mixed with bits and pieces of [[truth]] designed to lead [[people]] astray in an attempt to CONFUSE the true history of human-reptilian conflict? - Branton) |
− | “But at some point in their conquests, the ancient humans encountered the race which was to become their deadly enemy, the Snake People. The Snake People and the ancients battled for a thousand years, with the advantage passing first to one side, then to the other. But it became clear that the Snake People had won. | + | “But at some point in their conquests, the {{Wiki|ancient}} [[humans]] encountered the race which was to become their deadly enemy, the {{Wiki|Snake}} [[People]]. The {{Wiki|Snake}} [[People]] and the ancients battled for a thousand years, with the advantage passing first to one side, then to the other. But it became clear that the {{Wiki|Snake}} [[People]] had won. |
− | They chased the human race from planet to planet (and through the hundred or so galaxies which supposedly made up their empire? One might suppose that a human empire powerful enough to travel between galaxies would be able to defend themselves from such an enemy - Branton), scattering the remnants of the Human Empire to a few lonely, inconsequential worlds. | + | They chased the [[human]] race from {{Wiki|planet}} to {{Wiki|planet}} (and through the hundred or so galaxies which supposedly made up their [[empire]]? One might suppose that a [[human]] [[empire]] powerful enough to travel between galaxies would be able to defend themselves from such an enemy - Branton), scattering the remnants of the [[Human]] [[Empire]] to a few lonely, inconsequential [[worlds]]. |
− | One of them was Mars, and the Red Planet was for hundreds of generations of the ancients a hospitable home. But as time passed the ancients realized Mars was dying—its oxygen and water were slowly dying. | + | One of them was {{Wiki|Mars}}, and the Red {{Wiki|Planet}} was for hundreds of generations of the ancients a hospitable home. But as [[time]] passed the ancients [[realized]] {{Wiki|Mars}} was dying—its oxygen and [[water]] were slowly dying. |
− | “The Great Ruler of Mars sent a fleet of spaceships to earth... They settled in Antarctica and built seven great cities there, modeled after the cities on Mars; each had a distinctive color and was called the Green City or the Blue City or the Red City. But the greatest of all was Rainbow City, so named because it was constructed entirely of plastic of all colors of the rainbow... Under their guidance (of the Ancient Three) the colony flourished mightily. | + | “The Great [[Ruler]] of {{Wiki|Mars}} sent a fleet of spaceships to [[earth]]... They settled in {{Wiki|Antarctica}} and built seven great cities there, modeled after the cities on {{Wiki|Mars}}; each had a {{Wiki|distinctive}} {{Wiki|color}} and was called the Green City or the Blue City or the Red City. But the greatest of all was [[Rainbow]] City, so named because it was [[constructed]] entirely of plastic of all colors of the [[rainbow]]... Under their guidance (of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three) the colony flourished mightily. |
− | “It was humanity’s golden age, but it was not to last forever. A great catastrophe, probably a surprise attack by the Snake People, struck the earth and tipped it over on its axis. As in Doreal’s history—but with the parties REVERSED—the people of Antarctica quickly found their paradise icy and uninhabitable. | + | “It was humanity’s golden age, but it was not to last forever. A great catastrophe, probably a surprise attack by the {{Wiki|Snake}} [[People]], struck the [[earth]] and tipped it over on its axis. As in Doreal’s history—but with the parties REVERSED—the [[people]] of {{Wiki|Antarctica}} quickly found their [[paradise]] icy and uninhabitable. |
− | The survivors of the disaster abandoned the great cities to settle in the wilds of the north, and after thousands of years of adversity they lost their technological knowledge. Memories of the glorious days of the ancients became myths and legends. But even after all that time the great cities of the Antarctic still existed, buried now under thousands of feet of ice. | + | The survivors of the {{Wiki|disaster}} abandoned the great cities to settle in the wilds of the [[north]], and after thousands of years of adversity they lost their technological [[knowledge]]. {{Wiki|Memories}} of the glorious days of the ancients became [[myths]] and {{Wiki|legends}}. But even after all that [[time]] the great cities of the Antarctic still existed, buried now under thousands of feet of ice. |
− | (Walter Kafton-Minkel comments: “The circumstances surrounding the discovery of Rainbow City in the Hefferlins’ story are reminiscent of H.P. Lovecraft’s horror story ‘AT THE MOUNTAINS OF MADNESS’ [1963]. In the tale, a scientific expedition bored a hole into the Antarctic ice crust and discovers a tunnel filled with the well-preserved corpses of alien life forms. Nearer the South Pole, the expedition discovers a great deserted city hidden behind mountains higher than the Himalayas and finds carvings telling the story of a race of ‘Elder Things’ which settled at the Pole nearly a thousand million years ago... When the ‘great cold’ came, the Old Ones settled first in the oceans, and then traveled down to a sea in the interior of the earth.” - Branton) | + | (Walter Kafton-Minkel comments: “The circumstances surrounding the discovery of [[Rainbow]] City in the Hefferlins’ story are reminiscent of H.P. Lovecraft’s horror story ‘AT THE MOUNTAINS OF MADNESS’ [1963]. In the tale, a [[scientific]] expedition bored a hole into the Antarctic ice crust and discovers a tunnel filled with the well-preserved corpses of alien {{Wiki|life forms}}. Nearer the {{Wiki|South Pole}}, the expedition discovers a great deserted city hidden behind mountains higher than the [[Himalayas]] and finds carvings telling the story of a race of ‘Elder Things’ which settled at the Pole nearly a thousand million years ago... When the ‘great cold’ came, the Old Ones settled first in the oceans, and then traveled down to a sea in the interior of the [[earth]].” - Branton) |
− | + | “[[Rainbow]] City sat deserted for a million years. it alone of the seven cities was free of ice, for [[hot]] springs beneath the city kept it and the surrounding valley at room temperature. Encircled by walls of ice ten thousand feet high, [[Rainbow]] City has remained hidden from Antarctic explorers to this day—except for Emery and his band. | |
− | They occupied the city and found it consisted of six levels, one on the surface and five beneath it. Since the technology of the ancients was infinitely superior to our own, the city was found with all its incredible machinery running as well as it had when the city was built two and a half million years ago. | + | They occupied the city and found it consisted of six levels, one on the surface and five beneath it. Since the technology of the ancients was infinitely {{Wiki|superior}} to our own, the city was found with all its incredible machinery running as well as it had when the city was built two and a half million years ago. |
− | (Quite an accomplishment, although one might wonder just where the power for such machines could have come from during all that time, and IF humans were living on earth for the past two and a half million years why did no subsequent civilizations discover the ancient city in all that time? If the human race was descended from these supposed refugees from the stars who the Hefferlin’s claim came to earth two and a half MILLION years ago, then there must have been times in the past when the wandering poles would have alternatively made Antarctica tropical and frozen and therefore accessible to human exploration - Branton). | + | (Quite an [[accomplishment]], although one might wonder just where the power for such machines could have come from during all that [[time]], and IF [[humans]] were living on [[earth]] for the past two and a half million years why did no subsequent {{Wiki|civilizations}} discover the {{Wiki|ancient}} city in all that [[time]]? If the [[human]] race was descended from these supposed refugees from the stars who the Hefferlin’s claim came to [[earth]] two and a half MILLION years ago, then there must have been times in the past when the wandering poles would have alternatively made {{Wiki|Antarctica}} tropical and frozen and therefore accessible to [[human]] exploration - Branton). |
− | “Almost everything in Rainbow City was built of plastic. W.C. wrote that the roads leading into the city ‘are paved with plastic.’ The clothing Emery and his colleagues found hanging in the ancient closets ‘is woven of a plastic thread softer than the finest modern silks, lighter in weight, and... fire proof.’ | + | “Almost everything in [[Rainbow]] City was built of plastic. W.C. wrote that the roads leading into the city ‘are paved with plastic.’ The clothing Emery and his colleagues found hanging in the {{Wiki|ancient}} closets ‘is woven of a plastic thread softer than the finest {{Wiki|modern}} silks, lighter in weight, and... [[fire]] proof.’ |
− | All of their jewelry was of a plastic so hard ‘the surface of a diamond is cut and powdered as if it were ordinary glass.’ W.C. also wrote that Rainbow city is filled with gardens of ‘great shade trees and flowering plants, luxurious beyond belief, whose individual blooms often measure three feet in diameter.’ They are visited by enormous butterflies with wingspreads of seven or eight feet; their bodies would ‘fill a large sized turkey platter.... They are as large as full sized eagles and are beautiful beyond words.’ | + | All of their jewelry was of a plastic so hard ‘the surface of a [[diamond]] is cut and powdered as if it were ordinary glass.’ W.C. also wrote that [[Rainbow]] city is filled with [[gardens]] of ‘great shade [[trees]] and flowering [[plants]], luxurious [[beyond]] [[belief]], whose {{Wiki|individual}} blooms often [[measure]] three feet in diameter.’ They are visited by enormous butterflies with wingspreads of seven or eight feet; their [[bodies]] would ‘fill a large sized turkey platter.... They are as large as full sized eagles and are beautiful [[beyond]] words.’ |
− | W.C. didn’t mention anything about the four- or five-foot caterpillars such butterflies imply, but perhaps the people of Rainbow City didn’t mind encountering huge, hungry larvae in their gardens (which had somehow maintained themselves for over 2 MILLION years - Branton) because they were larger themselves. Emery estimated, after looking at the clothes and furniture the ancients left behind, that they averaged about eight feet tall. | + | W.C. didn’t mention anything about the four- or five-foot caterpillars such butterflies imply, but perhaps the [[people]] of [[Rainbow]] City didn’t [[mind]] encountering huge, hungry larvae in their [[gardens]] (which had somehow maintained themselves for over 2 MILLION years - Branton) because they were larger themselves. Emery estimated, after looking at the [[clothes]] and furniture the ancients left behind, that they averaged about eight feet tall. |
− | “While preparing Rainbow City for resettlement by the Ancient Three (who were supposedly still around after 2 ½ million years! - Branton) and their specially-selected followers, Emery and the others discovered many incredible devices abandoned by the ancients. Like Saint Germain’s magical dishwasher, ‘vibratory flames’ kept the plastic clothes, carpets, and dishes of the city eternally spotless. Other vibrations supplied the artificial sunlight for the underground gardens. Ancient books read themselves aloud when a button was pushed. | + | “While preparing [[Rainbow]] City for resettlement by the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three (who were supposedly still around after 2 ½ million years! - Branton) and their specially-selected followers, Emery and the others discovered many incredible devices abandoned by the ancients. Like [[Saint]] Germain’s [[magical]] dishwasher, ‘vibratory flames’ kept the plastic [[clothes]], carpets, and dishes of the city eternally spotless. Other vibrations supplied the artificial sunlight for the underground [[gardens]]. {{Wiki|Ancient}} [[books]] read themselves aloud when a button was pushed. |
− | “The ancients surpassed themselves, however, as transportation engineers. One of their most remarkable inventions was the ‘portal,’ a closet-like room with two doors that would warp space and deliver people or cargo to any point on the globe when the user merely concentrated on the destination. According to W.C., one of Emery’s comrades was Kilroy, ‘a red headed Irishman with a puckish sense of humor.’ Kilroy was overjoyed when he learned to work the portal, and in his spare moments he would trip from place to place all over the world, appearing just long enough to scrawl ‘Kilroy was here’ on a convenient wall. | + | “The ancients surpassed themselves, however, as transportation engineers. One of their most remarkable inventions was the ‘portal,’ a closet-like room with two doors that would warp [[space]] and deliver [[people]] or cargo to any point on the {{Wiki|globe}} when the user merely [[concentrated]] on the destination. According to W.C., one of Emery’s comrades was Kilroy, ‘a red headed Irishman with a puckish [[sense]] of humor.’ Kilroy was overjoyed when he learned to work the portal, and in his spare moments he would trip from place to place all over the [[world]], appearing just long enough to scrawl ‘Kilroy was here’ on a convenient wall. |
− | “The explorers also found and tested the ancients’ enormous subway system. It was the NE PLUS ULTRA of subways, with hundreds of thousands of miles of tunnels from the Central Terminal beneath Rainbow City and snaking under all the continents and oceans. Enormous trains a hundred feet in diameter had flown through the centers of the tubes, held in place by vibrational power; the cruising speed of the trains was a touch over two thousand miles an hour. Emery’s group explored a few of the nearby tunnels, and took one of the ancient trains on a short run beneath Antarctica, but the majority of the worldwide tube system was sitting unexplored and empty, as it had since the great disaster struck a million years ago. | + | “The explorers also found and tested the ancients’ enormous subway system. It was the NE PLUS ULTRA of subways, with hundreds of thousands of {{Wiki|miles}} of tunnels from the Central Terminal beneath [[Rainbow]] City and snaking under all the continents and oceans. Enormous trains a hundred feet in diameter had flown through the centers of the tubes, held in place by vibrational power; the cruising speed of the trains was a {{Wiki|touch}} over two thousand {{Wiki|miles}} an hour. Emery’s group explored a few of the nearby tunnels, and took one of the {{Wiki|ancient}} trains on a short run beneath {{Wiki|Antarctica}}, but the majority of the worldwide tube system was sitting unexplored and [[empty]], as it had since the great {{Wiki|disaster}} struck a million years ago. |
− | “There is something in W.C.’s description of the tunnels to tickle the scalp of any science fiction lover—an incredibly old network of huge tunnels under our feet, silent and sealed off into thousand-mile sections behind impervious steel doors, their entrances long buried by earthquakes and landslides. | + | “There is something in W.C.’s description of the tunnels to tickle the scalp of any {{Wiki|science fiction}} lover—an incredibly old network of huge tunnels under our feet, [[silent]] and sealed off into thousand-mile [[sections]] behind impervious steel doors, their entrances long buried by earthquakes and landslides. |
− | Emery located a few of the great sub-terminals of the system under Asia, Africa, and the Americas using the portals, and he found them filled with cashes of unused atomic weapons—mostly personal ‘blaster types.’ The Hefferlins themselves discovered the end of one of the subterranean branch lines near their home, ‘some two hundred feet or more up the side of a mountain’ west of Sheridan, Wyoming. ‘This tunnel seems to have been twisted and sheared off.’ Was this the work of the Snake People? ‘When we have time,’ W.C. wrote, ‘we shall use the portals to find the answer.’ | + | Emery located a few of the great sub-terminals of the system under {{Wiki|Asia}}, {{Wiki|Africa}}, and the Americas using the portals, and he found them filled with cashes of unused [[atomic]] weapons—mostly personal ‘blaster types.’ The Hefferlins themselves discovered the end of one of the subterranean branch lines near their home, ‘some two hundred feet or more up the side of a mountain’ [[west]] of Sheridan, Wyoming. ‘This tunnel seems to have been twisted and sheared off.’ Was this the work of the {{Wiki|Snake}} [[People]]? ‘When we have [[time]],’ W.C. wrote, ‘we shall use the portals to find the answer.’ |
− | “...There were seven temples scattered across Asia, Africa, and South America, all provided with special vibratory jewels, or | + | “...There were seven [[temples]] scattered across {{Wiki|Asia}}, {{Wiki|Africa}}, and [[South]] {{Wiki|America}}, all provided with special vibratory [[jewels]], or ‘[[thought]] machines;’ from these [[temples]] the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three had for several decades broadcast their wishes to the [[minds]] of the non-Western [[world]]. Their message was that ‘each [[people]], country, {{Wiki|nation}} must earn its {{Wiki|independence}} from the {{Wiki|European}} [[Empire]] Nations.’ In the future, ‘no {{Wiki|nation}} will exploit another {{Wiki|nation}}, put burdensome taxes upon them, nor enslave then in any way. And [[war]] will be abolished.’ All races would be {{Wiki|equal}}. |
− | “Under the guidance of the Ancient Three, ALL NATIONS would merge into a WORLD GOVERNMENT on the model of the United States... | + | “Under the guidance of the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three, ALL NATIONS would merge into a WORLD GOVERNMENT on the model of the [[United States]]... |
− | (Note: Do we have a contradiction here from the earlier statement? How can World Government protect a nation’s INDEPENDENCE? And also, just WHERE will the center of power be for this World Government - Branton) | + | (Note: Do we have a contradiction here from the earlier statement? How can [[World]] Government {{Wiki|protect}} a nation’s INDEPENDENCE? And also, just WHERE will the center of power be for this [[World]] Government - Branton) |
− | “The Three were sending squadrons of circle-winged planes into the skies of every continent to search for more traces of ancient cities that might be revived; when people saw the strange craft, they mistook them for alien spaceships and called them ‘flying saucers.’ | + | “The Three were sending squadrons of circle-winged planes into the skies of every continent to search for more traces of {{Wiki|ancient}} cities that might be revived; when [[people]] saw the strange craft, they mistook them for alien spaceships and called them ‘flying saucers.’ |
− | “When the Hefferlins first announced the existence of Rainbow City, they were deluged with questions from the alternative-reality community: Where, exactly, WAS Rainbow City? | + | “When the Hefferlins first announced the [[existence]] of [[Rainbow]] City, they were deluged with questions from the alternative-reality {{Wiki|community}}: Where, exactly, WAS [[Rainbow]] City? |
− | How can I contact the Ancient Three? Can I go to Rainbow City and work for the New Age? Gladys Hefferlin cautioned her readers that such people were doomed to disappointment (just like those seeking tangible PROOF of their claims? - Branton) Only certain individuals had been chosen by the Three to go to Rainbow City— not because they were | + | How can I [[contact]] the {{Wiki|Ancient}} Three? Can I go to [[Rainbow]] City and work for the {{Wiki|New Age}}? Gladys Hefferlin cautioned her readers that such [[people]] were doomed to disappointment (just like those seeking {{Wiki|tangible}} PROOF of their claims? - Branton) Only certain {{Wiki|individuals}} had been chosen by the Three to go to [[Rainbow]] City— not because they were ‘[[worthy]],’ but because they were needed there. [[Rainbow]] City was not open to the curious. ‘No one can buy his way into [[Rainbow]] City,’ she wrote; adding, |
− | ‘We ourselves, who are the North American spokesmen, cannot enter Rainbow City at this time. Therefore we cannot promise entry to anyone else.’ | + | ‘We ourselves, who are the [[North]] American spokesmen, cannot enter [[Rainbow]] City at this [[time]]. Therefore we cannot promise entry to anyone else.’ |
− | “The Hefferlins faded into obscurity in the early 1950s, but Rainbow City was not forgotten. In 1960, UFO writer Michael Barton, known to his readers as Michael X, published a small book titled RAINBOW CITY AND THE INNER EARTH PEOPLE, a curious mishmash of the holes-in-the-poles hollow-earth idea, the Hefferlin Manuscript, and the Shaver Mystery. Here we learn that the Inner Earth people are far from a homogenous group; some are Masters, some are dero, and some are ordinary humans. | + | “The Hefferlins faded into obscurity in the early 1950s, but [[Rainbow]] City was not forgotten. In 1960, UFO writer Michael Barton, known to his readers as Michael X, published a small [[book]] titled RAINBOW CITY AND THE INNER EARTH PEOPLE, a curious mishmash of the holes-in-the-poles hollow-earth [[idea]], the Hefferlin {{Wiki|Manuscript}}, and the Shaver {{Wiki|Mystery}}. Here we learn that the Inner [[Earth]] [[people]] are far from a homogenous group; some are [[Masters]], some are dero, and some are ordinary [[humans]]. |
− | But since the New Age is coming, the Masters—with the help of ‘Guardians,’ their friends from Venus—are slowly ‘removing’ the dero and other destructive beings from the planet. | + | But since the {{Wiki|New Age}} is coming, the Masters—with the help of ‘Guardians,’ their friends from Venus—are slowly ‘removing’ the dero and other {{Wiki|destructive}} [[beings]] from the {{Wiki|planet}}. |
− | ‘Both the astral and physical levels of the inner ear,’ Barton wrote, ‘are being cleaned out in preparation for the coming Golden Age.’ (another title for the so-called | + | ‘Both the {{Wiki|astral}} and [[physical]] levels of the inner {{Wiki|ear}},’ Barton wrote, ‘are being cleaned out in preparation for the coming Golden Age.’ (another title for the so-called ‘{{Wiki|New Age}}’ of TECHNOLOGICAL {{Wiki|salvation}} - Branton) |
− | The Masters and the Guardians used Rainbow City as their way-station when passing in and out of the South Polar Opening. | + | The [[Masters]] and the Guardians used [[Rainbow]] City as their way-station when passing in and out of the [[South]] Polar Opening. |
− | (As one can see, this whole account has a rather | + | (As one can see, this whole account has a rather ‘{{Wiki|New Age}}’ slant to it, as do most ‘revelations’ which come through mediumistic, [[occult]] or [[psychic]] ‘channels’. This very fact should [[cause]] one to have caution - Branton) |
− | “Barton claimed to have discovered these facts in psychic conversations with a number of astral entities through a channel he called ‘Telethot.’ | + | “Barton claimed to have discovered these facts in [[psychic]] conversations with a number of {{Wiki|astral}} entities through a [[channel]] he called ‘Telethot.’ |
− | “...There was another writer who kept Rainbow City alive as well—a man who proposed that the hidden war between planets, between the human race and the Snake People, continues secretly to THIS DAY... Robert Dickhoff told us that the day was not far off when it might be necessary to choose between Mars and Venus in an interplanetary Armageddon.” | + | “...There was another writer who kept [[Rainbow]] City alive as well—a man who proposed that the hidden [[war]] between {{Wiki|planets}}, between the [[human]] race and the {{Wiki|Snake}} [[People]], continues secretly to THIS DAY... Robert Dickhoff told us that the day was not far off when it might be necessary to choose between {{Wiki|Mars}} and {{Wiki|Venus}} in an interplanetary Armageddon.” |
− | (Note: Dickhoff supposes that the interior of Venus is largely inhabited by Reptilians—although others claim that some humans also live there—whereas the interior of Mars is largely populated by the human species. Dickhoff was the one who wrote, in his book ‘AGHARTA’, that an early Asian prince learned of an even more ancient cavern system below the Himalayas. This might be the one below the Potala shrine in Lhasa Tibet within which according to other sources there are also supposed to be perfectly preserved ‘caskets’ containing the remains of a race of ancient human giants. | + | (Note: Dickhoff supposes that the interior of {{Wiki|Venus}} is largely inhabited by Reptilians—although others claim that some [[humans]] also [[live]] there—whereas the interior of {{Wiki|Mars}} is largely populated by the [[human]] species. Dickhoff was the one who wrote, in his [[book]] ‘AGHARTA’, that an early {{Wiki|Asian}} {{Wiki|prince}} learned of an even more {{Wiki|ancient}} cavern system below the [[Himalayas]]. This might be the one below the [[Potala]] [[shrine]] in [[Lhasa]] [[Tibet]] within which according to other sources there are also supposed to be perfectly preserved ‘caskets’ containing the remains of a race of {{Wiki|ancient}} [[human]] giants. |
− | However the caverns below central Asia were found by this prince to be the abode of the | + | However the caverns below central {{Wiki|Asia}} were found by this {{Wiki|prince}} to be the abode of the ‘[[serpent]] [[people]]’ according to Dickhoff, large lizardian hominoids which it was discovered were trying to {{Wiki|psychically}} attack and control [[minds]] on the surface through a sinister [[form]] of black witchcraft and sorcery. Leading an {{Wiki|army}} of {{Wiki|warriors}} into the caverns, Dickhoff’s [[Buddhist]] sources told him, this {{Wiki|Asian}} {{Wiki|prince}} managed to drive out the [[reptilians]] and apprehend the prehistoric underground city for themselves. The [[reptilians]] from that point on supposedly began using the spelling ‘[[Aghartha]]’ rather than ‘[[Agharta]]’ in their propagandial [[psychic]] messages delivered to their [[occult]] [[human]] pawns who were oblivious to the fact that the so-called Ascended ‘[[Masters]]’ behind such messages whom they trusted were actually [[reptilians]]. |
− | This was a type of signal that these reptilian sorcerers, according to Dickhoff, used. Presumably, the serpent race intended to take back Agharta for themselves one day. However, as in Doreal’s and the Hefferlin’s accounts, even though some of the information seems to support the ‘Grand Scenario’ as it is laid out in the mutually corroborating COSCON files and elsewhere, other allegations seem to be embellishments resulting from the occult leanings of the sources, and because of the largely paraphysical origin of many of these ideas it is very likely that such ‘revelations’ are nothing more than psychic propaganda designed to throw humanity off track from the REAL and documentable historical truths - Branton) | + | This was a type of signal that these reptilian sorcerers, according to Dickhoff, used. Presumably, the [[serpent]] race intended to take back [[Agharta]] for themselves one day. However, as in Doreal’s and the Hefferlin’s accounts, even though some of the [[information]] seems to support the ‘Grand Scenario’ as it is laid out in the mutually corroborating COSCON files and elsewhere, other allegations seem to be embellishments resulting from the [[occult]] leanings of the sources, and because of the largely paraphysical origin of many of these [[ideas]] it is very likely that such ‘revelations’ are [[nothing]] more than [[psychic]] {{Wiki|propaganda}} designed to throw [[humanity]] off track from the REAL and documentable historical [[truths]] - Branton) |
− | This is an Epic alternative view on a lost history... | + | This is an Epic alternative [[view]] on a lost history... |
[[Category:Shambhala]] | [[Category:Shambhala]] | ||
{{R}} | {{R}} | ||
[http://www.callofdutyzombies.com/vBulletin/showthread.php?7669-The-Golden-Dawn-Nazis-Hollow-Earth-amp-Shangri-La callofdutyzombies.com] | [http://www.callofdutyzombies.com/vBulletin/showthread.php?7669-The-Golden-Dawn-Nazis-Hollow-Earth-amp-Shangri-La callofdutyzombies.com] |
Revision as of 06:28, 21 November 2013
When the Tibetan monks first saw sailors from the west, they asked why they did not come from the inner Earth like the others of their kind, the western sailors were confused by this statement.
The reason why it's never been found is because people are looking in the wrong place...
As above, as is below, in the realm of Agartha.
"Behind snowy peaks, somewhere to the North, lies a Mystical Kingdom, where a line of Enlightened Kings is guarding the innermost teachings of Buddhism for a time when all truth in the outside world is lost in war and greed. Then, the King of Shambhala will emerge with a great army to destroy the forces of evil and bring in a new Golden Age."
Rumors and reports have been in existence, for millennia now, that somewhere near or beyond Tibet, among icy peaks and in some of the secluded valleys of Eurasia, lies a "paradise", inaccessible to us. It is a place of enlightenment, wisdom and peace, called Shambhala, known by several other names such as "Shangri-La" and "Agharta."
Shambhala is a Sanskrit word, which means "place of peace." It has often been thought of as a cluster of minds, of perfect and semi-perfect beings, who are guiding the evolution of humanity. It is also considered to be the source and safeguard of Kalachakra (The Wheel of Time), one of the highest branches of Tibetan mysticism and Buddhism's teachings.
According to the legends, The King of Shambhala (Shambhala's existence predates Buddhism) travelled to India to meet Buddha and learn the Kalachakra teachings. He then took those teachings back to the Kingdom, where the teachings have been preserved. It is said that only a person with a pure heart can live in Shambhala. There, they shall enjoy ease and perfect happiness and will not know suffering, desire or age. Love and wisdom reign. Injustice and vices are unknown. The inhabitants are long-lived, wear beautiful and perfect bodies and possess supernatural powers; their spiritual knowledge is deep, their technological level highly advanced, their laws mild and their study of the arts and sciences covers the full spectrum of cultural achievement, but on a far higher level than anything the outside world has attained.
By definition Shambhala is hidden. Of the numerous explorers and seekers of spiritual wisdom who attempt to locate Shambhala, none can pinpoint its physical location on a map, although all say it exists in the mountainous regions of Eurasia. Many have also returned believing that Shambhala lies on the very edge of physical reality, as a bridge connecting this world to one beyond it.
Tibetan lamas spend a great deal of their lives in spiritual development before attempting the journey to Shambhala. Perhaps deliberately, the guidebooks to Shambhala describe the route in terms so vague that only those already initiated into the teachings of the Kalachakra can understand them.
According to some lamas, "As the traveller draws near the kingdom, their directions become increasingly mystical and difficult to correlate with the physical world. At least one lama has written that the vagueness of these books is deliberate and intended to keep Shambhala concealed from the barbarians who will take over the world." This line being referred to is from the Prophecy of Shambhala.
The prophecy of Shambhala states that each of its kings will rule for 100 years. There will be 32 in all, and as their reigns pass, conditions in the outside world will deteriorate. Men will become more warlike and pursue power for its own sake, and an ideology of materialism will spread over the earth. There will then be a gradual deterioration of mankind as the ideology of materialism spreads over the earth. When the “barbarians” who follow this ideology are united under an evil king and think there is nothing left to conquer, the mists will lift to reveal the snowy mountains of Shambhala. The barbarians will attack Shambhala with a huge army equipped with terrible weapons. Then the 32nd king of Shambhala, Rudra Cakrin, will lead a mighty host against the invaders. In a last great battle, the evil king and his followers will be destroyed.
Some put the year of the prophecy as 2029, although most predictions put it at 2424, when a Great War will begin in India.Early European travellers to Tibet consistently told the same tale of a hidden spiritual center of power. The only difference, that these spoke of Shambhala being a hidden world underneath the surface of the planet. It was sometimes spelt Agharti, Asgartha or Agarttha), although it is now commonly known as Shambhala and often confused travellers. I use the word "Agharta" here to identify the subterranean version of Shambhala.
Taking the legend in its most basic form, Agharta is said to be a mysterious underground kingdom situated somewhere beneath Asia and linked to the other continents of the world by a gigantic network of tunnels. These passageways, partly natural formations and partly the handiwork of the race which created the subterranean nation, provide a means of communication between all points, and have done so since time immemorial. According to the legend, vast lengths of the tunnels still exist today; the rest have been destroyed by cataclysms. The exact location of these passages, and the means of entry, are said to be known only to certain high initiates, and the details are most carefully guarded because the kingdom itself is a vast storehouse of secret knowledge. Some claim that the stored knowledge is derived from the lost Atlantean civilisation and of even earlier people who were the first intelligent beings to inhabit the earth.
It has been told that Agharta is a hidden land somewhere in the East, below the surface of the earth, where a population of millions is ruled by a “Sovereign Pontiff”, who is assisted by two colleagues, the “Mahatma” and the “Mahanga”. His realm was transferred underground and concealed from the surface-dwellers at the start of the Kali Yuga, which he dates around 3200 BCE. According to Saint-Yves, the “mages of Agarttha” had to descend into the infernal regions below them in order to work at bringing the earth’s chaos and negative energy to an end. “Each of these sages accomplishes his work in solitude, far from any light, under the cities, under deserts, under plains or under mountains.” Now and then Agharta sends emissaries to the upper world, of which it has perfect knowledge.
Agharta also enjoys the benefits of a technology advanced far beyond our own. Not only the latest discoveries of modern man, but the whole wisdom of the ages is enshrined in its libraries. Among its many secrets are those of the relationship of soul to body, and of the means to keep departed souls in communication with incarnate ones.
To Saint-Yves, these superior beings were the true authors of Synarchy, and for thousands of years Agharta had “radiated” Synarchy to the rest of the world, which in modern times has chosen foolishly to ignore it. When the world adopts Synarchical government the time will be ripe for Agharta to reveal itself.
Until the start of the twentieth century, the legend of Agharta remained very much... a legend. Stories of Agharta had widely spread in Europe but evidence to support the claims remained as elusive as ever. Indeed, it might well have been expected that in the rational and materialistic new century, such stories would finally be confined to the realms of fantasy: a colourful tradition to be ranked alongside other ancient mysteries such as the lost continents of Atlantis and Mu.
But such a supposition did not allow for the remarkable discoveries of two intrepid explorers who in the 1920s went into the vastness of Asia and there unearthed evidence about Agharta which far exceeded that of any previous reports. Their accounts, indeed, became the cornerstone of our present knowledge of the secret kingdom. One made his discoveries about Agharta while fleeing for his life from the Bolsheviks in Russia; the other came shortly after from self-imposed exile in America, seeking to penetrate the mysteries of Tibet. Their names were Ferdinand Ossendowski and Nicholas Roerich.
The King of the World - Ossendowski's Story:
Russian traveller Ferdinand Ossendowski said he noticed there were times in his Mongolian travels when men and beasts paused, silent and immobile, as though listening. The herds of horses, the sheep and cattle, stood fixed to attention or crouched close to the ground. The birds did not fly, and marmots did not run and the dogs did not bark. “Earth and sky ceased breathing. The wind did not blow and the sun did not move…. All living beings in fear were involuntarily thrown into prayer and waiting for their fate.”
“Thus it has always been,” explained an old Mongol shepherd and hunter, “whenever the King of the World in his subterranean palace prays and searches out the destiny of all peoples on the earth.” For in Agharta, he said, “live the invisible rulers of all pious people, the King of the World or Brahatma, who can speak with God as I speak with you, and his two assistants: Mahatma, knowing the purposes of future events, and Mahinga, ruling the causes of those events. He knows all the forces of the world and reads all the souls of mankind and the great book of their destiny.”
As he fled through “Mysterious Mongolia... the Land of Demons,” he paused frequently to speak with Buddhist monks and lamas about the traditions associated with lakes, caves and monasteries. There was one story he said he encountered everywhere in Eurasia: he called it the “Kingdom of Agharti”, regarding it as nothing less than “the mystery of mysteries.”
He was also told of the miraculous powers of the Tibetan monks, and the Dalai Lama in particular – powers that foreigners could scarcely begin to appreciate. “But there also exists a still more powerful and more holy man… The King of the World in Agharti.”
Interestingly, Ossendowski reports that the enormous powers the people of Agharta were believed to control could be used to destroy whole areas of the planet, but equally could be harnessed as the means of propulsion of the most amazing vehicles of transport. It has been suggested that this could be a prediction of nuclear energy and flying saucers!
The Sign of Shambhala - Roerich's Story:
Roerich too, maintained a diary of thoughts, from which we find the following: In August the shrine was consecrated in a solemn ceremony by a number of notable lamas invited to the site for the purpose, and after the event, writes Roerich, the Buriat guides forecast something auspicious impending. A day or two later, a large black bird was observed flying over the party. Beyond it, moving high in the cloudless sky, a huge, golden, spheroid body, whirling and shining brilliantly in the sun, was suddenly espied. Through three pairs of binoculars the travellers saw it fly rapidly from the north, from the direction of Altai, then veer sharply and vanish towards the southwest, behind the Humboldt mountains.
One of the lamas told Roerich that what he had seen was “the sign of Shambhala,” signifying that his mission had been blessed by the Great Ones of Altai, the lords of Shambhala. They had also been witness to a classic UFO, twenty years before the “official” beginning of the phenomenon with Kenneth Arnold’s sighting in 1947.
Roerich’s account of such a sighting aroused great interest in Europe and brought to the West the first concrete evidence that there might be something present in Eurasia that defied understanding. Victoria LePage describes its significance as such:
In its vivid colour and factuality, its bizarre but unarguable reference to an unknown golden aircraft that behaved as no ordinary airplane could, the Roerich story could rightly be called the first reliable intimation that the kingdom of Chang Shambhala was perhaps knowable as more than an intellectual curiosity, a popular Asian fable… and from about 1927 onward the world centre in the northern mountains exerted on Western occult circles the fascination of an idea whose time has come.
Which brings us to the very nature of reality. Paranormal experiences, including UFO sightings, are always indicative of an altered state of consciousness that allows the witness to see other realities. Often the experience is similar to a lucid dream, where ordinary space-time physics no longer applies.
For an idea as to what the Shambhala Kingdom looks like, we must delve slightly into Tibettan Buddhist mythology. Mount Meru is a place which simultaneously represents the center of the universe and the single-pointedness of mind sought by adepts. Thousands of miles in height, Meru is located somewhere beyond the physical plane of reality, in a realm of perfection and transcendence. Symbolic representations of Mount Meru are commonly found in Tibetan mandalas, contemplative diagrams designed to aid meditators in focusing.
It is said that Meru has its roots in hell, and its summit in heaven. Meru is surrounded by seven rings of golden mountains, each separated from the other by one of seven circular oceans. It is crowned by a golden palace wherein Indra, king of Hindu gods, resides. This entire superstructure rises from an outer ocean, and is flanked by four main continents, each with two subcontinents.
The southern continent, Jambudvipa, corresponds to the physical earth. Each of the other continents represents a nearby planet upon which transmigrating souls following the yellow light-path may be reborn. However, it is said that all of these worlds are undesirable, for they are non-human worlds inhabited by sheep, cattle, or horses. The teachings of Buddhism clearly state that existence as a human being is the only way to achieve Buddhahood, so rebirth in any other form (including that of a deva or demigod) is a distraction from the path to enlightenment.
According to legend, somewhere in the northwest region of Jambudvipa lies a land called Shambhala. This is a magical land which is shaped like an eight-petalled lotus flower. It has been ruled by priest-kings for many thousands of years; in fact, the legend of Shambhala predates the introduction of Buddhism into Tibet. In the aboriginal Bon religion, Shambhala is known as Olmolungrung, and is based on the square instead of the circle.
Shambhala forms a gateway between the physical and spiritual realms. It is endowed with riches, and is ideally suited for the habitat of enlightened souls. They are not attached to the fruits of karma, and are but one step from Buddhahood. This is the realm to be sought for rebirth if one desires the swiftest path to nirvana.
Finding Shambhala:
Many western explorers, hearing tales of a "golden city" of Shambhala, sought to find it in the frozen wastes of northern Tibet. This resulted in the present-day term "Shangri-la," which, like El Dorado, signifies an unattainable goal. This is an unfortunate misunderstanding, for ultimately Shambhala is a place accessible to anyone, if only one can be free of karmic attachments.
While people (especially Tibetan lamas) have been searching for Shambhala for centuries, those who seek the kingdom often never return, either because they have found the hidden country and have remained there or because they have been destroyed in the attempt. Tibetan texts containing what appear to be historical facts about Shambhala, such as the names and dates of its kings and records of corresponding events occurring in the outside world, give Tibetans additional reason for believing that the kingdom exists. Recent events that seem to correspond to the predictions of the mythic kingdom add strength to their belief. The disintegration of Buddhism in Tibet and the growth of materialism throughout the world, coupled with the wars and turmoil of the 20th century, all fit in with the prophecy of Shambhala.
The Nazi Connection:
Even Hitler was intrigued with the idea of Shambhala. Hitler was quite mystic-minded. In his youth, he studied the occult and yoga in Vienna, and received initiation into the American Indian peyote cult. Later he turned to Theosophy. He was invited to join an occult group in Germany, called Ultima Thule, which planned to take over Germany. This later became the Nazi Party.
Once Hitler assumed power, one of his ministries was that of Ancestral Memories, headed by the Chairman of the Sanskrit Department at Munich University. It controlled the concentration camps. Through this connection with Sanskrit studies, the Nazis adopted the swastika, an ancient Indian symbol of immutable good luck. "Swastika" is a Sanskrit word that means well-being or good luck. It has appeared as a symbol throughout the Hindu, Buddhist, and Jain worlds for thousands of years. Hitler hoped it would likewise bring him good fortune.
Hitler gathered information about as many of the occult groups of the world as he could. His aim was to find the elements common with Theosophy and to reinterpret these teachings in terms of its theory. With the help of the explorer Sven Hedlin, he sent several expeditions to Tibet. They were searching for contacts with Shambhala to obtain their help for ruling the world. They claimed that although Shambhala rejected them, they were able to contact and gain help from the mystic kingdom of Agardhi that Blavatsky had mentioned. Before the main Nazi leaders were executed after the Nürenberg trials, it was reported that the leaders held an unknown religious ceremony led by a man with the keys to Agardhi.
Conclusion:
The Eastern mystical view of the world can be quite different from the Western scientific view of it. It maybe that the guidebooks to Shambhala are describing a landscape transformed by the visions of a yogi taking the journey there: Where we would see a mountaintop gleaming with snow, he would see a golden temple with a shining god. In that case, we might be able to travel the same path, but with a different view of reality.
To travel to Shambhala is to undertake at one and the same time an inner mystical journey and an outer physical one through desolate and mountainous territory to a cosmic powerhouse.
An old Tibetan story tells of a young man who set off on the quest for Shambhala. After crossing many mountains, he came to the cave of an old hermit, who asked him, “Where are you going across these wastes of snow?”
“To find Shambhala,” the youth replied.
“Ah, well then, you need not travel far,” the hermit said. “The kingdom of Shambhala is in your own heart.
Ancient City Found In India
Irradiated By Nuclear Blast
8,000 Years Ago. Radiation is still so intense, the area is highly dangerous
A heavy layer of radioactive ash in Rajasthan, India, covers a three-square mile area, ten miles west of Jodhpur. Scientists are investigating the site, where a housing development was being built.
For some time it has been established that there is a very high rate of birth defects and cancer in the area under construction. The levels of radiation there have registered so high on investigators' gauges that the Indian government has now cordoned off the region. Scientists have unearthed an ancient city where evidence shows an atomic blast dating back thousands of years, from 8,000 to 12,000 years, destroyed most of the buildings and probably a half-million people. One researcher estimates that the nuclear bomb used was about the size of the ones dropped on Japan in 1945.
The Mahabharata clearly describes a catastrophic blast that rocked the continent. "A single projectile charged with all the power in the Universe...An incandescent column of smoke and flame as bright as 10,000 suns, rose in all its splendor...it was an unknown weapon, an iron thunderbolt, a gigantic messenger of death which reduced to ashes an entire race.
"The corpses were so burned as to be unrecognizable. Their hair and nails fell out, pottery broke without any apparent cause, and the birds turned white.
"After a few hours, all foodstuffs were infected. To escape from this fire, the soldiers threw themselves into the river."
Historian Kisari Mohan Ganguli says that Indian sacred writings are full of such descriptions, which sound like an atomic blast as experienced in Hiroshima and Nagasaki. He says references mention fighting sky chariots and final weapons. An ancient battle is described in the Drona Parva, a section of the Mahabharata. "The passage tells of combat where explosions of final weapons decimate entire armies, causing crowds of warriors with steeds and elephants and weapons to be carried away as if they were dry leaves of trees," says Ganguli.
"Instead of mushroom clouds, the writer describes a perpendicular explosion with its billowing smoke clouds as consecutive openings of giant parasols. There are comments about the contamination of food and people's hair falling out."
Archeologist Francis Taylor says that etchings in some nearby temples he has managed to translate suggest that they prayed to be spared from the great light that was coming to lay ruin to the city. "It's so mid-boggling to imagine that some civilization had nuclear technology before we did. The radioactive ash adds credibility to the ancient Indian records that describe atomic warfare."
Construction has halted while the five member team conducts the investigation. The foreman of the project is Lee Hundley, who pioneered the investigation after the high level of radiation was discovered.
Some how this is all fitting into place:-
Questions are racing in my mind.
Where did the Nazis relocate too? The north pole...?
Where is there said to be an entrance to the underworld? The north pole...?
Who lives in the underworld? Vishnu, the Aryans of alien origin, links to atlantis and the stories of hyperborea....?
So did the nazis meet a vishnu like alien? Did they make peaceful first contact with this alien race at the north pole or did they defeat them and take their technology for themselves?
Hope you guys can follow my scrambled thought patterns.
If you like the videos above more can be found here:-
In Tibetan Buddhist tradition, Shambhala (also spelled Shambala or Shamballa; Tibetan: བདེ་འབྱུང་; Wylie: bde 'byung, pron. De-jung) is a mythical kingdom hidden somewhere in Inner Asia. It is mentioned in various ancient texts, including the Kalachakra Tantra and the ancient texts of the Zhang Zhung culture which predated Tibetan Buddhism in western Tibet. The Bön scriptures speak of a closely related land called Olmolungring.
Whatever its historical basis, Shambhala gradually came to be seen as a Buddhist Pure Land, a fabulous kingdom whose reality is visionary or spiritual as much as physical or geographic. It was in this form that the Shambhala myth reached the West, where it influenced non-Buddhist as well as Buddhist spiritual seekers — and, to some extent, popular culture in general. In the Buddhist Kalachakra teachings
Sambhala (this is the form found in the earliest Sanskrit manuscripts of Kalacakra texts; the Tibetans usually transliterated this as "Shambhala") (Tib. bde 'byung) is a Sanskrit term of uncertain derivation. Commonly it is understood to be a "place of peace/tranquility/happiness". Shakyamuni Buddha is said to have taught the Kalachakra tantra on request of King Suchandra of Shambhala; the teachings are also said to be preserved there. Shambhala is believed to be a society where all the inhabitants are enlightened, actually a Buddhist Pure Land, centered by a capital city called Kalapa.
The Buddhist myth of Shambhala is adaptation of the earlier Hindu myth of Kalki of Sambhala found in the Mahabharata and the Puranas. The Buddhist version may be a mythicization of an actual culture whose geographical location can be found in Inner Asia.
Shambhala is ruled over by a line of Kings of Shambhala known as Kalki Kings (Tib. Rigden), a monarch who upholds the integrity of the Kalachakra tantra. The Kalachakra prophesies that when the world declines into war and greed, and all is lost, the 25th Kalki king will emerge from Shambhala with a huge army to vanquish "Dark Forces" and usher in a worldwide Golden Age. Using calculations from the Kalachakra Tantra, scholars such as Alex Berzin put this date at 2424 AD.
Manjushri Yashas (Tib. Rigdan Tagpa) is said to have been born in 159 BC and ruled over a kingdom of 300,510 followers of the Mlechha (Yavana or "western") religion, some of whom worshiped the sun. He is said to have expelled all the heretics from his dominions but later, after hearing their petitions, allowed them to return. For their benefit, and the benefit of all living beings, he explained the Kalachakra teachings. In 59 BC he abdicated his throne to his son, Puṇdaŕika, and died soon afterwards, entering the Sambhoga-káya of Buddhahood.
As with many concepts in the Kalachakra Tantra, the idea of Shambhala is said to have "outer", "inner", and "alternative" meanings. The outer meaning understands Shambhala to exist as a physical place, although only individuals with the appropriate karma can reach it and experience it as such. As the 14th Dalai Lama noted during the 1985 Kalachakra initiation in Bodhgaya, Shambhala is not an ordinary country: There are various ideas about where this society is located, but it is often placed in central Asia, north or west of Tibet. Ancient Zhang Zhung texts identify Shambhala with the Sutlej Valley in Himachal Pradesh. Mongolians identify Shambala with certain valleys of southern Siberia.
The inner and alternative meanings refer to more subtle understandings of what Shambhala represents in terms of one's own body and mind (inner), and the meditation practice (alternative). These two types of symbolic explanations are generally passed on orally from teacher to student.
The first Kalachakra masters of the tradition disguised themselves with pseudonyms, so the Indian oral traditions recorded by the Tibetans contain a mass of contradictions with regard to chronology. Western receptions
The Western fascination with the idea of Shambhala is surprisingly great, and has often been based upon fragmented accounts from the Kalachakra tradition. Tibet was largely closed to Westerners until the twentieth century, and so what information was available about the tradition of Shambhala was haphazard at best.
The first information that reached western civilization about Shambhala came from the Portuguese Catholic missionary Estêvão Cacella, who had heard about Shambhala (which they transcribed as "Xembala"), and thought it was another name for Cathay or China. In 1627 they headed to Tashilhunpo, the seat of the Panchen Lama and, discovering their mistake, returned to India.
The Hungarian scholar Sándor Kőrösi Csoma, writing in 1833, provided the first geographic account of "a fabulous country in the north...situated between 45' and 50' north latitude". Interestingly enough, due north from India to between these latitudes is eastern Kazakhstan, which is characterized by green hills, low mountains, rivers, and lakes. This is in contrast to the landscape of the provinces of Tibet and Xinjiang in eastern China, which are high mountains and arid.
During the 19th century, Theosophical Society founder HP Blavatsky alluded to the Shambhala myth, giving it currency for Western occult enthusiasts. Blavatsky, who claimed to be in contact with a Great White Lodge of Himalayan Adepts, mentions Shambhala in several places without giving it especially great emphasis. (The Mahatmas, we are told, are also active around Shigatse and Luxor.) Blavatsky's Shambhala, like the headquarters of the Great White Lodge, is a physical location on our earth, albeit one which can only be penetrated by a worthy aspirant.
Later esoteric writers further emphasized and elaborated on the concept of a hidden land inhabited by a hidden mystic brotherhood whose members labor for the good of humanity. Alice A. Bailey has Shamballa (her spelling) to be an extra-dimensional or spiritual reality on the etheric plane, a spiritual centre where the governing deity of Earth, Sanat Kumara, dwells as the highest avatar of the Planetary Logos of Earth, and is said to be an expression of the Will of God. Nicholas and Helena Roerich led a 1924-1928 expedition aimed at Shambhala.
Apparently inspired by Theosophical lore, Soviet agent Yakov Blumkin led two Tibetan expeditions to discover Shambhala, in 1926 and 1928. Similarly, Heinrich Himmler and Rudolf Hess sent a German expedition to Tibet in 1930, and then again in 1934-35, and in 1938-39.. Some later occultists, noting the Nazi link, view Shambhala (or the closely related underground realm of Aghartha) as a source of negative manipulation by an evil (or amoral) conspiracy.
The "Shangri-La" of James Hilton's 1933 novel Lost Horizon may have been inspired by the Shambhala myth (as well as then-current National Geographic articles on Eastern Tibet).
Many New Age writers, notably James Redfield, have written about Shambhala.
Chögyam Trungpa used the "Shambhala" name for certain of his teachings, practices, and organizations (e.g. Shambhala Training, Shambhala International, Shambhala Publications), referring to the root of human goodness and aspiration from which the Shambhala myth itself emerges. In Trungpa's view, Shambhala has its own independent basis in human wisdom that does not belong to East or West, or to any one culture or religion. In Fiction
Shambhala has been appropriated in a variety of modern comic books including The Shadow, Prometheus, 2000 AD, Gargoyles #6, and Warlord.
Alan Hovhaness composed a double concerto for sitar, violin and orchestra named 'Shambala' in 1969 for Ravi Shankar and Yehudi Menuhin.
The American rock band Three Dog Night recorded the song spelled 'Shambala' in 1973 track 5 on the album Cyan. Partial lyrics include "Wash away my troubles, wash away my pain with the rain in Shambala." Written by Daniel Moore.
In the 2004 film Sky Captain and the World of Tomorrow, Shambhala is the region of the Himalayas where Dr. Totenkopf's uranium mine is located.
Thomas Pynchon includes Shambhala in his 2006 novel Against the Day. In his portrayal, Shambhala is an underground city and the subject of intense searches by European powers in the early part of the 20th century, which include underground desert ships.
In the 2009 video game Uncharted 2: Among Thieves, developed by Naughty Dog, Shambhala is referred to in the songs on the soundtrack and it is portrayed that an attempt to reach it was the reason for Marco Polo's ill-fated journey home from China in 1292, and also the location of the Cintamani Stone and the mythical Tree of Life. At the end of the game, the player reaches the city, and it is the setting of the final 2 levels.
In the TV series Kung Fu: The Legend Continues both characters Kwai Chang Caine, played by David Carradine and the Ancient are said to be Shambhala masters. On some episodes, such as Rite of passage (http://www.debwalsh.com/kftlc/kfep3.html) it shows Caine making a trip to Shambhala through an ancient text recovered from the temple. On occasions he mentions his training as a Shambhala master and has to prove himself through trials of good and evil. Shambhala is portrayed as an ethereal place that is not of this world.
In the anime film, Fullmetal Alchemist Conqueror of Shamballa, the leader of the Thule occult society of 1930s Germany believes the fictional world Amestris to be Shamballa.
The Hollow Earth Enigma
by Barry Dunford
Around the early 1920’s, a Russian explorer, Ferdinand Ossendowski, travelled extensively in Mongolia, central Asia. Some of his travels and experiences are recorded in his book Beasts, Men and Gods, first published in English in 1922. In this work Ossendowski tells of a remarkable story which was imparted to him concerning a subterranean kingdom which constitutes an inner earth domain. This kingdom was known to the Asian Buddhist Lamas as Agharti. Interestingly, Ossendowski was informed that the entrance to this subterranean world was a cave which was marked with the inscription "This is the gate to Agharti". Another Russian explorer, Nicholas Roerich, comments on this curious matter in his book, Abode of Light (1947): "Among the innumerable legends and fairytales of various countries may be found the tales of lost tribes or subterranean dwellers. In wide and diverse directions, people are speaking of identical facts. But in correlating them you can readily see that these are but chapters from the one story. At first it seems impossible that there should exist any connection between these distorted whispers, but afterwards you begin to grasp a peculiar coincidence in these manifold legends by people who are even ignorant of each other’s names. You recognize the same relationship in the folklore of Tibet, Mongolia, China, Turkestan, Kashmir, Persia, Altai, Siberia, the Urals, Caucasia, the Russian steppes, Lithuania, Poland, Hungary, France, Germany…."
In his fascinating and informative book The Lost World of Agharti (1982) the author, Alec MacLennan, covers in considerable detail the worldwide ramifications of this subterranean kingdom. He shows that there may well be a number of cavernous openings on various parts of the globe which in effect are portals into an inner earth domain. He locates one such entrance in the remote West Riding of Yorkshire, England, and others have been reported, in particular, throughout various parts of the Americas. To quote Alec MacLennan: "Taking the legend in its most basic form, Agharti is said to be a mysterious underground kingdom situated somewhere beneath Asia and linked to the other continents of the world by a gigantic network of tunnels. These passageways, partly natural formations and partly the handiwork of the race which created the subterranean nation, provide a means of communication between all the points, and have done so since time immemorial. According to the legend, vast lengths of the tunnels still exist today; the rest have been destroyed by cataclysms. The exact location of these passages, and the means of entry, are said to be known only to certain high initiates, and the details are most carefully guarded because the kingdom itself is a vast storehouse of secret knowledge. These manuscripts are claimed to be the works of the lost Atlantean civilization and of an even earlier people who were the first intelligent beings to inhabit the earth."
Furthermore, in an autobiographical volume entitled My Joyful Life, Charles James Cutcliffe-Hyne (1865-1944) who lived in the West Riding of Yorkshire, England, provides the following interesting information: "In South America I heard tell that there were enormous tunnels that traverse the continent, ultimately linking with this forbidden place. More curious still, there was similar talk in Europe, and even some old people in the West Riding knew the story and believe there to be entrances through their own caves. The kingdom was said to be called Agharti." Moreover, in The Subterranean World (1960), the author Dr. Raymond Bernard states: "Throughout the Buddhist world of the Far East, belief in the existence of a Subterranean World, which is given the name Agharti, is universal and is an integral part of the Buddhist faith.…Buddhist traditions state that Agharti was first colonised many thousands of years ago when a holy man led a tribe which disappeared underground. This reminds one of Noah, who was really an Atlantean, who saved a worthy group prior to the coming of the flood that submerged Atlantis."
Another curious enigma, which may have some bearing on the foregoing, concerns the mysterious disappearance of the English explorer Col. Percy H. Fawcett in the Matto Grosso Amazonian region of central Brazil, in 1925. Fawcett disappeared without any subsequent trace with two companions, his elder son Jack and an American friend, Raleigh Rimell. The intrepid explorer was searching for an ancient Lost City which he believed might have links with the antedeluvian civilisation known as Atlantis. Before setting off on his last fateful journey, Col. Fawcett communicated to his younger son Brian: "The answer to the enigma of Ancient South America – and perhaps of the prehistoric world – may be found when those old cities are located and opened up to scientific research. That the cities exist, I know.…"
When writing about Col. Fawcett’s mysterious disappearance in Brazil, Dr. Raymond Bernard states in his book The Hollow Earth (1979): "These mysterious tunnels, an enigma to archaelogists, exist in greatest number under Brazil, where they open on the surface in various places. The most famous is in the Roncador Mountains of northeast Matto Grosso to where Colonel Fawcett was heading when last seen. It is claimed that the Atlantean city for which he searched was not the ruins of a dead city on the surface but a subterranean city with still living Atlanteans as its inhabitants; and that he and his son Jack reached this city and are still living therein." Invariably, the cave/tunnel opening portals to the inner earth domain appear to be located within mountainous regions such as the vast Roncador range towards which Col. Fawcett was heading when he and his two companions disappeared without trace. Indeed, Fawcett remarked: "The mountains there are quite high. We shall then follow the mountains…."
While commenting on the Andes and Himalayan mountain ranges, Kenneth Rayner Johnson, in his book The Fulcanelli Phenomenon (1980) says: "In both these regions, the one below and the other above the equator, there are numerous legends of secret treasuries and libraries deep within the mountains. Of refuges in which mankind sheltered from a world disaster." He also refers to: "Katmandhu, and the persistent legends of concealed entrances into the bowels of the mountains that are associated with that place."
The concept of the Earth being hollow is one which has been written about for at least the past century or so. In 1920, Marshall B. Gardner produced a revised edition of an earlier work published in 1913 entitled A Journey to the Earth’s Interior. In his second edition the author produces a diagrammatic plate showing the earth as a hollow planet with an opening entrance at the North Pole. What is significant is that a photograph taken by the ESSA –7 satellite on 23rd November 1968 over the North Pole, without cloud cover, clearly reveals a substantial circular opening which, it is claimed, was navigated by Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd (United States Navy) on a secret expedition made in 1947. Over a period of time much material has been written about the hollow earth theory, and recently a book has been published (Hollow Planets: A Feasibility Study of Possible Hollow Worlds by Jan Lamprecht, 1998) which suggests that all the planets in the Universe may be hollow, a creative principle which may hold true throughout the stellar worlds.
In more recent times the theory of a hollow earth is generally believed to have been first investigated by an American writer, William Reed, in 1906 and subsequently by another American, Marshall B. Gardner, as previously mentioned. However, what is not so well known, is that in 1898 a 48 page booklet was produced entitled The Secret of the Poles. The author was a certain Henry Campion and his treatise was published in Birmingham, England. In advance of the aforementioned two American hollow earth researchers, Campion wrote that the earth was hollow with entrances at both the north and south poles. To quote Campion: "The earth's axis is completely hollow, and entirely devoid throughout - from south to north - of terra firma; it has two complete openings, one at the South Pole, the other at its exact opposite, the North Pole, it is continuously hollow, and completely open throughout its supposed dense structure from pole to pole, quite literally and completely."
To again quote Dr. Raymond Bernard from his book The Hollow Earth (1979): "The theories of Reed and Gardner found confirmation in the Arctic and Antarctic expeditions of Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd in 1947 and 1956 respectively, which penetrated for 1,700 miles beyond the North Pole and 2,300 miles beyond the South Pole, into a new unknown, iceless territory not recorded on a map, extending inside the polar depressions and openings that lead to the hollow interior of the earth….Admiral Byrd’s discovery is today a leading international top secret, and it has been so since it was first made in 1947. After Byrd made his radio announcement from his plane and after a brief press notice, all subsequent news on the subject was carefully suppressed by government agencies. There was an important reason for this. Before he left on his seven hour flight from his arctic base over iceless lands beyond the North Pole (leading to the interior of the Earth), Admiral Byrd said: ‘I would like to see that land beyond the Pole. That area beyond the Pole is the center of the Great Unknown’." In November 1955, before embarking on his South Polar expedition, Admiral Byrd stated: "This is the most important expedition in the history of the world." Further, a radio announcement from Byrd’s Antarctic expedition, confirmed by the American Press of February 5th 1956, stated: "On January 13th, members of the United States expedition accomplished a flight of 2,700 miles from the base at McMurdo Sound, which is 400 miles west of the South Pole, and penetrated a land extent of 2,300 miles beyond the Pole." On his return from this South Polar expedition Admiral Byrd, on March 13th 1956, remarked that: "The present expedition has opened up a vast new territory." Rear Admiral Byrd died the following year at sixty eight years of age.
In support of the hollow earth theory an intriguing tale is recorded in a book entitled Belden, the White Chief; or, Twelve Years among the Wild Indians of the Plains, which was published in 1870 in the USA. The book is a compilation, edited by General James S. Brisbin, from the diaries and manuscripts of George P. Belden, who is described as "The Adventurous White Chief, Soldier, Hunter, Trapper, and Guide". On page 52 is recorded part of Belden’s conversation with a North American Plains Indian squaw named Washtella. The pertinent extract reads as follows: "Washtella, tell me where your people first came from." "Long, long ago" she said, "They lived in the earth, which is hollow; but one day they came to an opening and came out, when, liking the outside best, they stayed and would not return. My own father once saw the hole they came out of, but I never saw it, as it is far down the Missouri, where the white man lives." (my italics – BD). The North American Indian inner earth notion is further supported in Archaic England , 1919, by Harold Bayley who says: "….the Mandan Indians of North America have a curious legend suggestive of the idea that they must have sprung from some troglodite race. The whole Mandan nation, it is said, once resided in one large village underground near a subterranean lake….There is seemingly some like relation between this legend and the tradition held by certain hill tribes of the old Konkan kingdom in India, who have a belief that their ancestors came out of a cave in the earth."
The following intriguing information was provided by L. Christine Hayes (now Maia Nartoomid) in the first issue of The Source, a journal which she began in 1980. She says: "There are four massive natural openings into the Central Earth. These are known to the Sky-Earth Tribes as the Northern, Southern, Eastern, and Western Doors. The Northern and Southern Doors are the natural openings at the poles of the planet. These opulent shaped space areas ARE the magnetic polar vortexes of Earth. Because of the type of magnetic pulse in these regions, it is difficult for a traveller to wander into the openings. The magnetic field interacts within the individual’s brain pulse, impressing an illusion upon the magnetic and physical systems that a straight course exists where actually there is a curve in space. Despite this natural protective field, there are surface dwellers who have wandered into the polar opulents. For those who know the mechanics of spectral–polar magnetism, as do the inhabitants of the Interior World, travelling through the magnetic veils is a simple process. The Eastern and Western Doors are located in the Himalayas and beneath the Titicacan Plateau of the Andes in Brazil, respectively. While these were originally large, naturally hollowed passages, they have been maintained and enhanced through the centuries. There is a fifth natural passage, known as the ‘Sacred Knot’ or ‘The Navel’, where the merging energies from the Four Doors passes through. The tunnel is located in the Four Corners region of the South-western United States….There are other natural, smaller, closed passages which are artificially maintained and large enough for human passage. Some of the more prominent of these are: Mt. Shasta in Northern California, Mt. Teton in Wyoming, Mt. Hood in Washington State, Mt. Robson in British Columbia, and the still active volcano of Mauna Loa on the Island of Hawaii."
In 1989, Maia Nartoomid started another journal entitled Temple Doors which superseded The Source. In the first issue of Temple Doors, Maia writes about a secret inner earth order called ‘The Order of the Labyrinth’. She says: "The Order of the Labyrinth is a specific secret society which has existed in various forms for the last 25,000 years. In its latter period, this Order built the many labyrinths and catacombs that roamed beneath the cathedrals, monasteries, druidic mounds, and other ancient ruins of Europe interconnecting in a network of passages and chambers. Such ‘gridworks’ of the Order are also beneath the sacred structures of North and South America, Australia, the African continent, and to some extent inter-twining its way through every land mass of our world. These passages are far more than a secret route to holy places. They are the inner matrice for a resonating field of consciousness that was brought closer to the surface of our world for the purpose of inviting our participation, however subtle, in the act of receiving from the living Earth….The Order of the Labyrinth could be seen as the very center of a Labyrinth itself, with such ‘orders’ as the Knights Templar, the Masons, and the pagan societies all leading to its ‘temple doors’. The Mysteries of this Order were taught by Jesus and later incorporated in esoteric Christianity….Within the labyrinth/catacombs of this immense network under the guardianship of the Order of the Labyrinth, are many repositories of ancient wisdom. These records and relics are to be revealed to the world one initiatory level at a time, as those surface-born are ready to receive enlightenment."
Agartha/Agharta
The network. One of the most common names cited for the society of underground dwellers is Agharta (or Agartha) with its capital city of Shamballa. The source for this information, apparently, is The Smoky God, the "biography" of a Norwegian sailor named Olaf Jansen. According to Agartha - Secrets of the Subterranean Cities, the story, written by Willis Emerson, explains how Jansen's sloop sailed through an entrance to the Earth's interior at the North Pole. For two years he lived with the inhabitants of the Agharta network of colonies who, Emerson writes, were a full 12 feet tall and whose world was lit by a "smoky" central sun. Shamballa the Lesser, one of the colonies, was also the seat of government for the network. "While Shamballa the Lesser is an inner continent, its satellite colonies are smaller enclosed ecosystems located just beneath the Earth' s crust or discreetly within mountains."
How and why they went there. The many cataclysms and wars taking place on the surface drove these people underground, according to Secrets: "Consider the lengthy Atlantean-Lemurian war and the power of thermonuclear weaponry that eventually sank and destroyed these two highly advanced civilizations. The Sahara, the Gobi, the Australian Outback and the deserts of the U.S. are but a few examples of the devastation that resulted. The sub-cities were created as refuges for the people and as safe havens for sacred records, teachings and technologies that were cherished by these ancient cultures."
In 1989, Maia Nartoomid started another journal entitled Temple Doors which superseded The Source. In the first issue of Temple Doors, Maia writes about a secret inner earth order called ‘The Order of the Labyrinth’. She says: "The Order of the Labyrinth is a specific secret society which has existed in various forms for the last 25,000 years. In its latter period, this Order built the many labyrinths and catacombs that roamed beneath the cathedrals, monasteries, druidic mounds, and other ancient ruins of Europe interconnecting in a network of passages and chambers. Such ‘gridworks’ of the Order are also beneath the sacred structures of North and South America, Australia, the African continent, and to some extent inter-twining its way through every land mass of our world. These passages are far more than a secret route to holy places. They are the inner matrice for a resonating field of consciousness that was brought closer to the surface of our world for the purpose of inviting our participation, however subtle, in the act of receiving from the living Earth….The Order of the Labyrinth could be seen as the very center of a Labyrinth itself, with such ‘orders’ as the Knights Templar, the Masons, and the pagan societies all leading to its ‘temple doors’. The Mysteries of this Order were taught by Jesus and later incorporated in esoteric Christianity….Within the labyrinth/catacombs of this immense network under the guardianship of the Order of the Labyrinth, are many repositories of ancient wisdom. These records and relics are to be revealed to the world one initiatory level at a time, as those surface-born are ready to receive enlightenment."
In the aboriginal Bon religion, Shambhala is known as Olmolungrung, and is based on the square instead of the circle.
Admiral Bird
I must write this diary in secrecy and obscurity. It concerns my Arctic flight of the nineteenth day of February in the year of Nineteen and Forty Seven.
There comes a time when the rationality of men must fade into insignificance and one must accept the inevitability of the Truth! I am not at liberty to disclose the following documenta tion at this writing ...perhaps it shall never see the light of public scrutiny, but I must do my duty and record here for all to read one day. In a world of greed and exploitation of certain of mankind can no longer suppress that which is truth.
FLIGHT LOG: BASE CAMP ARCTIC, 2/19/1947:
0600 Hours- All preparations are complete for our flight north ward and we are airborne with full fuel tanks at 0610 Hours.
0620 Hours- fuel mixture on starboard engine seems too rich, adjustment made and Pratt Whittneys are running smoothly.
0730 Hours- Radio Check with base camp. All is well and radio reception is normal.
0740 Hours- Note slight oil leak in starboard engine, oil pres sure indicator seems normal, however.
0800 Hours- Slight turbulence noted from easterly direction at altitude of 2321 feet, correction to 1700 feet, no further turbu lence, but tail wind increases, slight adjustment in throttle controls, aircraft performing very well now.
0815 Hours- Radio Check with base camp, situation normal.
0830 Hours- Turbulence encountered again, increase altitude to 2900 feet, smooth flight conditions again.
0910 Hours- Vast Ice and snow below, note coloration of yellowish nature, and disperse in a linear pattern. Altering course foe a better examination of this color pattern below, note reddish or purple color also. Circle this area two full turns and return to assigned compass heading. Position check made again to base camp, and relay information concerning colorations in the Ice and snow below.
0910 Hours- Both Magnetic and Gyro compasses beginning to gyrate and wobble, we are unable to hold our heading by instrumentation. Take bearing with Sun compass, yet all seems well. The controls are seemingly slow to respond and have sluggish quality, but there is no indication of Icing!
0915 Hours- In the distance is what appears to be mountains.
0949 Hours- 29 minutes elapsed flight time from the first sight ing of the mountains, it is no illusion. They are mountains and consisting of a small range that I have never seen before!
0955 Hours- Altitude change to 2950 feet, encountering strong turbulence again.
1000 Hours- We are crossing over the small mountain range and still proceeding northward as best as can be ascertained. Beyond the mountain range is what appears to be a valley with a small river or stream running through the center portion. There should be no green valley below! Something is definitely wrong and abnormal here! We should be over Ice and Snow! To the portside are great forests growing on the mountain slopes. Our navigation Instruments are still spinning, the gyroscope is oscillating back and forth!
1005 Hours- I alter altitude to 1400 feet and execute a sharp left turn to better examine the valley below. It is green with either moss or a type of tight knit grass. The Light here seems different. I cannot see the Sun anymore. We make another left turn and we spot what seems to be a large animal of some kind below us. It appears to be an elephant! NO!!! It looks more like a mammoth! This is incredible! Yet, there it is! Decrease altitude to 1000 feet and take binoculars to better examine the animal. It is confirmed - it is definitely a mammoth-like ani mal! Report this to base camp.
1030 Hours- Encountering more rolling green hills now. The external temperature indicator reads 74 degrees Fahrenheit! Continuing on our heading now. Navigation instruments seem normal now. I am puzzled over their actions. Attempt to contact base camp. Radio is not functioning!
1130 Hours- Countryside below is more level and normal (if I may use that word). Ahead we spot what seems to be a city!!!! This is impossible! Aircraft seems light and oddly buoyant. The controls refuse to respond!! My GOD!!! Off our port and star board wings are a strange type of aircraft. They are closing rapidly alongside! They are disc-shaped and have a radiant quality to them. They are close enough now to see the markings on them. It is a type of Swastika!!! This is fantastic. Where are we! What has happened. I tug at the controls again. They will not respond!!!! We are caught in an invisible vice grip of some type!
1135 Hours- Our radio crackles and a voice comes through in English with what perhaps is a slight Nordic or Germanic accent! The message is: 'Welcome, Admiral, to our domain. We shall land you in exactly seven minutes! Relax, Admiral, you are in good hands.' I note the engines of our plane have stopped running! The aircraft is under some strange control and is now turning itself. The controls are useless.
1140 Hours- Another radio message received. We begin the landing process now, and in moments the plane shudders slightly, and begins a descent as though caught in some great unseen elevator! The downward motion is negligible, and we touch down with only a slight jolt!
1145 Hours- I am making a hasty last entry in the flight log. Several men are approaching on foot toward our aircraft. They are tall with blond hair. In the distance is a large shimmering city pulsating with rainbow hues of color. I do not know what is going to happen now, but I see no signs of weapons on those approaching. I hear now a voice ordering me by name to open the cargo door. I comply. END LOG
From this point I write all the following events here from memory. It defies the imagination and would seem all but madness if it had not happened.
The radioman and I are taken from the aircraft and we are re ceived in a most cordial manner. We were then boarded on a small platform-like conveyance with no wheels! It moves us toward the glowing city with great swiftness. As we approach, the city seems to be made of a crystal material. Soon we arrive at a large building that is a type I have never seen before. It appears to be right out of the design board of Frank Lloyd Wright, or perhaps more correctly, out of a Buck Rogers setting!! We are given some type of warm beverage which tasted like nothing I have ever savored before. It is delicious. After about ten minutes, two of our wondrous appearing hosts come to our quarters and announce that I am to accompany them. I have no choice but to comply. I leave my radioman behind and we walk a short dis tance and enter into what seems to be an elevator. We descend downward for some moments, the machine stops, and the door lifts silently upward! We then proceed down a long hallway that is lit by a rose-colored light that seems to be emanating from the very walls themselves! One of the beings motions for us to stop before a great door. Over the door is an inscription that I cannot read. The great door slides noiselessly open and I am beckoned to enter. One of my hosts speaks. 'Have no fear, Admiral, you are to have an audience with the Master...'
I step inside and my eyes adjust to the beautiful coloration that seems to be filling the room completely. Then I begin to see my sur roundings. What greeted my eyes is the most beautiful sight of my entire existence. It is in fact too beautiful and wondrous to describe. It is exquisite and delicate. I do not think there exists a human term that can describe it in any detail with justice! My thoughts are interrupted in a cordial manner by a warm rich voice of melodious quality, 'I bid you welcome to our domain, Admiral.' I see a man with delicate features and with the etching of years upon his face. He is seated at a long table. He motions me to sit down in one of the chairs. After I am seated, he places his fingertips together and smiles. He speaks softly again, and conveys the following.
'We have let you enter here because you are of noble character and well-known on the Surface World, Admiral.' Surface World, I half-gasp under my breath! 'Yes," the Master replies with a smile, 'you are in the domain of the Arianni, the Inner World of the Earth. We shall not long delay your mission, and you will be safely escorted back to the surface and for a distance beyond. But now, Admiral, I shall tell you why you have been summoned here. Our interest rightly begins just after your race exploded the first atomic bombs over Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan. It was at that alarm ing time we sent our flying machines, the "Flugelrads", to your surface world to investigate what your race had done. That is, of course, past history now, my dear Admiral, but I must continue on. You see, we have never interfered before in your race's wars, and barbarity, but now we must, for you have learned to tamper with a certain power that is not for man, namely, that of atomic energy. Our emissaries have already delivered messages to the powers of your world, and yet they do not heed. Now you have been chosen to be witness here that our world does exist. You see, our Culture and Science is many thousands of years beyond your race, Admiral.' I interrupted, 'But what does this have to do with me, Sir?'
The Master's eyes seemed to penetrate deeply into my mind, and after studying me for a few moments he replied, 'Your race has now reached the point of no return, for there are those among you who would destroy your very world rather than relinquish their power as they know it...' I nodded, and the Master continued, 'In 1945 and afterward, we tried to contact your race, but our efforts were met with hostility, our Flugelrads were fired upon. Yes, even pursued with malice and animosity by your fighter planes. So, now, I say to you, my son, there is a great storm gathering in your world, a black fury that will not spend itself for many years. There will be no answer in your arms, there will be no safety in your science. It may rage on until every flower of your culture is trampled, and all human things are leveled in vast chaos. Your recent war was only a prelude of what is yet to come for your race. We here see it more clearly with each hour..do you say I am mistaken?'
'No,' I answer, 'it happened once before, the dark ages came and they lasted for more than five hundred years.'
'Yes, my son,' replied the Master, 'the dark ages that will come now for your race will cover the Earth like a pall, but I believe that some of your race will live through the storm, beyond that, I cannot say. We see at a great distance a new world stirring from the ruins of your race, seeking its lost and legendary treasures, and they will be here, my son, safe in our keeping. When that time arrives, we shall come forward again to help revive your culture and your race. Perhaps, by then, you will have learned the futility of war and its strife...and after that time, certain of your culture and science will be returned for your race to begin anew. You, my son, are to return to the Surface World with this message.....'
With these closing words, our meeting seemed at an end. I stood for a moment as in a dream....but, yet, I knew this was reality, and for some strange reason I bowed slightly, either out of respect or humility, I do not know which.
Suddenly, I was again aware that the two beautiful hosts who had brought me here were again at my side. 'This way, Admiral,' motioned one. I turned once more before leaving and looked back toward the Master. A gentle smile was etched on his delicate and ancient face. 'Farewell, my son,' he spoke, then he gestured with a lovely, slender hand a motion of peace and our meeting was truly ended.
Quickly, we walked back through the great door of the Master's chamber and once again entered into the elevator. The door slid silently downward and we were at once going upward. One of my hosts spoke again, 'We must now make haste, Admiral, as the Master desires to delay you no longer on your scheduled timetable and you must return with his message to your race.'
I said nothing. All of this was almost beyond belief, and once again my thoughts were interrupted as we stopped. I entered the room and was again with my radioman. He had an anxious expres sion on his face. As I approached, I said, 'It is all right, Howie, it is all right.' The two beings motioned us toward the awaiting conveyance, we boarded, and soon arrived back at the aircraft. The engines were idling and we boarded immediately. The whole atmosphere seemed charged now with a certain air of urgency. After the cargo door was closed the aircraft was imme diately lifted by that unseen force until we reached an altitude of 2700 feet. Two of the aircraft were alongside for some dis tance guiding us on our return way. I must state here, the airspeed indicator registered no reading, yet we were moving along at a very rapid rate.
215 Hours- A radio message comes through. 'We are leaving you now, Admiral, your controls are free. Auf Wiedersehen!!!!' We watched for a moment as the flugelrads disappeared into the pale blue sky.
The aircraft suddenly felt as though caught in a sharp downdraft for a moment. We quickly recovered her control. We do not speak for some time, each man has his thoughts....
ENTRY IN FLIGHT LOG CONTINUES:
220 Hours- We are again over vast areas of ice and snow, and approximately 27 minutes from base camp. We radio them, they respond. We report all conditions normal....normal. Base camp expresses relief at our re-established contact.
300 Hours- We land smoothly at base camp. I have a mission.....
END LOG ENTRIES:
March 11, 1947. I have just attended a staff meeting at the Pentagon. I have stated fully my discovery and the message from the Master. All is duly recorded. The President has been ad vised. I am now detained for several hours (six hours, thirty- nine minutes, to be exact.) I am interviewed intently by Top Security Forces and a medical team. It was an ordeal!!!! I am placed under strict control via the national security provisions of this United States of America. I am ORDERED TO REMAIN SILENT IN REGARD TO ALL THAT I HAVE LEARNED, ON THE BEHALF OF HUMANITY!!!! Incredible! I am reminded that I am a military man and I must obey orders.
30/12/56: FINAL ENTRY:
These last few years elapsed since 1947 have not been kind...I now make my final entry in this singular diary. In closing, I must state that I have faithfully kept this matter secret as directed all these years. It has been completely against my values of moral right. Now, I seem to sense the long night coming on and this secret will not die with me, but as all truth shall, it will triumph and so it shall.
This can be the only hope for mankind. I have seen the truth and it has quickened my spirit and has set me free! I have done my duty toward the monstrous military industrial complex. Now, the long night begins to approach, but there shall be no end. Just as the long night of the Arctic ends, the brilliant sunshine of Truth shall come again....and those who are of darkness shall fall in it's Light..FOR I HAVE SEEN THAT LAND BEYOND THE POLE, THAT CENTER OF THE GREAT UNKNOWN.
OPERATION HIGH-JUMP:
From:
Thule org Link.
In 1947 Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal sent a naval task force to Antarctic including Admiral Nimitz, Admiral Krusen and Admiral Byrd, called "Operation Highjump". It was touted to be an expedition to find "coal deposits" and other valuable resources, but in actuality they were trying to find the underground base of the nazis (aryans) in Neuschwabenland. The nazis had done a very detailed study of Antarctic and were alleged to have built an underground base there. In this regard however, the aryans have had an underground habitation in Antarctic for more than a million years.
The task force of OVER 40 SHIPS, included:
The flagship "Mount Olympus", The aircraft carrier "Philipine Sea", The seaplane tender "Pine Sea", the submarine "Senate", the destroyer "Bronson", the ice breaker "Northwind",
and other tanker and supply ships. An armed contingent of 1400 sailors, and three dog sled teams were also on board. The expedition was filmed by the Navy and brought to Hollywood to be made into a commercial film called "The Secret Land". It was narrated by Hollywood actor Robert Montgomery (Naval reserve Officer).
There were three divisions of Operation High Jump: one land group with tractors, explosives, and plenty of equipment to refurbish "Little America", and make an airstrip to land the six R-4D's (DC-3's), and two seaplane groups. The R4-D's were fitted with jet-assist takeoff bottles (JATO) in order to takeoff from the short runway of the aircraft carrier "Philipine Sea".
They also were fitted with large skis for landing on the ice field prepared for them. The skis were specially fitted at three inches above the surface of the carrier deck. When landing on the ice at "Little America" the three inches of tire in contact with the snow and ice provided just enough and not too much drag for a smooth landing.
Admiral Byrd's team of six R4-D's were fitted with the super secret "Trimetricon" spy cameras and each plane was trailing a magnetometer. They flew over as much of the continent as they could in the short three month "summer" period, mapping and recording magnetic data. Magnetometers show anomalies in the Earth's magnetism, i.e. if there is a "hollow" place under the surface ice or ground, it will show up on the meter.
On the last of many "mapping" flights where all six planes went out, each on certain pre-ordained paths to film and "measure" with magnetometers, Admiral Byrd's plane returned THREE HOURS LATE.
It was stated that he had "lost an engine" and had had to throw everything overboard except the films themselves and the results of magnetometer readings in order to maintain altitude long enough to return to Little America. This is most certainly the time when he met with representatives of the aryans and a contingent of nazis.
The task force came steaming back with their data which then became classified "top secret". Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal retired and started to "talk". He was put in Bethesda Naval Hospital psychiatric ward where he was prevented from seeing or talking to anyone, including his wife! after a short while he was thrown out the window while trying to hang himself with a bedsheet. It was ruled a suicide, case closed. He was telling people about the underground aryan base.
Byrd was a busy man with some shocking secrets.
At the end of 1946, Admiral Richard E. Byrd, an experienced polar explorer, has received the job – to lead a research expedition to Antarctica, which is the code name «High jump».
The purpose of American expedition was to study the ice of the continent that is the title of Queen Maud Land, or New Swabia. It is equipped, however, was strange for a peaceful expedition. By the shores of the ice continent went: aircraft carrier, 13korabley of various types, 25 aircraft and helicopters. In the expedition consisted of only 25 fellows, but there were 4100 Marines, soldiers and officers! Soon American newspapers have informed that the aim of this expedition was to find the secret «Base-211», belonging to the Nazis.
Creating a database on the ice continent, leaders of the Third Reich began in 1938. First, to the shores of Antarctica was sent to a research ship. Located on the hydroplane photographed nearly a quarter of the continent and dropped to the ice metallic with swastika pennants. Germany declared itself the owner of a huge territory, known as New Swabia.
Then, to the shores of Antarctica hidden submarine went to sea dog Admiral Karl Denitsa. After the Second World War were discovered documents indicate that investigators found in New Swabia system interconnected caves with warm air. Reporting on the results of the expedition, Denitsa said: «My submariners found a real paradise on Earth». And in 1943, from his mouth sounded another strange to many words: «The German submarine fleet is proud to be at the other end of the world created for the Fuhrer’s impregnable fortress».
To the underground city in Antarctica can quietly exist during the Second World War, German military fleet has made unprecedented precautions. Any vessel which has appeared in the area of ocean bordering Queen Maud Land, immediately put on the bottom.
The German grasping at the Antarctic:
Since 1939, began the systematic exploration of New Swabia, and the construction of a secret Nazi base under the code name «Base-211». Every three months in the Antarctic research vessel flying Schwabenland. For several years in Antarctica gornoprohodcheskoe transported equipment and other machinery, including rail roads, cars and huge cutters for drilling tunnels.
For supplies «Base-211» was used 35 of the largest submarines, from which removed the arms and adapted to deliver the goods. On top of that, according to the American Uindela Colonel Stevens, who worked at the end of the war in the intelligence, the Germans built a huge cargo of eight submarines. They have all been launched and are used only for delivery of goods on to the «Base-211».
By the end of the war, the Germans had nine research enterprise, which had projects «flying discs». According to Colonel Vitaly Shelepova, gathered a great story about the history of Germans in Antarctica, during the Second World War, at least one such company moved to Antarctica, and here was organized by the production of aircraft. With the help of submarines in the southern continent is transferred to the labor force, thousands of prisoners of concentration camps, prominent scientists with families, as well as members of Hitler – the gene pool of the future «clean» race.
isolated from the world’s underground city Nazi scientists conducted studies on the creation of Superman, which was to dominate the world, and improve the weapons, which would conquer the Earth. This weapon was diskolety. Some foreign newspapers in the late twentieth century, there were articles stating that the German researchers found in Tibet repository of ancient knowledge. Obtained data were used to design and build at the end of the Second World War, a new aircraft in the form of huge diskoletov capable of speeds up to 700 kilometers an hour and fall around the globe.
Now back to the expeditions of Admiral Byrd. During the first month of the American made about 49 thousand photos of ice in the region of the continent’s Queen Maud Land. The question of his detailed study of ground troops. And then something inexplicable happened. March 3, 1947 has just begun an urgent investigation was curtailed, and the ships in haste have a course home.
A year later, in May 1948, on the European The journal «Brizant» a sensational article. It turns out that the work of the expedition broke up because of the «cruel enemy resistance». During the clashes were lost, one boat, four warplanes, killed dozens of people. Nine other aircraft had to leave as unusable. The article was published recollections of crew members of combat aircraft. The pilots were told of the incredible things: the vynyrnuvshih from under the water and attacked them «flying disks», on the strange atmospheric phenomena that cause mental disorders …
printed a note about a clash of American planes with unknown «flying discs »was so incredible that most readers found it a regular newspaper duck. It took another few decades, and the ice continent, began to receive reports that the disc UFO appeared here several times more than in other areas.
The most famous case occurred in 1976. Japanese researchers at the same time zasekli on the radar gun 19 round objects, which from space «down» in Antarctica, and immediately disappeared from the screens.
In 2001, a solid American magazine Weekly World News reported that the Norwegian Scientists discovered in the depths of the Antarctic mainland, at a distance of about 160 kilometers from the mountains of Mount Makklintok, mysterious tower! The height of the construction of about 28 meters. Build a tower of the hundreds of ice blocks and recalls, according to scientists, guard towers of medieval castle. Given the predilection of Nazis to medieval symbolism, unwittingly begs the idea that built its esesovtsy claiming to be continuers case of German knights’ orders.
Not so long ago, the hypothesis that the secret« Base-211 »has continued to operate, got another confirmation. In one ufologicheskih newspaper an article by Olga Boyarina of a strange incident happened in Antarctica in March 2004. Canadian pilots discovered the remains of the ice on the aircraft and then photographed them. The pictures were visible to a wide crater in the center of which was damaged diskolet. For a detailed study of the area of his fall was sent to a special expedition, but she did not find any diskoleta or its wreckage.
And now the fun part. Two weeks to the Editor Toronto Tribune, which published a photo of an aircraft, came 85-year-old Lance Bailey. He told journalists that he was Russian, and his real name is Leonid White. During the war he was a prisoner of concentration camps, prisoners who worked in secret military aviation in the town of Penemyunde.
I am in shock – said Lance Bailey, as amended. – After all the photo in the newspaper shows a one to one machine, which I saw with his own eyes 60 years ago … In September 1943, at the concrete pad next to one of four hangars vykatili working round object with a transparent box in the center. It was similar to the inverted basin on a small inflatable wheels. This «blin» issued a sibilant sound, away from the concrete platform and hovered at an altitude of several meters.
If the message in the Canadian newspaper was not a regular «duck», it turns out that, in Antarctica, all the same there was a German secret «Base-211», and it did diskolety. And the fact of the accident one of these aircraft and the clarity with which it was literally the evacuation of Canadians from under the nose, indicates that the secret underground base and continues to operate successfully.
The Allies are closing in. Berlin is crumbling under the weight and impact of hundreds of Allied bombs. Deep in his fortified bunker, Adolf Hitler, once unshakable in his confidence in Nazi world domination, now admits that defeat is at hand. But Hitler is determined never to suffer the humiliation of being captured by his enemies. There is only one escape route - one he has planned for should he ever face just such a turn of events. Suicide is out of the question. Instead, Hitler and his corps of elite traverse through an underground tunnel to an isolated airstrip. There they board an unmarked plane and fly south. South to the pole. To the opening at the South Pole where they will enter the hollow Earth and disappear from history.
This alternate scenario to history is actually accepted as fact by some proponents of the hollow Earth theory. And as incredible as it sounds, the genesis of this story lies in some facts that carry some merit: some of Hitler's top advisors - perhaps even Hitler himself - believed that the Earth was hollow; and there was at least one expedition by the Nazi military to exploit that belief for strategic advantage during the war.
As with all such stories, it's often difficult to sort out facts, exaggerations, and outright fabrications. But it's an intriguing tale, and one that requires a little background .
There are several hollow Earth theories. The most prevalent one holds that there are great but hidden openings at both the North and South poles, and that it is possible to enter those holes. Some - including the respected Admiral Byrd - claimed to have entered those holes. According to the legends, other civilizations live within the Earth on it's inner surface, warmed and lit by an interior sun. The idea has inspired novels by Edgar Allen Poe (MS Found in a Bottle), Edgar Rice Borroughs (At the Earth's Core), and Jules Verne (A Journey to the Center of the Earth).
A second theory, call the "inverted Earth" theory, claims that we - our civilization - actually exists on the inside of the globe. We are held fast to the ground not by gravity, but by centrifugal force as the Earth rotates. The stars, so goes the theory, are twinkling chunks of ice suspended high in the air, and the illusion of day and night is caused by a rotating central sun that is half brilliant, half dark. Cyrus Teed, an alchemist from Utica, N.Y., was one of the first people to popularize this idea. So obsessed was he with the idea that he founded a religion based on it, changed his name to Koresh, and established a commune for Koreshanity in Chicago in 1888. In Germany, independently of the Koreshans, another group also was founded that adhered to the inverted Earth idea, and it was this concept that was accepted by some segments of the Nazi hierarchy.
The scenario told at the beginning of this article accepts one hollow Earth theory, while the facts seem to show that some Nazis actually believed in the other.
Hitler's Nazis were convinced that they were destined to rule the world, and they came to this warped conclusion through the acceptance of many occult beliefs and practices, including astrology, the prophecies of Nostradamus, and the hollow/inverted Earth theory...Hohlweltlehre. Because they suspected that our surface is on the interior of a concave Earth, Hitler sent an expedition, including Dr. Heinz Fischer and powerful telescopic cameras, to the Baltic island of Rugen to spy on the British fleet. Fischer did so not by aiming his cameras across the waters, but by pointing them up to peer across the atmosphere to the Atlantic Ocean. The expedition was a failure, of course. Fischer's cameras saw nothing but sky, and the British fleet remained safe. Then there's the legend... that Hitler and many of his Nazi minions escaped Germany in the closing days of World War II and fled to Antarctica where at the South Pole they had discovered an entrance to the Earth's interior. According to the Hollow Earth Research Society in Ontario, Canada, they are still there. After the war, the Allies discovered that more than 2,000 scientists from Germany and Italy had vanished, along with almost a million people, to the land beyond the South Pole. This story gets more complicated with Nazi-designed UFOs, Nazi collaboration with the people who live in the center of the Earth, and the explanation for "Aryan-looking" UFO pilots.
While the evidence for either hollow Earth theory is close to nil (although some folks claim to have proof in the form of photos), the story involving Nazis, war, and the romance of exploratory adventure sounds like the makings of a great Indiana Jones story.
In fact, it is!
In the novel Indiana Jones and the Hollow Earth by Max McCoy, Indy comes into the possession of a mysterious journal hinting at the existence of an underground civilization that he and the Nazis race to find. The fate of the world - hollow or not - is in Indy's hands!
"ULTIMA THULE" apparently was the capital city of the first continent peopled by Aryans. This was called HYPERBOREA and was older than Lemuna and Atlantis(continents with advanced cultures since submerged). The Scandinavians have a tale of "Ultima Thule", the wonderful land in the high North, where the sun never sets and the ancestors of the Aryan race dwell.
Hyperborea was up in the North Sea and sank during an ice age. It is assumed that the Hyperboreans came from the solar system Aldebaran which is the main star in the constellation Taurus, and that they were about four metres tall, white, blond and blue eyed. They knew no war and were vegetarians (so was Hitler). According to alleged Thule texts they were technically very advanced and flew "Vril-ya", flying machines that today we call UFOs.
These flying disks were capable of levitation, extreme speeds and the manoeuvres known from today's UFOs due to two counter-rotating magnetic fields and they used the so-called Vril power as energy potential or fuel (Vril = ether, Od, Prana, Chi, Ki, cosmic force, Orgon..., but also from the academic "vri-IL" = as the highest deity = god-like), i.e. they take the energy from the Earth's magnetic field (free energy) like the "tachyon converter" of Captain Hans Coler.
When Hyperborea began to sink, the Hyperboreans are said to have burrowed (grave/borre) with huge machines - gigantic tunnels into the Earth's crust and settled under the Himalaya region. The subterranean realm is called AGHARTA and its capital SHAMBALLAH. The Persians call this land "Aryana", the land of origin of the Aryans.
Karl Haushofer claimed that Thule was actually Atlantis and - contrary to all other researchers of Tibet and India - he said that the surviving Thule-Atlanteans were separated into two groups, a good one and an evil one. Those who called themselves after their oracle Agharti - were the good and settled in the Himalaya region, the evil ones were the Shamballah - who wanted to subjugate humanity and they went West. He maintained that the fight between the people of Agharta and Shamballah had been going on for thousands of years and that in the Third Reich, the Thule Gesellschaft as Agartha's representative -continued it against the representatives of Shamballah, the Freemasons and the Zionists. This perhaps was his mission.
The head of this subterranean region he said was Rigden Iyepo, the king of the world, with his representative upon the Earth's surface, the Dalai Lama. Haushofer was convinced that the land below the Himalayas was the birthplace of the Aryan race, which he claimed to have confirmed during his Tibet and India travels.
The symbol of Thule was the swastika counter clockwise. Tibetan lamas and the Dalai Lama personally testified that people from Agartha were still living today. The subterranean land that is anchored in almost all Eastern traditions has spread over the millennia under all of the Earth's surface with huge centres under the Sahara desert, the Matto Grosso and the Santa Catarina mountains in Brazil, Yucatan in Mexico, Mount Shasta in California, England, Egypt, Czechoslovakia...
It seems that Hitler especially sought to discover the entrances to the subterranean world Agartha and to get in contact with the descendants of the Aryan "God people" from Aldebaran-Hyperborea. In the myths and traditions of the subterranean world it is often said that the world's surface was yet to suffer a terrible world war (Third World War), which would though be ended by earthquakes, other natural disasters and a switching of the poles and the deaths therefrom of two thirds of humanity.
After this "last war" the several races of the inner Earth would reunite with the survivors on the surface and the thousand-year GOLDEN AGE (age of Aquarius) would be rung in. Hitler wanted to build an outer "Agartha" or "Aryana" with the Aryan master race, and Germany should be its home. During the existence of the "Third Reich" two large expeditions were sent by the SS to the Himalayas to find those entrances. Further expeditions searched in the Andes, the Matto Grosso mountains in the North and the Santa Catarina mountains in the South of Brazil, in Czechoslovakia and parts of England.
Some authors claim that the Thule people believed that - quite independently of the subterranean tunnel and city system - the Earth was hollow, with two great openings at the poles. Natural laws were quoted, "As above, so below". Since blood, body or egg cells, a comet or an atom all have a nucleus and a hollow space surrounding it that is enclosed by a "corona radiata", an envelope, and the actual "life" is taking place in the core, one has deduced that the Earth was built after the same principles. Druses confirmed this, as they were hollow and the "life", the minerals and crystals, were in the interior. (also the tibetan rampa described some trips into tunnels ending into the interior of earth - but those was sealed from inside).
Therefore the Earth also had to be hollow - apparently agreeing with the views of the Tibetan Lamas including the Dalai Lama - and had a nucleus, the central sun (also called the "Schwarze Sonne", the Black Sun) that gave the interior an even climate and permanent sunlight, corresponding in the microcosm to the central sun of the galaxy in the macrocosm.
They maintain that the actual life of our planet takes place in the interior - the master race lives inside and the mutants on the surface - and that this was also the reason why we wouldn't find any life upon other planets of our solar system, because their inhabitants live inside. The main entrances are at the North and South poles through which the central sun is shining and producing the aurora borealis. In the interior the land mass was exceeding the water mass. The polar explorer Olaf Jansen and others said that the water in the interior was fresh, which could explain why the ice of the Arctic and the Antarctic is made of freshwater, not salt water. It is interesting to note that this view of the make-up of the world is shared and supported by the polar explorers Cook, Peary, Amundsen, Nansen and Kane and, last but not least, Admiral E. Byrd. All had the same, strange experiences contradicting existing scientific theory:
All confirmed that after 76 gr latitude the winds became warmer, that birds flew north over the ice, that animals like foxes also went north, that they found coloured and grey snow which when thawed left coloured pollen or volcanic ash. The question arises: where do flower pollen or volcanic ash near the North Pole come from, as not a single volcano is marked on any of the accessible maps? Further some of the explorers found themselves in freshwater seas, and all say that at a time during their travels they had seen two suns. Mammoths were found whose flesh was still fresh and whose stomachs contained fresh grass.
The "Hollow Earth" theory has so far remained just a theory to the public, although some authors and explorers claim to have visited there and even - like Admiral E. Byrd - had taken numerous pictures. It cannot be denied that all the Arctic explorers had had extraordinary experiences that so far cannot be explained, which points to something strange happening there. But the theory that the Earth had a molten core has equally remained just a theory. The fact remains though that the subterranean man-made tunnel and cave systems do exist. They can be found in almost any country of the world and by the largely still existing light source (a greenish glow that gets brighter the deeper one enters the tunnels), by the smooth walls and the unknown machinery that was found in the Boynton Canyon in Sedona, Arizona, are witness to a technically advance culture that existed millions of years before.
The myths of a "Hollow Earth" were enough for the Thule people to go on to start a serious study of the phenomenon. Therefore there was at least one expedition to the Antarctic during World War Two.
To show that the story of the Aryan Hyperboreans was not entirely invented here are two examples:
When the Spaniards under Pizarro came to South America in 1532, the natives called them "vicarochas" (white lords). According to their legends there was a master race of very tall white people who centuries before had descended in "flying disks" from heaven. They had long ruled in some of the towns and when they disappeared had promised to return. When the fair skinned Spaniards arrived, the natives thought them to be the vicarochas coming back and therefore in the beginning willingly gave them their gold.
Similar occurrences took place when the first white travellers arrived in Tibet and other Himalayan regions. They were scrutinized (gransket) in astonishment by the Tibetans and asked why they came from below (the foot of the mountains) rather than from above as they usually did.
There is allegedly a civilization of people living in the center of the Earth in a place called Agartha
Agartha is one of the most common names cited for the society of underground dwellers Agharta, its capital city, Shambalah. The source for this information is The Smoky God the biography of a Norwegian sailor named Olaf Jansen. Agartha - Secrets of the Subterranean Cities by Willis Emerson, explains how Jansen's sloop sailed through an entrance to the Earth's interior at the North Pole. For two years he lived with the inhabitants of the Agharta network of colonies who, Emerson writes, were a full 12 feet tall and whose world was lit by a "smoky" central sun. Shamballa the Lesser, one of the colonies, was also the seat of government for the network. While Shamballa the Lesser is an inner continent, its satellite colonies are smaller enclosed ecosystems located just beneath the Earth' s crust or discreetly within mountains."
The many cataclysms and wars taking place on the surface drove these people underground, according to Secrets: Consider the lengthy Atlantean-Lemurian war and the power of thermonuclear weaponry that eventually sank and destroyed these two highly advanced civilizations. The Sahara, the Gobi, the Australian Outback and the deserts of the U.S. are but a few examples of the devastation that resulted. The sub-cities were created as refuges for the people and as safe havens for sacred records, teachings and technologies that were cherished by these ancient cultures.
Alleged entrances to Agartha: Some are planetary grid points - indwells and outwells of energy.
Kentucky Mommoth Cave, in south-central Kentucky, US. Manaus, Brazil Mato Grosso, Brazil - City of Posid Igua Falls, border or Brazil and Argentina Mount Epomeo, Italy Himalayan Mountains, Tibet - the entrance to the underground city of Shonshe is allegedly guarded by Hindu monks Mongolia - the underground city of Shingwa allegedly exists beneath the border of Mongolia and China Rama, India - beneath this surface city is a long lost subterranean city, they say, also named Rama Great Pyramid of Giza King Solomon's Mines North and South Poles Mount Shasta, California - the Agharthean city of Telos allegedly exists within and beneath this mountain Dero Caves - Atlantean link Subterranean Myths and Legends
Like the sky above, the earth below has been a rich source of myths and legends for mankind. Most cultures have their own tales of the inner world, the strange creatures that live there, and the mystical connections that tie all humans to the subterranean worlds.
For example Indian folklore tells of "white tribes that live in the earth" appearing occasionally from caves. A series of Cave drawings from India shows a group of people emerging from a hollow void beneath the earth. According to local legends these were the first human beings that left a subterranean world to begin populating the surface world.
The world beneath our feet is just as often cited as the source of an infant mankind, as the tales of people first coming to the Earth from the heavens.
Native American legends from the Mandan, Sioux and Tuscaroras include their tribal origins as coming from inside the earth. In Legends & Lore of the American Indians (1993) edited by Terri Harden, there are a number of myths that point to a subterranean origin for mankind.
"Several tribes claim to have emerged from the interior of the earth. The Oneidas point to a hill near the falls of Oswego River, N.Y. as their birthplace; the Witchitas rose from the rocks around Red River; the Creeks from a knoll in the valley of Big Black River in the Natchez area, where dwelt the Master of Breath; the Aztecs were one of seven tribes that came out from the seven caverns of Aztlan...and the Navajos believe that they emerged at a place known to them in the Navajo Mountains."
According to the Pawnee story of creation: "All living things were under the ground in confusion and asked one another what each was; but one day as the mole was digging around, he broke a hole through, so that the light steamed in, and he drew back frightened. He has never had any eyes since; the light put them out. The mole did not want to come out, but all the others came out on to the earth through the hole the mole had made."
The Shawnees claim that when they first arrived in what is now Florida, they found a civilization of "whites" that fled their villages by going back to caves deep in the earth. The Incas had a similar folklore of a subterranean white race that traveled via secret caves.
The highland Andes have been known through myth and legend as one of the access points for vast underground subterranean cities, the domain of inner-earth beings who from time to time, emerge from their lower worlds into the upper atmosphere of our third-dimensional density. These ancient legends speak of vast networks of tunnels criss-crossing the entire length and breadth of the planet.
Several places in the Andes Mountains are considered gateways to these realms and doorways where emergence, and entrance are possible. Included among this distinction are the famous sacred sites of Sacsayhuaman in the Peruvian Andes and the ancient pre-Incan city of Tiwanaku near the shores of Lake Titicaca in Bolivia. The Jesuit chronicler Agnelio Oliva recorded the words of an old Inca quipu reader to the effect that "the real Tiahuanaco was a subterranean city, far exceeding the one "above ground" in vastness.
From China, Iceland and the South American Aztec's, their writings tell of an inner domain created by the "gods" for the first humans. An Eastern legend describes the origin of Adam came from inside the earth. A Hindu legend adds that Adam was a king of a group who fled a great cataclysm into the hollow earth and then returned to repopulate afterward.
According to Wm. Michael Mott in his definitive book of subterranean lore, Caverns, Cauldrons, and Concealed Creatures, in India there is an ancient belief, still held by some, in a subterranean race of serpent people who dwell in the cities Patala and Bhogavati. According to the legend, they wage war on the kingdom of Agharta.
The Nagas are described as a very advanced race or species, with a highly developed technology. They also harbor a contempt for human beings, whom they are said to abduct, torture, interbreed, and even eat.
While the entrance to Bhogavati is somewhere in the Himalayas, believers say that Patala can be entered through the Well of Sheshna in Benares, India. According to herpetologist and author Sherman A. Minton in his book Venomous Reptiles, this entrance is very real, with forty steps that descend into a circular depression, to terminate at a closed stone door that is covered in bas-relief cobras.
In Tibet, there is a major mystical shrine also called 'Patala,' which is said by the natives to sit atop an ancient cavern and massive tunnel system that reaches throughout the Asian continent and possibly beyond. The Nagas also have an affinity with water, and the entrances to their underground palaces are often believed to be hidden at the bottom of wells, deep lakes and rivers.
According to Buddhist tradition the underground Kingdom of Agharta, is reputed to be a place of great peace and tranquility. Agharta's inhabitants, numbering many millions, have attained a high degree of scientific accomplishment.
It is also a world of astonishing beauty, with inner suns, underground lakes, and palaces made from purest crystal. Special waters and the powerful rays of the Great Light, reputed to be a secret machine revealed by gods thousands of years earlier, irrigate crops.
Presiding over this subterranean kingdom is an all-powerful ruler - The King of The World, as his name is translated. It is further claimed his rule and influence stretches to the surface world by means of trusted emissaries who carry out specific tasks and duties. This ministry, whose purpose is intended to elevate Mankind to a higher state of spiritual awareness, is said to directly influence eight million surface dwellers.
Numerous ancient philosophers were convinced the interior of the Earth was composed of inner worlds. Orpheus went into the earth to seek out Euridice of Greek mythology, Apollo's real home was among the Hyperboreans inside the earth of Roman Mythology. The Valkyries descended and ascended into an inner domain in Nordic mythology.
As well, legends of lost worlds within worlds - places that magically open to those with the appropriate key, have survived since earliest times. Shangri-La, and Aladdin with his lamp are just the best-known examples of a universal belief of hidden places of wonder below the surface world.
In the year 4 BC, Apollonius of Tyana, a mystic Greek physician traveled deep into the Himalayas in search of a magical kingdom rumored to be the source of all wisdom. Born in Cappadocia, Apollonius was a bright child who quickly outstripped his teachers in knowledge and wisdom.
One day a priest of Daphnean Apollo divulged to him a secret map marking out the route to this sacred kingdom - the City of the Gods, that lay far towards the east. Despite the dangers Apollonius immediately set off in search of this world. Traveling through Mesopotamia and Babylon, he finally reached India where he employed the services of a local guide to take him deep into the Himalayan Mountains. After fifteen days of arduous walking the scenery around them changed dramatically. The path by which they had come disappeared after them. The countryside shifted its position and they seemed to be in a place preserved by illusion.
The pair were met by a boy who bid them welcome in Greek. Then they were escorted to meet the ruler of the amazing land. With a warm welcome he bade them accompany him on a tour of his kingdom, and completely spell bound, the pair was shown incredible marvels of a world few outsiders had ever seen or imagined.
Majestic pillars of light filled the sky, and glowing stones provided constant light. Philostratus, who was Apollonius' biographer, describes feats of levitation and complicated robot-like machines serving food and drink as they sat down to eat. As they did so the ruler proudly announced: "You have come to men who know everything." According to Philostratus these men "were living on the Earth and at the same time not on it."
The Rainbow City
From:
Description Of the Rainbow City Link.
Typewritten and handwritten copies of these manuscripts have been in circulation since the Hefferlins, began releasing them from Livingston, Montana in the late 1940s. At the time the Hefferlins first heard of Rainbow City in the Antarctic, some time in 1940 according to them, the information was so fantastic as to be beyond belief.
It is still unbelievable to most people that there in the frozen wastes lies a great city, comfortably warm, full of scientific marvels from some great, hitherto unknown civilization of the past. Nevertheless they were convinced the information was true and cautiously released it a little at a time to the few they found understanding and receptive.
Hefferlin claims he designed a flyable, circle-winged plane before Frying Saucers became news in 19471 In fact, much of his material in the manuscripts, utterly fantastic in the 1940s, now seems worthy of consideration in 1960? Most UFOlogers have heard of the manuscripts or seen references to them in Saucer literature. Mrs. Hefferlin accuses Ray Palmer of misinterpreting them for his own purposes, as you will read an the introduction on the opposite page. Having reviewed a loan copy of the manuscript, how complete is not known, the Director of BSRA decided it was time the Associates had a chance to look over the material and form their conclusions.
In his book "Agharta" R.E. Bickhoff seems to have drawn liberally from Hefferlin without crediting the source. After reading this book in 1953, our former Director, Meade Layne, asked the head of the Inner Circle, Yada Di Shi-ite, if there was such a vast tunnel system under the earth. To Headers surprise the Yada confirmed its existence.
In "Isis Unveiled" H.P. Blavatsky writes:
"Spheres unknown below our feet; spheres still more unknown and more unexplored above us, between the two a handful of moles blind to God's great lights and deaf to whispers of the invisible world..."
The whole of the MS loaned to us contains some 160 pages of material, all of which we hope to release eventually. This first portion of 30 pages gives the description of Rainbow City. Other portions give the occult Instructions from the Book of Imri, the philosophy of Rani Khatani of the Ancient Three, a History of Mankind which includes a description of the eternal conflict with the Serpent Race, and reference to the King of the World. Hefferlin also describes his radical power plant, the GHYT motor.
The Hefferlins were operating one of San Francisco's trolleys in 1949; but we haven't found anyone who knows where they are at present. They seem to have disappeared from the face of the earth. Maybe they succeeded in fulfilling their wish, of being transported to Rainbow City via one of the Portals.
Who knows?
Introduction to THE HEFFERLIN MANUSCRIPT:
by Gladys Hefferlin
Notice to all of you who have read the Shaver Mystery by way of the stories and articles written by Richard S. Shaver. Our material has no connection with the Shaver Mystery. In our correspondence with Mr. Raymond A, Palmer, editor of the Amazing Stories Magazine, we requested him to keep our material separate from the Shaver Mystery and not to use it in connection with the Mystery, Mr. Palmer ignored our request and has deliberately distorted our statements for his own purpose, thereby misleading the readers of Amazing Stories Magazine.
This group or organization of which we speak has no name. It is not a Lodge or Mystery School or anything of that sort. No one can buy his way into Rainbow City. We ourselves, who are the North American spokesmen, cannot enter Rainbow City at this time. Therefore we cannot promise entry to anyone else. We are not the ones who decide who shall go to Rainbow City and who shall not.
The Leaders, "The Ancient Three", Who Were, Who Are, Who Will Be, decide all those matters. The two thousand people who are down there now, wore picked by the Leaders because of their peculiar abilities now, and the fact that they are re-incarnations of ancient ones who lived and worked there when Rainbow City was founded. The ancient "memory" pools are awakened and they have much knowledge innate within them to help in the work now being done there.
There is not enough room in Rainbow City for all of the so called worthy people of the world, much less for all of humanity. Who is to say which ones are worthy and which unworthy? And if the icecaps of Antarctica were melted to release the six other cities from the ice to make more room, the melted ice as water flowing into the oceans, would wreak more havoc than the atom bomb.
The Leaders are the modern reincarnations of the young Leaders who led the first migration of mankind from Mars to Earth. They, in those days, were known as "The Ancient Three - Who were, Who are, Who will he, Always." When mankind reaches a very critical period in its history, these three are born again to lead mankind in the proper path and give them another chance. These Leaders are right now guiding the destinies of three-quarters of the population of the world, and three-quarters of the land mass. All of Asia, the islands of the seas, all of the natives of Africa, all of the Latin American States, and the Negroes, Red Indians and Eskimos of North America accept their leadership and guidance.
The Occident, the White Race, is hearing about this now for the first time. For the purpose of this group is to bring about the Brotherhood of Man on Earth, and to abolish all wars. And to do this, it was necessary to give the exploited, the oppressed and the enslaved people of the world the first opportunity to make their move for freedom.
The means by which this material has been gathered is a form of telepathy, called by us "Controlled Mental Communication". Before you say it is silly, stop to think of the work of Alexis Carrel, of Dr. Rhine of Duke University and other scientists. Then think of the many chairs of Mental Telepathy established in the Department of Psychology in the largest universities in the United States.
Therefore it cannot be silly.
THE FIRST CONTACT:
In 1927 in San Francisco we met a man who became a very great friend of ours. In his moving around, in our moving around, we lost touch with each other. Both regretted the lost contact. In February, 1935 when we were in Elwood, Indiana we learned that our friend, Emery, was in New York in radio circles. We immediately got in touch with him and he was very glad of it. We started to develop this system we call Controlled Mental "Communication. He helped us in every way. Mrs. Hefferlin was the one who established the mental 'link.'
Emery came to Elwood several times during the process, to check for accuracy. It was accurate. He had occasion to go to several places in the United States. Each time Would transmit information and then check with us. When it was found that the system of telepathy was accurate he went to other places in the world, transmitting much information which has nothing to do with the question now in hand. However, confirmation of that information was always forthcoming by way of Newspapers and radio, anywhere from two days later to five years later . We had such a mass of confirmatory evidence by that medium that it became monotonous putting it down. We cannot doubt the information given us now, no matter how fantastic it seems.
Our communication is as fast as ordinary, open conversation. Mrs. Hefferlin receives the information telepathically and transmits by spoken word to Mr. Hefferlin. Both speak aloud to answer Emery. Our friend can hear spoken conversation, and can see anything that is held up before the "channel" as we call the medium which is used. He hears all that is said if one speaks loudly enough, It is not necessary to shout only to speak clearly. Street noises from here go through to him. There is no mystery about this channel, only a definite use of vibrational focus. No need of mystic actions or trance. or incense., or mirrors, or candles? but the simple use of a picture.
This channel was opened in the spring of 1935, more than 12 years ago. Emery and some others, working under orders, discovered Rainbow City in the fall of 1942 around Thanksgiving time. So you see, in the interval of over 7 years we had plenty of time to check all angles of our communication channel. So, no matter how fantastic the information is, we have every reason to accept it as true; no reason to believe it false.
We have sufficient proof for ourselves but no concrete, material proof that can be held in the hand and passed from person to person. Therefore we warn each reader to take this information with a grain of salt, and examine the material for himself. We are not putting it forth as indisputable fact that must be accepted just because we say so. But each reader must let his own reason and logic speak to him, and he is free to accept or reject it as he sees fit.
It is immaterial to us which one he does.
THE GHYT MOTOR:
In 1940 we gave to our friend Emery the designs and information of Ghyt Motor No. 1, burn water for fuel; Circle Winged Plan, and the instruments sketched in the article "Power"! All articles were printed in the Amazing Stories Magazine for September, 1946.
Emery turned them over to the Ancient Three, eventually.
We ourselves could do nothing with them for we had no money to develop them, but Emery ran out of money in caring for the first "Circle Winged Plane" which was built, and the Space Ship. Finally he appealed to his personal friend the Grand Lama, head of the Temple in the Valley of Harmonious Peace, in Tibet which we call "Shangri-La." The Grand Lama opened the valley for Emery. From there they went into the hands of the Ancient Three.
Since then, 350 of the "Circle Winged Planes" have been built. They are powered by a motor called Ghyt No. 2, because they are a combination of Ghyt No. 1 plus the principle described in "Burn Water For Fuel". The so-called Flying Saucers were a group of these ships. On a mapping expedition to discover the types of terrain in which the ends or mouths of the tunnels opened, as described in the article "Man No. 4 Tunnels".
In the summer of 1946, by action of the Ancient Three, the atomic laboratory of the Russians was blown up. That laboratory was not outside of Moscow, as the "Glacier Priest" said in June, 1947, it was in the northeast tip of Siberia and much too close to Alaska. Therefore, the orders were sent out to destroy it, and the orders were obeyed.
There are only a chosen few who are operators of the Portals (see "Man No. 3 Portals") of which Emery is one.
The three Leaders themselves grew up is the world, and learned what the world could teach. They had to unlearn much that was taught them, but who doesn't in the course of a lifetime? Outside of Three or lour babes who have been born in "Rainbow City in the last four and one half years, everyone down there was born in the world in the last 70 odd years.
No one is a freak of any sort.
THE TEMPLEs:
There are seven Temples in the world, all linked together by what we call Thought Machines". The Thought Machines are large crystals which "transmit thoughts and mental pictures." These temples are ideated in Tibet, that master Temple, in India, Iran, Turkey, Egypt, Morocco, and the high Andes of South America. The master thought Machine is in the Temple in Tibet. But gathered at those temples are Representatives of all of the peoples of Asia including the natives of Siberia, but not "any Russians."
All of the natives of Africa, but not any Butch, or English, or Belgians, etc.
All of the peoples of the islands of the seas. The Latin American States, the Negroes, the Red Indians - and the Eskimos of North America receive their orders from the South American Temple.
In 1936 the Ancient Three began to take over in the East. Though prior to that time they "were feeling out in Hungary, and to a certain extent in Poland" and Finland. By the action of the Ancient Three keeping Hungary "from aligning herself with Britain and France on the one "hand, because they were much too weak if trouble" started and keeping her from aligning herself with Italy and Germany on the other hand, because they were rotten to the core, the Ancient Three delayed the starting of the European War by two years (The war which started in 1939.) In 1938 India owed England a debt of over $300 million. India was ordered to industrialist, so that she could gain her economic independence.
She "was told that her political independence would follow as a matter "of course. without bloodshed in getting it, India industrialized. In 1945 she had paid off her debt to England, and had England owing India to the tune of more than $3 billions. India gained her political "independence" was promised. But England saw to it that India was divided, which brought on Civil War. It was against the orders of the Ancient Three. So India will have to work it out for herself.
Turkey was ordered to stay "out of the war," no matter how much pressure was brought to bear on her from any direction, She obeyed Orders and she did riot suffer blasting during the war. America herself finally admitted that it was a good thing Turkey Stayed out of the wax. It worked out better for America Egypt was ordered not to draw a single man up for military service, even when the "enemy was within her gates." The British and the Americans called the Egyptians "sniveling cowards". But they were not.
It took the grandest kind of faith in the Ancient Three, for the Egyptians to obey blindly, with every evidence against obeying. But they were saved as every one know so Rommel was driving tip blow up the Suez Canal and push on into the Holy Land. When he would have reached that point, the German army massed on the borders of Turkey, would have moved into Turkey and taken the Dardanelles. Then the two armies would have joined forces and they would "have driven into the oil fields of Iraq, Iran and the Russian Caucasus, thereby outflanking the Russians and Stalingrad . , What caused Rommel " to run, thus upsetting that little plot and keeping the Germans from getting the oil that would have won the war for Germany?
It was not Montgomery. He was down in Southeast Egypt with only a token force. He could not even keep in sight of the dust of the famed Afrikan Corps. The Germans ran so fast that they dumped Italians all over the desert, and the Italians had to walk many weary miles before they could find any one to whom to surrender. The Ancient Three stepped in there and caused Rommel to run. They laid down the law to Rommel, and scared him so much that he dared not take another step into Egypt.
By the action of the Ancient Three they broke the back of the German war effort and the Allies won.
What stopped the Japanese at the gates of Australia? They had moved down the islands and were practically on the door step of Australia. The Australian Army was "away from home fighting Britain's battles elsewhere. Britain could not get Australians army home fast enough. America could not get men and material to Australia. Most of the American Pacific Fleet was on the floor of the Pacific Ocean at Pearl Harbor. The Atlantic Fleet was fighting Britain's battles in the Atlantic.
The few ships that were in the Pacific could not hold the war themselves, nor save Australia from invasion. The Allies needed a base desperately in the Pacific and Australia was the only base left. If the Japanese captured Australia, America would be fighting the Japs in the Rocky Mountains of North America. The Ancient Three knew that so they stepped in and stopped the Japs in their own way. Australia was safe until men and supplies could be gotten there. From then on it was up to America.
All of you know now, the strange right-about-face of the Japanese. How docile and obedient they have become under General MacArthur. How the people of Japan are working for peace and want to be a part of that peace. Again the Ancient Three Stepped in, in their own peculiar way, and warned the Japanese people that they had hopelessly condemned themselves by their previous actions and blood lust.
The Japanese could only Redeem themselves by the long hard climb upward of obedience, co-operation and the will to show the world they were willing to suffer the necessary steps to gain back nationhood. And they were also told that the Ancient Three were with the man who would become the conqueror of the Japanese. And only by obedience, co-operation and work could they redeem themselves back to a place under the Ancient Three. You have seen how the Japanese have obeyed that dictum.
And now you know why they have boldly announced that they would take order, from General MacArthur and no one else.
WORLD FEDERATION:
Syria and Lebanon gained their independence by action of the Ancient Three. The Arabian States united into a federation by act of the Ancient Three. And the strength of the federation as a unit is greater than the combined strength of the individual states. They organized according to the pattern of the United States which is the pattern that all the world will follow when the time is ripe. That is, the pattern of government among the States of the World, There are many necessary changes to be made in all departments of living before the Perfect Plan is established.
The pattern in the United States is: the forty-eight states are forty-eight individual nations combined into one federation. Each state has it's own laws, traditions and history. Those things are sacred to each state. But each of those forty-eight states co-operates" with all the rest of the states on vital issues. There are no tariff walls between the states.
There are no import or export duties to pay between the states. Trade flows freely in every direction. No passports are needed for the citizens of one state to move into another state. The citizen of another state is treated like one of the local citizens, when he is in any one of the forty-eight states. There is a single unit of currency among all states. It has the same unit of value from Seattle to Miami, from Bangor, Maine to San Diego.
There are no exchange premiums to pay between the states for changing coin from the currency of the state to the currency of another state. "Each person in the United States is paid for his services in equal proportion to any one else in the United States" for the same or similar services.
There are no extra-territorial rights imposed by one state upon another state, as has been done by the European nations and America to the nations of Asia and Africa and they would try to do to South America and other Latin American states. And all of the forty-eight states of the United States follow the same foreign policy.
That is the pattern of the Arabian League also, and that will be the pattern of all the world eventually. Each country, people, nation must earn its independence from the European Empire nations. Only in that way can these people know freedom, understand it, and work to retain it when it is theirs. If it were handed to them on a silver platter they would not know what to do with it, and would lose it again. Therefore, they must earn their own freedom and help others to earn theirs.
Then, the Fatherhood of God, the Motherhood of Nature - which is part of God - and the Brotherhood of Man can be established on the face of the earth; and all people shall have equal opportunity of achievement of expression, of access to the beauty of the earth, equal access to the resources and materials to make their lives better.
No nation will exploit another nation^ put burdensome taxes on them, nor enslave them in any way. And war will be abolished; for all people will have room in which to live, food to feed their starving bodies, arid will be paid in proportion to their services to all — no matter if the person be a Negro, an Indian, a South Sea Islander or a White Man.
For this the Ancient Three are working. And for this, we here in Livingston, Montana are contributing our little bit in the only way that we can at this time.
So, take it or leave it. It is immaterial to us. We know the goal, and are working toward it.
HORIZONS UNLIMITED:
by W. C. Hefferlin
"The thing that hath been, it is that which shall be; and that which is done is that which shall be done, and there is no new thing tinder the sun."
Ecclesiastes, Chap 1:9
The dream of all mankind as a child and often when grown, when gazing into the heavens, has been to explore the far reaches of space and the stars, some day. That day is now at hand, and our children will soon know that great feeling of expansion as well as the fact that we as individuals, and our planet earth, are but a tiny spark of cosmic dust in all of creation,, Have you looked at the Moon with a prospective eye since the Radar experiment? If not, do so now; for the' time comes soon when perhaps your children, if not yourself, may stake a claim there.
Space flight was our dream of almost forty years ago, and the beginning of a search that has since led through mythology, history, physics, chemistry, mechanics and what have you. The search for power, speed, control, has been long and rarely fruitful those many years. But now horizons, horizons unlimited, and the expansion of knowledge is a deep and sincere driving force that keeps one going.
A baby or a small child reaches for the bright and shining object before it, and we too having seen the Moon and the shining stars, even as a child does, have reached for the path aria the way toward achievement. Once long ago we sat high up on the side of a mountain here in the Rocky Mountains and looked across a broad and long valley, one thousand feet below us, and day dreamed how it would be to sweep out from where we sat, out over the valley in a long arc toward the horizon above the mountain peaks ahead, and up, up, ever up into the blue sky, faster and faster, and ever faster, until we might speed with the speed of light through space.
No, not yet have we, the writer, personally taken off into space; but we did design parts of the machine that was built five years ago; and it has since made two trips out into space, once accidentally, and recently a planned trip carrying equipment and scientists. Yes, far enough out into space that the earth was the size of a marble and the moon the size of a small pea, and all space a purple glare with the earth and moon as dark spots.
Cosmic radiations were found to be much stronger in space, but there were other radiations observed that as yet cannot be classified; and new instruments of recording and qualifying methods of analysis must be developed before the next trip. A strange distortion shows up in watches, clocks and chronometers using a gear train assembly, just as if the gears had slipped. Also, the sun's appearance seems to be of an electronic nature in place of a gaseous consumption.
Distortion as seen from the earth is evidently due to refraction factors of our local atmosphere. Cosmic radiation effect on the human body, as well as animals, birds and insects, was found to be not detrimental but rather of benefit as a source of evolutionary development. Contrary to fiction writer's ideas, there is no outward change in appearance.
The period of change in the human's case took about three years. On animals birds and insects, a much shorter time, depending in proportion to their normal life Span. Second and third generations in the animals, etc., showed no change beyond the parent's development.
Any and all changes appear to be for the betterment of those concerned, increasing the mental activity and ability of perceptions, a greater reasoning capacity, and in the case of the human, corrections on any weak organs. The human during the period of change has violent headaches, goes partially blind and deaf at times, and seems at times to be thoroughly wretched. But after the period is over he sees with a wider range of perception and hears with a wider tonal register. All weak spots are toned up to top performance.
These observations were made by one doctor and several accredited scientists studying the results in the case history of the human. Much has been written on the subject of cosmic radiation, fictionally und professionally, and great concern has been as to the effects. What the resulting effects might be under prolonged exposure was naturally open to question. But judging from the observed results it certainty looks as though this atmospheric blanket surrounding the earth retards and slows down evolutionary progression. After all, we all are constantly bathed by this radiation in a slightly reduced degree all our lives, so why be afraid?
Fear, the most potent weapon and humanity's worst disease, rules our lives beyond all reason. Just because we are slow to learn, or lazy enough mentally not to open our eyes and ears and mind, we don't know the answers of cause and effect. Therefore if it is beyond our immediate vicinity or experience, we shun it as something accursed. Ignorance breeds fear in the thinking human mind and thanks to our training from the cradle up^ fear is taught and instilled into our minds daily by our parents and all those we come in contact or associate with. If we cant explain something rationally to ourselves and our children, we then form a great number of "do not or else", alibis to build a fence around us to protect us from evil.
The mind controls the body and as we think, so it is reflected through our structure and all of its organs, glands, etc. In fact if someone had placed a modern radio on your table fifty years ago and it started to talk and sing, just how fast would you have left that vicinity; and would you have been superstitious, afraid? We feel that the truths should be given to the world as we find them, without the usual sugar coating. After all, ignorance is not bliss, but it breeds fear and fear breeds disaster. Look around you and there you will find the basis for all war. When man has something more than his own backyard as a horizon, he must go afield and strive to reach that horizon.
We now give you the sky, heavens and all of space as a real goal to reach for.
Will you do it?
THE SPACE SHIP:
This space ship we mentioned in the earlier part of this article is not some illustrating artist's dream, but a very practical and efficient job, designed for speed-arid maneuverability. Its top speed is entirely theoretical, a possible 186,000 miles per second, actual speed in space unknown as yet.
Three separate walls are incorporated in the body construction each separated from the other by many inches of insulation and self-healing material in case of puncture. The door opening is similar to shoulder-step design as found on a large safe door. At intervals along the aides are vision ports as on a boat, also along the bottom and top. The control cabin is in the front and has vision front, sides, top and bottom.
The body and fuselage of the ship are about 135 feet long and about 35 feet in diameter, with a wing span 100 feet in diameter. The outside appearance differs little from the circle-winged plane described in an earlier article, except that protuberances like warts are along the bottom of the body, along the sides and the top, with such warts also at front and back ends. Compared to the regular circle-winged plane's sleek looks, these protuberances give the body of the plane a warty looking appearance. They are not there for beauty but definitely for utility and work.
These protuberances house or contain different types of the machine No. 3 briefly described in another article under the heading, Power. Part of them are used for propulsion and the other ones contain the shattering or disintegrating type of No. 3 units. These arranged for propulsion drive are sort of bowl-shaped and are stationary mounted.
These give the re-active push electronically in a sort of flood-light pattern. The other No, 3 units are rotative blister mounted for aiming purposes and are of the tubular core-construction which, when activated, produce a tight-spinning, hard beam of electronic energy projection capable of great destruction and with a destroying range of thousands of miles. Either type of No, 3 unit is powered by electrical energy furnished by the power plant inside the body of the space ships.
The power plants are electrical D.C. current generators that charge a series of high capacity batteries, and the current as fed to any of the No. 3 units is interrupted to give the proper frequency impulse desired. These power plants are a part of the GHYT No. 2 motors, which are constructed in part in the manner of GHYT No. 1 motors (see article on GHYT Motor No. 1). on the lover half. In the upper half they are completely valveless and incorporate a system utilizing the principles as mentioned in the "Burn Water For Fuel" article. By this means we have a power system that requires no refueling and weight factors remain constant, gravity and acceleration permitting.
Odd shaped propellers are between the ship's sides and the inner edge of the wings. These are driven by electric motors if and when used. The appearance of these propellers might be likened to the windmills of Holland, a high-thrust design. The ship has living quarters and a self-contained air conditioning system and its own air supply. It is also equipped with radio transmitters and receivers and a Public Address system, with horns mounted on the outside of the ship.
A control panel is also a part of the equipment in the pilot's section and from here the No. 3 drive or pusher units are arranged to function, either separately or as a group. The No. 3 lifter units are arranged along the bottom of the body of the ship, the No. 3 down pushers on the top of the body, also the steering and propulsion No. 3 at the rear of the body.
In the nose of the ship are No, 3 pushers for steering and braking action, all rigged through a master control and also a pilot control, automatic. By this arrangement of the pushing power units it is possible to lock in space the position of the ship at any time or hover above the ground in a stationary position. The tube or weapon type No. 3 units are for removing any obstruction desired, or for battle use, and are individually controlled by their own control panels. This one ship cold, if desired, wipe out of the air the combined forces of the entire earth, and all navies from the seas, as such war equipment is now designed.
Here too is one answer to the fear of atomic bombs and rocket projectiles.
Radar finders established at designated sections controlling No. 3 units ground mounted will destroy bomb carrier or rocket bombs at point of interception, regardless of altitude, numbers or speed. It is very doubtful that any shell, bullet or rocket could approach this ship due to the pushing away action of the No. 3 units, even when the ship is Stationary in the air« Several years ago during wartime a trip was made over the northern hemisphere of earth from Colorado to a valley in Tibet and the No, 3 units were used to hurry the trip along.
The landing field lights were on in Tibet, waiting for the ship to land. But the speed was so great that they missed the light beams the first t.ip around the earth and had to slow down to even See a slight streak of light the second time. By the third time around they had slowed down enough to see the lights and land at the air field. Flight elevation was stratospheric and the total time elapse was five hours.
Do you still want to ride to the stars? Then all aboard.
The above space ship was a derivative of an atmospheric flight ship as described in the article "Circle-Winged Plane" and the ship is now based in far of Tibet, back from four years exploration of the Antarctic Continent by our scientists.
They, living in a great city made from rainbow-colored plastics, the only accessible city, one of seven, six of which are now covered by ice ten thousand feet deep.
THE ANCIENT CIVILIZATION:
Studying the cultural evidence of an ancient civilization they found it by the records to be over 2 million years old? A City using plastics for paving, building and clothing. Controlled static electricity for light and heat., and city power, and to run the great trains that are waiting in the underground terminal yards and station below this "Rainbow City."
There are maps shoving the vast, over 100 feet in diameter, dual train-tunnel system below ground and seas throughout the world, location of system terminals and all side lines and tunnel ends. Farm machinery is powered by a radium-like substance contained in small boxes. Personal flying suits are powered by this substance.
Duplicating machines produce, by rearrangement of the atomic structure, any number of copies equal to the original. There is evidence that there are over two hundred elements of matter, with the laws of combination and usage. "Portals" are a means or entering or traveling between places thousands of miles distant; these are used also for tracing back through the past, all done by space warpage. These Portals are mentally or manually controlled.
Here are machines to teach mentally the language and type for writing. Great libraries and museums are filled with all the knowledge and wisdom and machines of this ancient race, left here by the first humans to be on this earth, and evidence from whence they came. They, our remote ancestors!
And all of this is our heritage when once we learn to live the true Brotherhood of all Creation, "Ye shall know the truth and the truth shall make you free." Can it be that these cities are referred to in the Holy Bible?
"The cities of the south shall be shut up and none shall open them, Judah shall be carried away captive. all of it, it shall wholly be carried away captive.."
Jeremiah 13:19,
Whom among today may say for sure that this be false. When again, as justification for the reopening of the cities, we can quote from the Holy Bible:
"But the Lord liveth that brought up the children of Israel from the land of the north, and from all the lands whither he had driven them; and I vill bring then again into their land that I gave unto their fathers."
Jeremiah 16:15
RAINBOW CITY:
"Is there anything whereof it maybe said, see, this is new?. It hath been already of old time, which was before us."
Ecclesiastes 1:10
"Behold ye among the heathen, and regard and wonder marvelously for I will work a work in your days which ye will not believe though it be told you."
Habakkuk 1:5
From the Temple and Libraries of a great city, one of seven built of plastics, here even now on this earth as it was over 2^ million years ago, does our information come. Six of these great cities are encased in eternal ice, and the seventh only is in open ground and protected and warmed by hot springs. Yet it is isolated as to ordinary approachable means by ice walls ten thousand feet high. The seventh city, called by us for want of a better name "Rainbow City", and the other six cities were built over 2½ million years ago on the only (then as now) stable continent or land mass on this earth, the Antarctic.
The valley surrounding the city is somewhat dumbbell shaped, with the city at the narrowest section, the valley spreading but at both ends, about ten miles wide at its narrowest and about 25 mile long from end to end, protected from stores and hidden in the southern winter by mists, and only open to the sun's rays by ice-wall reflection during the southern Antarctic summer.
The city is made of plastic, the streets are paved with plastic; and all buildings are so constructed that all colors of the rainbow are used. For color in those days seemed to have had a meaning. In the heart of this large surface is a great temple, center of the higher learning and a museum of the culture of this ancient civilization of ours, and its machines.
Below this city are five underground levels, part of the surface city, and the main terminals of a vast tunnel train system, with miles of yards, trains standing ready for the main lines, and maps of the old surface of the earth, showing where the great tunnels lead to.
From this Temple in this ancient yet futuristic city did we learn that the beginning of Mankind had been lost so long ago that only a very sketchy history has been forwarded at all.
And that, starts millions and even trillions of earth-measured years ago, and millions of light years away, far across galaxy after galaxy, solar system after solar system and planet to planet, a long chain of migrations and colonization by the human race, their rise and decline, cycle after cycle.
From across space to the fourth planet from this sun, known to us as the planet Mars, came the migration of Mankind to colonize; and upon this planet Mars rose again, a vast civilization of great wisdom and knowledge, with very wise leaders and councilors.
THE REPTILE THAT WALKS LIKE A MAN:
At some time during the migration periods across galaxies of space, the race of snakes or lizard-like species was encountered. From then on there was friction and war. Also of great knowledge and ability were they, this ancient Serpent Race, but far alien in thought and culture to Mankind's ways. For some reason not known now, there had always been between the humans and the snake people, competitive strife for the dominating position of control and power. Great wars were fought and slowly Mankind lost ground.
When it became apparent that the fourth planet would eventually no longer support !life for the human species the Great Ruler of the human races sent space ships and scientists, with his own son and daughter, and some of the Council of Elders, to the third planet now known to us as Earth. And here on what is now the Antarctic continent a great Colony was established, patterned after the homeland. This was the first of Mankind on this planet Earth.
Such was the beginning of the fabled "Golden Age" of antiquity, spoken of in the ancient mythology of all peoples on Earth today. These may be the original "Seven Cities" hinted at in story and folk-lore of all mankind. Here is the heritage of Mankind in all of its wondrous beauty, its greatest knowledge and wisdom stored, waiting for the time when "mankind" shall have arisen once again from his own-made mire, and shall have earned the right to stand before his heritage, the true Brotherhood of all Creation.
Here in books, talking books that impress the mind through the audio nerves the speech of long ago, are given the original commands and laws, that have come down to us today in very garbled form through mythology, folklore and religion. Proof that Mankind, by his own thoughts and acts, either justifies or condemns himself, that thought is father to the set.
Here waiting for it. all in this ancient land/is material evidence in form and usage, that there is nothing new on earth or in the heavens. Proof that history and life repeat themselves endlessly cycle after cycle; and that which we learn or design or invent today or in the future was and is in existence now, TODAY.
Here, too, is science in its fullest bloom of maturity, whereby the very building blocks and cement of creation are known and used as needed. Two hundred and five elements of matter are given, and the means by which they may be combined as desired. So called atomic fission and power were common enough that they were used to drive farm machinery, automobile-like three wheeled vehicles, space ships and individual flying suits.
New? No, it's there from over two million years ago, ready for use.
Rainbow City contains great libraries of books on all subjects, arid great laboratories with their own special libraries. All of these books are made of some metal known not to the world today, still untarnished these millions of years. The leaves are of a silvery metal, gray in color and thin, light weight and flexible. The characters and symbols of the ancient tongue are etched in.
The mathematics system is based upon the count of seven. In equations on all physical constants they use "seven over seven" instead of the modern "square root of minus one". On mental and spiritual constants, ten over seven is used. If we would examine our modern periodic table of the elements in the hand book of Chemistry and Physics, we would find the key to the system of count as used so long ago, for both are based on natural law. A circle is divided by 2. 4, 8, 16, etc, never into 12.
Plastics were used to build the walls, floors and roofs of houses, the stores and the Temple, also furniture, tables, beds, etc. The cloth made in those days and still there is woven of a plastic thread softer than the finest modern silks, lighter in weight, and all of this is fire proof. In fact, to wash the cloth or bed linen you place it over an open flame and burn the impurities away. Beautiful jewels of all colors are made of plastic so hard the surface of a diamond is cut and powdered as if it were ordinary glass.
Many plastic spheres of all colors and sizes are there for special purposes and are treated so as to retain their power and influence.
CHEMICAL FORMULA FOR A PLASTIC:
Macerate the vegetation to very fine particles and mix with water. Boil this mash at a very high heat, strain off the liquid and reboil this as a high heat. Skim off all scum and strain the liquid again. Reboil the liquid again at high heat and strain through a final filter. Now subject this remaining liquid for 24 hours to an electronic process conditioning, under a high vibratory or high frequency condition to rearrange the polarity of the molecules. The liquid is then ready for pouring and molding. After having been molded it is still soft enough to carve immediately. After that the plastic sets and becomes harder each succeeding day.
Machines are used for either heating or refrigerating their vicinity, by vibration. They now bathe their vicinity and above with cold vibrations. This undoubtedly makes the Antarctic colder than any other place on earth today. Tests were made by our group at the ice covered cities, of temperatures close to minus 150 deg. F.
The homes and all buildings are heated or cooled by hot or cold radiations from the walls and floors. The very color of the dwellings can be adjusted through a change in the color vibration control, and walls become opaque or transparent where and as desired by adjusting a switch in the walls.
Here is radio without static noise; radio that operates and some how impresses upon the audio centers of the mind, music or voice messages. The television operates differently from ours, inasmuch as the impulses seem to follow back to the source of our present day radio waves from the transmitting , and even into the studio at the microphone. The microphone seems to act as a pickup eye, and a view is given of any person or object in front of it. These radios are in all buildings and are powered from city power.
In the gardens are great shade trees and flowering plants, luxurious beyond belief, whose individual blooms often measure at least three feet in diameter. Very few insects are found here, with the exception of the butterflies, whose wing spread measures seven to eight feet across, and whose body would fill a large sized turkey platter. In fact, they are as large as fill sized eagles and are beautiful beyond words.
Fruit trees are smaller in size than the vast shade trees but they bear huge sized fruits. All in all, some of the fruits, though resembling the appearance of modern fruit, taste far different. One fruit colored and looking like a large apple tasted like a pear. A peach-like fruit has numerous seed pits and tastes like nothing else on earth. The same applies to berries, some that look similar to raspberries and blackberries.
Vegetable seeds were found in storage cupboards in one room of the Rainbow Temple. This room contained at one end a large glowing ball of radiant energy. This is believed to have preserved these seeds these millions of years. The vegetables, although different in appearance from our common varieties, served much the same purpose.
One large leaf type takes the place of lettuce, but grows into a head formation more like cabbage, Another green vegetable which even when ripe remains green, tastes similar to our present day tomatoes. Those of our group who were farmers or horticulturists in their youth and preferred this service, handle the working and harvesting of crops, using plows and other implements found there, powered by atomic or radio-active substance contained in a small metal box on the machine.
All conveniences and luxuries found in the city homes are also in the farm homes.
SHANGRI LA OF THE ANTARCTIC:
Radiation lamps and heaters furnish the valley with an almost even temperature and the necessary rays for health and growth. The mists that hang thinly over the valley during the long summer season are much thicker and heavier in the long Antarctic winters, thus helping to protect life there. In the middle of the winter the temperature is cool, about 65 degrees, in summer 75.
Here is truly a Garden of Eden, a home of the Gods!
All country roads are paved with plastic, as are all country buildings. Here also are the landing fields and hangars for housing the different types of flying machines, including a great ship for planet-to-planet travel. Travel from farm to city and vice versa is by three-wheeled conveyances somewhat similar to our cars and trucks. These vehicles are controlled by levers and push buttons, and are powered by the same type of radiant energy mass in metal boxes as the farm equipment. The tires on the wheels of these are made of plastic much like our present day balloon tires.
From the evidence as shown by the life-sized pictures and the sizes of beds, chairs. garments, etc., they, our original ancestors averaged around seven to eight feet tall. The original skin color of the race was a reddish-brown, eyes and hair somewhat the same. Only the pictures of the Ancient Rulers showed blue eyes. One of them had blue-black hair and the other two were blondes,, The akin of these rulers was much lighter in color, sort of a golden hue.
These three, two men and one woman, were the Rulers, and with them were the Council of Elders and Wise Men. The one dark-haired man was the fiancée of the blond woman. The blond man was brother to her. The two were children of the Ruler on Mars; the black-haired one was of the high nobility on that planet.
Foods and fruits were preserved in storage in such a manner of banning that when opened these millions of years later were as edible as when first preserved. It is quite evident by the careful preparations as found that this land and city were deliberately left for future generations of the human race; although it is doubtful that this was expected to be a million or so years later.
Yes, here in this almost magical land is the dream and home of enchantment, come true to all of us.
RAINBOW TEMPLE:
Tremendous in size and appearance are the wondrous temples of learning, each located in the heart of each of the seven cities of that fabulous ancient past, from the beginning of our Mankind on this planet earth.
The Rainbow City of the Antarctic continent lies almost due south of a point midway between south of India and the land mass of Australia. It's great Temple is in the center of the city.
The area of the base is in the form of a great square about two of our modern city blocks wide on any side.
To aid the reader in locating Rainbow City, according to Hefferlin's instructions above, we have chosen an angular view of the earth unfamiliar to most of us. This view is quite common, however, to those who approach the Antarctic continent - and its Saucer bases - from outer space!
We are almost directly above Australia, from which we have drawn a dotted line to the South Pole and we have put in another dotted line from the southernmost point of India to the South Pole.
Midway between these we placed the "X" to give the general location of Rainbow City. It was into this vastly unexplored area that Rear Admiral Byrd looked so wistfully in 1947 during his flight to the South Pole. Navy flights inland from the Indian Ocean along that bleak coast discovered open water, and called it Hunger's Oasis. More exploratory flights have been made since then.
Two years ago Russian explorers made a surface dash from the coast to the Pole in that area, were they looking for Rainbow City?
Who knows...
THE TEMPLE A PYRAMID:
There are five stories in the Temple proper and above that are fire stories mere in the pyramid-shaped structure topping the temple. Below the main floor are five underground levels in the Temple basement. The fifth floor of the Temple has apartments for the three Rulers, plus numerous apartments for Councilors and guests. In the door of each of the Ruler's and Councilor's apartments is a jewel of color designating the apartment's owner and rank or position.
Here on the fifth floor are great libraries and museums.
The libraries are so arranged that they are accessible to the laboratories above them in the pyramid, as well as to the Ruler's apartments, In the pyramid top are located completely equipped laboratories and facilities for research in chemistry. electricity and all other allied sciences, as well as an observatory for astronomy.
Below the fifth story, the second, third and fourth stories house museums of all types of machines for all sorts of purposes.
WORSHIP:
One quarter of the first floor is devoted to the room of worship. Although this room is highly carved and elaborately decorated it has only a simple altar at one end. The altar is a cube set into the floor, On its top are two sockets for candles, a bowl for incense, a sloping ledge for a book, and a flat ledge for offering.
In a room opposite the Room of Worship is the room of the Glowing Sphere that radiates out in all directions. The corridor leading to this room goes almost the full length of the room and here are cupboards that house the plant seeds. After turning the corridor corner one must go back the full length of the room to reach the Glowing Sphere.
The rear rooms of the first floor are devoted to hospital and medical research. It contains charts of the human system, showing the entire circulatory system, the nervous system, and all of the ducted and ductless glands, On the level immediately below are the dissecting rooms, with the necessary instruments for the study of the human body. It is here that the doctor-surgeon of our group spends much of his time studying the records and charts. He was once the court physician at the Palace in Budapest, Hungary and he finds great interest in this, his own department of research.
On the same level of the basement are the rooms containing the Power Control Tanks and the control panels for the distribution of power throughout the city. Now, here are the school rooms for the primary grades and the machines for opening the mental understanding of the written and spoken language. Elevators run through the five floors of the Temple, the five lower levels and to the third level of the pyramid. Host of the walls are elaborately decorated, whether carved or molded we do not know. But that plastic is now extremely hard and tough. All heat is radiated from floors, walls and ceilings.
There are no light fixtures, as light too is radiated from floors, walls and ceilings. A simple push on a button chooses the kind of light that is desired. In here there is no difference between night and day because one has the choice of choosing that particular light. This same light source seems to revitalize the air and to act as an air conditioner as well.
Draftless, shadowless peace and quiet is here for rest and relaxation, study or contemplation, thought or concentration
GLASS HOUSES:
By means of switches set in walls these walls become opaque, colored or clear as crystal glass, giving a view of outside, with one-way or two-way vision as desired. Here, too, even as found in the houses, the kitchens have vibratory type heaters and cookers. All refrigeration either box or cabinet type, as well as room cooling, is also vibratory in nature. There is no. fluctuation in temperatures in the refrigerators as compared with our modern day types.
Here, too, there are no locks on the doors, such as those with which we are familiar. The Ruler apartment doors are operated by a code word and pressing on a certain section of the door. The carpets, rugs, hangings, furniture, robes, bed covers are all of plastic. Cleaning them is very simple for there is a special container in each apartment similar to those in the houses in the city. These special containers have a vibratory flame activated by a push button. Throw anything into it and leave the flame on for a short time; shut the flame off and when the item is cooled take it out.
It is cleaned of all impurities by vibratory flame and sterilized; this is an ideal laundry system.
THE CITY:
On all sides of the Temple are avenues and all buildings in the vicinity are two-and-a-half stories high, then two stories high; and as one goes farther from the Temple, one story high.
Close in near the Temple there are buildings stocked full of all things, similar to our present day retail stores. Here in this city there are no apartment houses or tenements, no crowding, each house has a spacious lot for flower gardens and lawns. Each house, even as the Temple apartments, is completely furnished with everything that any of them may need, with the stores as additional supply as needed.
Some of the lower levels of the Temple have vegetable vats for the growing of produce by chemical means, and re-conversion laboratories, At another section of the Temple on the first level below, are the storage garages for the wheeled vehicles for those living in the Temple, Here too are shops for minor repairs,
All of the heavy industry of the city is carried on in the underground of five levels surrounding the Temple basement, below and extending for miles underground far beyond the reaches of the surface city. There are houses., stores and gardens, workshops of all types and kinds in these levels . Sunlight is simulated by special ray lamp lighting, and the air is fresh and pure even as found in the Temple. There are large parks and playgrounds for the children. Here too flowers grow blooms as large as those in the Temple gardens and here too the great butterflies float as on 'silent wings of night' from flower to flower.
The saying often referred to in history that there were giants in those days could well have applied here; for everything is of larger than to us normal size, as though the average man height in those days was about 75 feet tall. Within the corridor entrance to the ground level floor of the Temple, close to the back end, are three massive pillars supporting the ceiling at this spot. Almost directly behind these pillars and on the corridor's end wall, are pictures of three beings, two males, one on either side of a female figure.
These pictures seem to be of a human cast in face and figure, but still have a haunting reptilian touch as well, as if of a smooth blending of the two types.
SNAKES IN THE GLASS:
Immediately below this area on the first and second levels are rooms in a central position relative to the Temple basement, and below these rooms are the third and fourth levels of a section. This section from the first level to the fifth level inclusive was hermetically sealed off from the upper structure, as well as from the rest of the Temple basement levels.
In this upper room were found three humanoid serpentine bodies, in upright transparent containers and behind these, three more of the same type, evidently consorts of the other three. The first three were the originals of the three pictures above on the corridor's end wall. In the area of the second level immediately below this room, were found great numbers of similar humanoid serpentine bodies, and in the areas beneath this second level, the third and fourth, reposing on beds stacked in tiers four high, lay vast numbers of these same types of figures. In the fifth level were animals and vegetation.
This sealed up section contained a strange mist like gas, the purpose of which was to hold in suspended sleep of preservation all life this area contained. Through research efforts our scientists discovered that these humanoid serpentine bodies were reconstructed robot containers made from the flesh substance of the original bodies, which long ago had been serpent bodies with arms. The types of animals and vegetation held in suspended animation in this area were such as should ever seen on this planet, Earth. They don't belong!
In the human Ruler's apartments on the fifth level or floor above ground, well concealed in the wall of the living room of each compartment, is a small closet-like room. By a strange assortment of coils of• odd shapes and other strange appearing apparatus concealed in the walls, very strange and exceedingly interesting things occur. A television screen is at one end, and levers, a dial and green colored lens crystal are arranged at a control panel in one side wall.
By following the book of instructions as found in a concealed drawer at the control panel, the mechanism became operative, and here was the key to most of the research that followed.
"PORTAL ACTION":
This room, by some electronic means, could act as a television viewer of any place on earth, and above and below the surface. It can view the interior of anything desired, and using some form of a space-time warp can view the past. Future viewing was found to be impossible evidently because there are too many variant possibilities that may happen. Television viewing with soul included made the other important actions of these rooms possible. This we call for want of a better name, Portal Action.
When we say Portals we mean that in more ways than one. By some form of electronic vibrational manipulation this room can be caused to make contact, through a Portal door at one end of the room, with almost any place on earth! Yes, we mean that when the machine is directed to some place as viewed on the screen, and a lever is thrown into position, the end or Portal door can be opened and you can step out in that locality.
Mythology, folklore and religion seem to give some hints to substantiate these Portals, and we must consider that mythology, folklore and religion are but a resume of the past.
Here is one example:
"Vulcan made for the Gods the golden shoes with which they trod the air or the water, and moved from place to place with the speed of the wind, or even thought."
This item is quoted from Page 4, Bullfinche's Mythology, by Grosset and Bunlap.
Well, what do you think?
MORE ON THE PORTALS:
The apartments of the three Rulers, in Rainbow Temple, are of different color and each is exclusive of the other, but inter-connected by doors. One apartment is furnished in blue, another in green and the third in red; each is the private color identification of it's owner. The closet-like Portal rooms are about six feet by ten in size and are neutral in color.
One side of the wall of the closet room is a dial set in the face of a control board; above there is a green colored crystal lens. In the end wall is the television screen. Beside travel the other use of the Portal was for research into the past. Not as a time-traveler in a material way but only as a means of seeing and hearing at any time into any point or interval of time of the ancient past. In this phase it is impossible to use the second door, as only the audio and vision side works.
The purpose of the crystal lens is for establishing mental control and direction of the Portal by concentrating one's gaze into it and holding the mental vision in your mind of the place you desire to go. The dial and some lever switches on the control panel below the crystal lens are for adjusting the power and position of the image on the view finding screen and controlling the Portal action.
One lever locks the Portal at any place under view, and another lever allows the second door of the room to be opened. Upon stepping through this doorway when opened, you find yourself actually at the place on view in the screen. Fantastic? Yes, but true in this time period.
An experienced operator of the Portals can pick up a man or an object in Chicago and another in London, and deposit them in Tokyo or any other place in the world in a few minutes.
There seem to be only a few things that will prevent or stop Portal penetration at this time.
KILROY WAS HERS, TOO:
One of our operators in the group was an ex-pilot of the early-Chinese-Burma-India theater of World War II named Kilroy, a red headed Irishman with a puckish sense of humor. He is believed by us to know something about the "Kilroy was here" storied in the Saturday Evening Post.
As to that part of it all we can say is that our Kilroy had the method and means of travel at his command in the Portals, but only time will tell for sure. We personally suspect he knew more than he cared to admit and if "chickens come home to roost" they will sit on his head.
We used the Portals to transport material and men from and to many places on earth. These same Portals will reach out through local space to the moon, but not much farther at present.
LIFE ON THE MOON:
What life remains on the moon is a very decadent and dwarfed, degenerate human type, because of lack of air. They are confined to caves and underground caverns, and that part of the old cities underground still usable. Very little exploration was done on the moon and that was confined to a cavern with a temple area and altar at one end.
The remains of the human race there still await the return of the old rulers. Compared to almost any standard of living here now on earth they are really in a pitiable state of existence. Machines are there but dead from lack of the proper power.
This seems to have been a radioactive substance similar to radium.
STILL MORE ON THE PORTALS:
The Portals have been in almost steady use for most of the time our group has been in the Antarctic. A great deal of shuttle service was to our base in the Himalayas we call it Shangri La Valley. When Hungary was taken over by the Germans the then Regent of Hungary and his family were moved to Shangri La and then to the Antarctic Rainbow City by one of the Portals.
Early in World War II the scientists of Hungary who had developed the Invisibility Ray as pictured in Life Magazine, also a Paralysis Ray, joined our group by plane to Shangri La. Later, they, with their families, were moved by Portal to Rainbow City. There are seven full-fledged scientists and twelve assistants and all of their equipment that was movable, now in Rainbow City. Sixty—five of our group are men the rest are women, children and servants; all told there are one hundred. Thirty-nine of the group are American ex-pilots of the China-Burma-India theater before the United States entered the war. Two of the Americans are veterans of World War I and belonged to the old "Glory-makers", the famous Thirty-Ninth.
The rumored Japanese tunnel to Korea was started by captured slave-labors but it was checked and blown up by use of the Portals with a form of atom bomb developed by the scientists. The bomb size is about the diameter of a grape fruit and weight about five pounds, and will pulverize an area of about five city blocks. The Portal's open door is not visible to anyone outside unless he knows what to look for. Then it shows up as a very faint blue shimmering outline, but if touched on the edge of the outline it is as solid feeling as any door sill.
A person on the inside of the Portal can reach through the open doorway with his hand and only the part on the outside shows. In other words, the hand would appear out of thin air, to the vision of anyone on the outside of the Portal. Closing of the second door and opening of the first door (into the apartment) causes the Portal to return to Antarctica to it's original position. Both doors must be closed before any Portal operation is possible.
These Portal rooms will hold about seven people at a time.
ALADDIN'S LAMP:
There are numerous crystal spheres tuned to each Portal. By resting a crystal sphere in one's hand and concentrating the gaze into the crystal and thinking strongly your wish, the Portal obeys your command and comes to you when you are away from and on the outside of the Portal.
The fable of Aladdin and his Lamp may have originally come from this source. The Portals might explain the ancient Irish myth of the boat with two eyes painted on the prow to see where it went, and it moved with the speed of thought. Also the Magic Carpet in Arabian folk lore might be explained by the Portals.
Perhaps, here too, is the reference to the Portals and the tunnels as quoted from the Egyptian Book of the Dead, Chap. 57:
"And drawing up my eyebrows I pierce through into every place that I desire,"
And in Chap.64:
"I fly up to heaven and I alight upon the earth; and mine eye turneth back there towards the traces of my footsteps."
These Book of the Dead quotes are from the "Library of Original Sources", Vol. I, University Research Extension Company.
THE GREEN GEM OF THE SOUTH:
In reference to the green lens control and the Portal we might again refer to the Egyptian Book of the Dead, Chap. 77:
"I raise myself up as the Golden Hawk, which cometh out from its egg; and I fly and I hover as a Hawk of four cubits across the back. My two wings are of the green gem of the south."
Then there is the "boat of Manaan which knew a man's thoughts and would travel whithersoever he would" quoted from Myths and Legends of the Celtic Race, page 113 by Rolleston.
From Myths and Legends, Hindus and Buddhists, by Coomaraswamy, page 111 we quote:
"Rama thought of the self-coursing car Pushpaka and it knew his mind and came to him straightaway. He searched the west and north and east and south."
Can we say, "No, these things are not true?" when all of mythology and legend speak either directly of or in parallel to these things? And even in the Holy Bible may be found strange references:
"In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaster of the wall of the King's palace; and the King saw that part that he wrote."
Daniel 5:5
This we do know from observations made via the Portals that LeMuria and Atlantis did exist and they did attain to great cultures and high civilizations before sinking beneath the ocean. Also at one time a continent existed south of India, between India and the northwestern coast of Australia. On this land was established the first colony from the Antarctic Continent civilization.
It was by the use of these Portals that part of the exploration of the great tunnel system that networks the entire globe was accomplished, including the vast yards full of trains and the main station terminal below Rainbow City. By the use of these Portals the many "sealing off" doors to the tunnels were found and opened, in preparation for train passage through on the lines we desired to operate.
It is quite evident that these Portals are operating under reduced power at present but our group expects to have them running at full strength soon. Then further exploration of space may be possible as well as increased penetration in other lines of research.
Consider how handy these Portals are for the research scientists who, upon discovering an ancient ruin or anything else of the past, may at will - almost with the speed of thought - examine its history from beginning to end.
THE TUNNELS:
The great underground city beneath the surface at Rainbow City is built and strengthened by an odd metal, the same as used in the construction of the railroad tunnels and terminals. This metal is made by a machine that takes the raw earth and rock and turns it, by some atomic manipulation, into a soft, plastic-like metal that slowly hardens. When this metal has finally set to its full hardness, an atomic cutting torch takes five hours to cut one and one half inches.
This underground city was used for manufacturing, food processing, and artificial growing, as well as storage space and living quarters for workers. It surrounds the great tunnel depot terminal and its vast yards are stored with great trains ready for use. Elevators and ramps are commonly used to all sections and levels. Light is furnished by some sort of "cold light" process which gives off beneficial rays of the sun. The air in the city as well as the tunnels seems to be revitalized from or by these same lamp sources.
At the fifth lower level of the underground city is the main depot and traffic office and dispatcher system that controls the entire network of train tunnels throughout the world. There is also a communication system for voice and vision to all trains and to all terminals and their branch lines. The tunnels of the main lines are always dual, one above the other, and operate on a one-way system of handling trains.
The tunnels are lined with the tough metal which supports and reinforces the underground city. Each tunnel has a diameter somewhat over one hundred feet. The trains arc about one hundred feet in diameter and each coach length is three and one half times its diameter, each engine two times its diameter.
When in operation the trains float free of all walls; when at rest they fit into grooved channels in the side walls.
FASTEST TRAINS IN THE WORLD:
The top speed of these trains is unknown to us at present, but our group of scientists tested them well above two thousand miles per hour. As to air resistance and pressure within the tunnels at this speed we do not at present know the answer, they are made of tough metal, the same as used is the tunnel linings,
At present only a few mainlines and their terminals and trunk lines and branches have been used by our associate's party. But according to the tunnel map routes these tunnels run deep underground and spread throughout the entire world, beneath the seas and land surfaces in all directions. Of the tunnels explored, one branch line ends in what is now a swamp in the heart of South America. Here, from the evidence of old ruins in the vicinity, was once a great sea port and thriving city of ancient times on an ancient seashore. According to the Maps of today, this is in the upper reaches of the present Amazon river in that mysterious district in which a number of explorers from the United States and other countries have gene into and from which they have not returned.
Another tunnel ends in a new-closed cave in the southwestern part of the United States in an Indian territory or reservation. Another branch line ends in northwestern Wyoming, due west of Sheridan and some two hundred feet or more up the side of a mountain. This tunnel seems to have been twisted and sheared off, leaving a distorted and pinched outlet. When we consider the great density and toughness of the metal lining the tunnels, a metal that even earthquakes and great land mass movements cannot break, we wonder what titanic force sheared and twisted the Sheridan tunnel end. When we have time we shall use the Portals to find the answer.
At tunnel ends and all terminals there are great doors that seal each tunnel, section by section, and all tunnels are empty. Only the terminal depots have any machinery in them, and these are for handling freight and fighting equipment.
Each terminal depot is a great storehouse of numerous levels deep for medical supplies, concentrated foods and food essences, and concentrates of what today might be called vitamins, a tablespoon measure of which will relieve all fatigue and need of nourishment, liquid or sleep for over twenty-four hours with modern man today. Here too are stored many fighting machines and quantities of small arms (personal equipment) for army uses. These are mostly atomic blaster types.
All of this perhaps stored over one or two million years ago, yet still in perfect condition.
THE EGYPTIAN BOOK OF THE DEAD AGAIN:
These terminals may be the far famed and often written of "Tunnels of the Earth" perhaps referred to in the Egyptian Book of the Dead:
"I am the offspring of yesterday; the tunnels of the earth have given me birth; and I am revealed at my appointed time."
Also:
"It is I who carry away thy might, that I may come and seize upon the tunnels of Ra."
Chapter 108.
All tunnels are lighted by a cold light system similar to that in the great underground city and the air vitalized in the same manner, terminals likewise. According to the comparisons of modern maps with the ancient ones, the tunnels are in a vast network underlying just about all nation today, and reaching many regions that today are inaccessible to modern man, referred to only in mythology, such as the sunken continent of Atlantis and the lost LeMuria of the Pacific ocean.
By the evidence of the Portals and the ancient maps, great civilizations did exist and an interchange of commerce linked them together through their common heritage with the Motherland, at the present south Polar continent. Star maps of the ancient days established a fair estimate of the time when all of this was in use.
ENTRANCES COVERED:
Most tunnel openings have long since been covered by land slides and shifts in earth structures and only a few at this time remain open to the outside world, some in Tibet, Siberia and Africa, as well as South America and North America. There are some entrances in the interior of certain remote islands.
One train alone can carry enough troops and their equipment, modern style, to completely make up a small army. These trains are five-decked inside and have a tremendous capacity of load and storage. Automatic equipment for safety, capable of handling emergency and normal usage at the tremendous speeds involved, is built into all trains and terminals. As we have said before these trains float free from all contacts with the walls by some means that we have not solved yet. The trains are entirely sealed when in operation and carry their own atmosphere.
The cold-light used in the trains evidently revitalizes and conditions the air in the trains in the same manner as is done in the underground city.
ACCESS TO SECRET TREASURE VIA TUNNEL:
By Portal examination we have found that the Inca's fabled hoard of wealth was concealed in a tunnel mouth-end in the Andes mountains. It still remains there, untouched by our party.
Why?.
Just consider yourself living in the midst of untold wealth (according to present worldly standards) with all wants of material necessities and substance at hand for use, of living amongst luxury as is not yet known in modern times, of being a part of this Eden, where the monetary unit called by us money, can buy nothing. This is a place where one finds a peace of mind and soul beyond and above the hurry-scurry of this, our present day so-called civilization.
To give one an idea of the size of the tunnel train terminals which handled local traffic out into the system, and from which many single branch lines stem from or pass through, the average length and width is about four miles. The depth from top to bottom is about three hundred feet. There are over ten levels for storage and for offices.
In these terminals were found three-wheeled vehicles for loading and unloading as well as passenger carrying, and ramps to accommodate them. Elevators reached all levels. There were official's offices with Portal machines as part of the equipment, file and record rooms to handle all the detailed traffic of commerce that at sometime must have moved through them. There were tremendous rooms for clerks and all of their necessary equipment and dispatcher's rooms with tremendous control boards to allow contact with the trails as well as other terminals.
The elevators made contact with the tops of these terminals which, by the evidence found at one time, were on the surface of the earth, Some now are buried deep by the shifting of land masses, In some localities on this earth it was found that these terminal top entrances were close to the earth's surface, and not many hundreds of feet of excavation of debris would be needed to free the entrances for usage.
It is here that a very strong question arises in our minds as well as yours: Why such an elaborate transportation system, so well designed and built to last for ages, should be in evidence; unless we should come to this conclusion, that at one time in the earth's (pre) historic past a very great and expanded civilization must have been spread all over the then earth's surface, possibly by colonization from the Motherland at the Antarctic continent, or possibly by a great mass transplanting of the human species from the planet now known to us as Mars.
Only time will tell the answers and believe us truly when we say that there seem to be millions of questions that need asking and solving.
PORTAL ANALYSIS OF THE DOLE FLIGHT TO HAWAII:
In the long ago history of mankind, during the time of the civilization of LeMuria, its scientists developed great machines to act as transmitters and receivers of metals and certain organic substances. These machines were used to transport these material substances between earth and the moon. Living organic matter was carried by Space Ships traversing the space between earth and moon.
Air is still to be found in the deep caverns of the moon and life still exists there . But the human race has long since degenerated from its original status to a condition beyond belief due to the fact that contact with the earth was broken off 21,000 years ago when LeMuria sank beneath the waves of the Pacific ocean. The descendants of humanity of the moon who lived and worked there traveled between moon and earth. Their mythology is colorfully alive with reference to fire spitting and fire breathing dragons... (Space Ships)
We have previously stated and we insist that mythology is but a garbled, distorted and mistranslated history of the ancient Mankind. Research will unfold a valuable addition to the understanding of today's human races; and as we remove the veil of mystery step by step, will reveal their common kinship and brotherhood.
We moderns have for too long smugly considered ourselves as superior in achievement and learning, and think that mythology is a mixture of superstitious belief and vague mysteries, to be interpreted in some far off manner as a thing apart from our everyday life. Yet we constantly cry to the very heavens for help to be rescued from the chaos of our own thoughts and acts. Mythology is a long pattern of humanity's achievements and mistakes, and the glory achieved by humanity when they follow the right path. It also gives the penalties for disobeying God's laws.
The great machine transmitters and receivers that once linked the moon-peoples with earth have long ago stopped working, with the exception of one transmitter on earth and one partially operative receiver on the moon.
The transmitter still working here on earth is situated on a submerged part of LeMuria; now the floor of the Pacific ocean on a line midway between San Francisco and the Hawaiian Islands, perhaps a little-north. This location we cannot at the present time positively identify, but it is this area that both surface vessels and airships avoid. How big it is we do not know, though it seems to quite large in area. Vessels entering its sphere of influence disappear and are never heard from again.
It was here that the historical "Dole Flight" was lost in 1927. The San Francisco "Examiner's" plane carried a radio signal generator powered by an air-driven generator which made known the speed of the plane. That and the radio operator's remarks before going into the silence are ample proof of something strange in this area, but it is no longer mysterious. That was history and may be found in detail in the back files of the San Francisco newspapers, especially the Examiner. The transmitting machine seemed to push, and at the same time disintegrate, any metal or organic substance above it, toward the moon. The receiver functioned as a collector of the beam and re-assembled into its original form the material sent.
They operated automatically.
On the moon near the partially functioning receiver are scattered bits of wreckage, amongst which are bits of planes, all that is left of the Dole flight.
The bodies of the humans are lost in space, possibly in an orbit circling the stars.
RAINBOW CITY AND THE HEFFERLIN MANUSCRIPT:
Commented by Branton
from TheConspiracyConnection Website
"The Masters took another guise in a new alternative-reality scenario which was first revealed to the public by Ray Palmer during the Shaver Mystery craze.
(Palmer was the one Shaver himself accused of ‘bending’ his stories to fit Palmer’s own pet occult and historical theories - Branton).
The September 1946 issue of AMAZING STORIES contained four short articles written by a W. C. Hefferlin. Each described a wonderful new invention which had come to the author, in Palmer’s words, ‘from Tibet by mental telepathy.’
One of them was a ‘circle-winged airplane’ which sounded like a cross between a conventional airplane, a donut, and a dinner plate. Another was the GHYT—for Gas HYdraulic Turbine—motor, which Hefferlin implied was decades ahead of the internal combustion engine without being too specific about how it worked; he fetchingly introduced it with the phrase ‘Speed, “Speed”, and more SPEED!’ Still another was a method for burning water for fuel by releasing its hydrogen and oxygen through electrolysis (unfortunately the electrolysis required the burning of some other fuel; Hefferlin neglected to mention this)
The final invention was a spiral power beam which today sounds vaguely like a laser, but just as vaguely like a science-fiction ray gun. It was described as if anyone with good mechanical sense could build it from Hefferlin’s ambiguous instructions, yet it was clear that he had never built the beam device itself. The article ended in a gaseous climax: ‘POWER! Blasting material destruction! Or, ‘building blocks’ for the expansion of all mankind!... It is yours, now. What are you going to do with it? Build or destroy? God help you!’
In the October 1946 AMAZING STORIES, Hefferlin claimed that he had invented a wonderful method to eliminate static from the radio, although he made some major factual errors—stating, for example, that lightning is ‘of direct current nature,’ when in fact it oscillates.
“Palmer was suspicious of Hefferlin’s claims. he hinted that although ‘there are many people who ‘say’ they are recipients of unusual information from Tibet,’ they might be unfortunates MISLED by the telaug whisperings of the dero. But whatever their origin, the Hefferlin’s article could not inspire much confidence in the reader who studied them carefully, and it appears that Palmer enjoyed having readers take potshots at Hefferlin.
One reader wrote that after reading Hefferlin’s article on static, he could only
‘heartily suggest that Mr. Hefferlin buy a good book on radio and electricity and learn a little about the subject before he writes any more articles.... I honestly cannot see how anyone with a high school education could read Mr. Hefferlin’s article without laughing.’
“Hefferlin had given a few specific directions for building the circle-winged plane or the GHYT motor or the POWER! beam, but in each of the articles he left out several essential details, and without them the instructions were useless. When a doctor wrote Palmer and pointed out it would be impossible to build the POWER! beam device with the information Hefferlin had supplied (‘Never in my life have I seen or heard of such a poor set of instructions’), Hefferlin replied in the next issue that ‘full construction information’ could not be placed in the hands ‘of the GENERAL public,’ and that ‘we must consider the seriousness of the International Situation.’
He also made the ambiguous statement that the articles were ‘but a brief schematic of the entertainment field pertaining to the Rainbow City, its contents, etc.’
What was ‘the Rainbow City’? Palmer tacked on the titillating line that Rainbow City, is the headquarters, a deserted city of... (the Elder Race) under the ice of the [[[South]]] Pole, where all the gadgets mentioned and thousands more are perfectly preserved for thousands of years.’
Palmer also suggested that Rainbow City be given a seat in the then-new United Nations, but with those teasers, Rainbow City and William C. Hefferlin disappeared from the pages of AMAZING.
“In 1947 and 1948, however, the Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, an alternative-reality group based in Vista, California, began issuing bits and pieces of a document called ‘The Hefferlin Manuscript,’ written by W.C. and his wife Gladys at their home in Livingston, Montana. In her introduction to the Manuscript, Gladys Hefferlin denied that their story had anything to do with the Shaver Mystery.
‘In our correspondence with Mr. Raymond A. Palmer,’ she began, ‘we requested him to keep our material separate from the Shaver Mystery.... Mr. Palmer ignored our request and has deliberately distorted our statements for his own purpose.’
Here in the Hefferlin Manuscript, she wrote, those distortions would be corrected and the real story would be told.
“In 1927, according to Gladys, the Hefferlins were a young, mystically-minded couple living in San Francisco, and there they met and became friendly with a man named Emery (The identity of ‘Emery’ was long a controversy in Borderland Sciences and Shaver Mystery circles. Many thought he was Emery Deutsch, one a well-known radio violinist; Deutsch denied it. - Kafton-Minkel) who shared their interest.
They soon moved and lost track of Emery until 1935; but while in Elwood, Indiana, the Hefferlins learned that Emery was in New York ‘in radio circles.’
They wrote to him and it wasn’t long before the three of them had begun working on a sort of psychic telephone they called ‘Controlled Mental Communication.’ Gladys Hefferlin acted as the ‘mental link’—a conscious medium—on the Elwood end, while Emery, who was a powerful psychic, sent and received messages in New York. ‘Our communication,’ Gladys wrote, ‘is as fast as ordinary, open conversation.’
She would receive Emery’s messages telepathically and speak them about to W.C. and if W.C. wanted to say anything to Emery, he merely had to speak it AT his wife. Emery ‘hears all that is said if one speaks loud enough. It is not necessary to shout—only to speak clearly. Street noises from here go through to him. There is no mystery about this channel, only a definite use of vibrational focus.’
“Soon after the three of them had established to their satisfaction that the telepathic messages were being accurately received on both ends, Emery began disappearing on mysterious errands around the United States and the rest of the world. Every so often he would send a psychic message to the Hefferlins to let them know where he was, but the reasons for his travels remained a mystery.
“At about the beginning of the Second World War, however, Emery revealed to them he had been ‘working under orders’ from a community of ‘Masters’ BENEATH Tibet. It had begun back in the early thirties, when W.C. had been experimenting with a few ideas that had ‘come to him’—the circle-winged plane, the POWER! beam, and so forth—on a small scale, but he had been unable to find a backer with the capital to allow construction of full-scale working models.
After being turned down by the U.S. Government, W.C. had sent a complete set of his plans to Emery to show to any potential backer he might encounter. While on vacation in the Far East, Emery somehow met and became friendly with,
‘the Grand Lama, head of the temple in the Valley of Harmonious Peace... which we call Shangri-La.’
Emery showed W.C.’s plans to the Grand Lama, who was so impressed he ushered Emery into the secret underground lodge of the mysterious Masters of Human Destiny, ‘the Ancient Three...’
(Note: The Hefferlins no doubt learned of this through the ‘telepathic’ link, although some might assume that it was all subconscious wishful thinking that the ‘Grand Lama’ of Tibet would personally praise his plans. Take note that all of this information since their last meeting with ‘Emery’ supposedly came through encephalographically focused brain-waves or telepathy.
It goes without saying that the chances of being deceived through such an uncertain form of ‘communication’, by ones own subconscious mind or by malevolent paraphysical impostors, is very high and the opportunities to PROVE such allegations are almost non-existent when compared with face to face communication and substantiation, and in fact many, many accounts allegedly given through psychic channels from ‘aliens’ have later PROVEN to be false. Because of this one must take the following with a grain of salt - Branton)
“The Ancient Three... immediately ordered construction of a fleet of 350 circle-winged planes, powered by GHYT motors burning water for fuel, and using POWER! beams weapons. (supposedly after the blueprint provided to ‘Emery’ by the Hefferlins - Branton).
Under the direction of the Three, work progressed rapidly, and when the fleet stood ready at last, an expedition was ordered to search the wastes of Antarctica for signs of Rainbow City... it was critical that the city be repopulated and brought to life if the cosmic plan was to be fulfilled. Every was assigned to the search, and he spent painstaking months flying over the Antarctic, looking for clues that none but the initiated could detect. But on Thanksgiving of 1942, Emery sent a joyful message to the Hefferlins.
Rainbow City had been found:
“The Hefferlins were understandably anxious to learn more about the Ancient Three, and little by little, in their psychic conversations with Emery, they heard the story of The Three and the concealed history of the human race. Countless millions of years ago, ‘Emery’ told them, humanity ruled an empire of planets stretching over A HUNDRED GALAXIES.
(Note: Even the most liberal theorist would suggest that an inter-GALACTIC ‘empire’ would not be very feasible, because of the enormous distances involved and the fact that the average galaxy already possesses well over 100 BILLION stars and would probably be more than enough space for such a supposed ‘empire’. Add to this the enormous difficulty of holding such an empire together without the individual ‘galaxies’ revolting, not to mention the fact that the human race itself can be genetically traced back to a single small group.
If the earth was ‘seeded’ by an already existing human race these genetic ‘lines’ would most likely end at various different points around the globe. Is it possible that ‘Emery’ was still communicating? Or, as in the case of Richard Shaver himself—when he was shut off from PHYSICAL contact with the ‘Teros’ he claimed to have encountered—could this ‘new’ information have been nothing more than paraphysical impostors stepping in with Draconian propaganda mixed with bits and pieces of truth designed to lead people astray in an attempt to CONFUSE the true history of human-reptilian conflict? - Branton)
“But at some point in their conquests, the ancient humans encountered the race which was to become their deadly enemy, the Snake People. The Snake People and the ancients battled for a thousand years, with the advantage passing first to one side, then to the other. But it became clear that the Snake People had won.
They chased the human race from planet to planet (and through the hundred or so galaxies which supposedly made up their empire? One might suppose that a human empire powerful enough to travel between galaxies would be able to defend themselves from such an enemy - Branton), scattering the remnants of the Human Empire to a few lonely, inconsequential worlds.
One of them was Mars, and the Red Planet was for hundreds of generations of the ancients a hospitable home. But as time passed the ancients realized Mars was dying—its oxygen and water were slowly dying.
“The Great Ruler of Mars sent a fleet of spaceships to earth... They settled in Antarctica and built seven great cities there, modeled after the cities on Mars; each had a distinctive color and was called the Green City or the Blue City or the Red City. But the greatest of all was Rainbow City, so named because it was constructed entirely of plastic of all colors of the rainbow... Under their guidance (of the Ancient Three) the colony flourished mightily.
“It was humanity’s golden age, but it was not to last forever. A great catastrophe, probably a surprise attack by the Snake People, struck the earth and tipped it over on its axis. As in Doreal’s history—but with the parties REVERSED—the people of Antarctica quickly found their paradise icy and uninhabitable.
The survivors of the disaster abandoned the great cities to settle in the wilds of the north, and after thousands of years of adversity they lost their technological knowledge. Memories of the glorious days of the ancients became myths and legends. But even after all that time the great cities of the Antarctic still existed, buried now under thousands of feet of ice.
(Walter Kafton-Minkel comments: “The circumstances surrounding the discovery of Rainbow City in the Hefferlins’ story are reminiscent of H.P. Lovecraft’s horror story ‘AT THE MOUNTAINS OF MADNESS’ [1963]. In the tale, a scientific expedition bored a hole into the Antarctic ice crust and discovers a tunnel filled with the well-preserved corpses of alien life forms. Nearer the South Pole, the expedition discovers a great deserted city hidden behind mountains higher than the Himalayas and finds carvings telling the story of a race of ‘Elder Things’ which settled at the Pole nearly a thousand million years ago... When the ‘great cold’ came, the Old Ones settled first in the oceans, and then traveled down to a sea in the interior of the earth.” - Branton)
“Rainbow City sat deserted for a million years. it alone of the seven cities was free of ice, for hot springs beneath the city kept it and the surrounding valley at room temperature. Encircled by walls of ice ten thousand feet high, Rainbow City has remained hidden from Antarctic explorers to this day—except for Emery and his band.
They occupied the city and found it consisted of six levels, one on the surface and five beneath it. Since the technology of the ancients was infinitely superior to our own, the city was found with all its incredible machinery running as well as it had when the city was built two and a half million years ago.
(Quite an accomplishment, although one might wonder just where the power for such machines could have come from during all that time, and IF humans were living on earth for the past two and a half million years why did no subsequent civilizations discover the ancient city in all that time? If the human race was descended from these supposed refugees from the stars who the Hefferlin’s claim came to earth two and a half MILLION years ago, then there must have been times in the past when the wandering poles would have alternatively made Antarctica tropical and frozen and therefore accessible to human exploration - Branton).
“Almost everything in Rainbow City was built of plastic. W.C. wrote that the roads leading into the city ‘are paved with plastic.’ The clothing Emery and his colleagues found hanging in the ancient closets ‘is woven of a plastic thread softer than the finest modern silks, lighter in weight, and... fire proof.’
All of their jewelry was of a plastic so hard ‘the surface of a diamond is cut and powdered as if it were ordinary glass.’ W.C. also wrote that Rainbow city is filled with gardens of ‘great shade trees and flowering plants, luxurious beyond belief, whose individual blooms often measure three feet in diameter.’ They are visited by enormous butterflies with wingspreads of seven or eight feet; their bodies would ‘fill a large sized turkey platter.... They are as large as full sized eagles and are beautiful beyond words.’
W.C. didn’t mention anything about the four- or five-foot caterpillars such butterflies imply, but perhaps the people of Rainbow City didn’t mind encountering huge, hungry larvae in their gardens (which had somehow maintained themselves for over 2 MILLION years - Branton) because they were larger themselves. Emery estimated, after looking at the clothes and furniture the ancients left behind, that they averaged about eight feet tall.
“While preparing Rainbow City for resettlement by the Ancient Three (who were supposedly still around after 2 ½ million years! - Branton) and their specially-selected followers, Emery and the others discovered many incredible devices abandoned by the ancients. Like Saint Germain’s magical dishwasher, ‘vibratory flames’ kept the plastic clothes, carpets, and dishes of the city eternally spotless. Other vibrations supplied the artificial sunlight for the underground gardens. Ancient books read themselves aloud when a button was pushed.
“The ancients surpassed themselves, however, as transportation engineers. One of their most remarkable inventions was the ‘portal,’ a closet-like room with two doors that would warp space and deliver people or cargo to any point on the globe when the user merely concentrated on the destination. According to W.C., one of Emery’s comrades was Kilroy, ‘a red headed Irishman with a puckish sense of humor.’ Kilroy was overjoyed when he learned to work the portal, and in his spare moments he would trip from place to place all over the world, appearing just long enough to scrawl ‘Kilroy was here’ on a convenient wall.
“The explorers also found and tested the ancients’ enormous subway system. It was the NE PLUS ULTRA of subways, with hundreds of thousands of miles of tunnels from the Central Terminal beneath Rainbow City and snaking under all the continents and oceans. Enormous trains a hundred feet in diameter had flown through the centers of the tubes, held in place by vibrational power; the cruising speed of the trains was a touch over two thousand miles an hour. Emery’s group explored a few of the nearby tunnels, and took one of the ancient trains on a short run beneath Antarctica, but the majority of the worldwide tube system was sitting unexplored and empty, as it had since the great disaster struck a million years ago.
“There is something in W.C.’s description of the tunnels to tickle the scalp of any science fiction lover—an incredibly old network of huge tunnels under our feet, silent and sealed off into thousand-mile sections behind impervious steel doors, their entrances long buried by earthquakes and landslides.
Emery located a few of the great sub-terminals of the system under Asia, Africa, and the Americas using the portals, and he found them filled with cashes of unused atomic weapons—mostly personal ‘blaster types.’ The Hefferlins themselves discovered the end of one of the subterranean branch lines near their home, ‘some two hundred feet or more up the side of a mountain’ west of Sheridan, Wyoming. ‘This tunnel seems to have been twisted and sheared off.’ Was this the work of the Snake People? ‘When we have time,’ W.C. wrote, ‘we shall use the portals to find the answer.’
“...There were seven temples scattered across Asia, Africa, and South America, all provided with special vibratory jewels, or ‘thought machines;’ from these temples the Ancient Three had for several decades broadcast their wishes to the minds of the non-Western world. Their message was that ‘each people, country, nation must earn its independence from the European Empire Nations.’ In the future, ‘no nation will exploit another nation, put burdensome taxes upon them, nor enslave then in any way. And war will be abolished.’ All races would be equal.
“Under the guidance of the Ancient Three, ALL NATIONS would merge into a WORLD GOVERNMENT on the model of the United States...
(Note: Do we have a contradiction here from the earlier statement? How can World Government protect a nation’s INDEPENDENCE? And also, just WHERE will the center of power be for this World Government - Branton)
“The Three were sending squadrons of circle-winged planes into the skies of every continent to search for more traces of ancient cities that might be revived; when people saw the strange craft, they mistook them for alien spaceships and called them ‘flying saucers.’
“When the Hefferlins first announced the existence of Rainbow City, they were deluged with questions from the alternative-reality community: Where, exactly, WAS Rainbow City?
How can I contact the Ancient Three? Can I go to Rainbow City and work for the New Age? Gladys Hefferlin cautioned her readers that such people were doomed to disappointment (just like those seeking tangible PROOF of their claims? - Branton) Only certain individuals had been chosen by the Three to go to Rainbow City— not because they were ‘worthy,’ but because they were needed there. Rainbow City was not open to the curious. ‘No one can buy his way into Rainbow City,’ she wrote; adding,
‘We ourselves, who are the North American spokesmen, cannot enter Rainbow City at this time. Therefore we cannot promise entry to anyone else.’
“The Hefferlins faded into obscurity in the early 1950s, but Rainbow City was not forgotten. In 1960, UFO writer Michael Barton, known to his readers as Michael X, published a small book titled RAINBOW CITY AND THE INNER EARTH PEOPLE, a curious mishmash of the holes-in-the-poles hollow-earth idea, the Hefferlin Manuscript, and the Shaver Mystery. Here we learn that the Inner Earth people are far from a homogenous group; some are Masters, some are dero, and some are ordinary humans.
But since the New Age is coming, the Masters—with the help of ‘Guardians,’ their friends from Venus—are slowly ‘removing’ the dero and other destructive beings from the planet.
‘Both the astral and physical levels of the inner ear,’ Barton wrote, ‘are being cleaned out in preparation for the coming Golden Age.’ (another title for the so-called ‘New Age’ of TECHNOLOGICAL salvation - Branton)
The Masters and the Guardians used Rainbow City as their way-station when passing in and out of the South Polar Opening.
(As one can see, this whole account has a rather ‘New Age’ slant to it, as do most ‘revelations’ which come through mediumistic, occult or psychic ‘channels’. This very fact should cause one to have caution - Branton)
“Barton claimed to have discovered these facts in psychic conversations with a number of astral entities through a channel he called ‘Telethot.’
“...There was another writer who kept Rainbow City alive as well—a man who proposed that the hidden war between planets, between the human race and the Snake People, continues secretly to THIS DAY... Robert Dickhoff told us that the day was not far off when it might be necessary to choose between Mars and Venus in an interplanetary Armageddon.”
(Note: Dickhoff supposes that the interior of Venus is largely inhabited by Reptilians—although others claim that some humans also live there—whereas the interior of Mars is largely populated by the human species. Dickhoff was the one who wrote, in his book ‘AGHARTA’, that an early Asian prince learned of an even more ancient cavern system below the Himalayas. This might be the one below the Potala shrine in Lhasa Tibet within which according to other sources there are also supposed to be perfectly preserved ‘caskets’ containing the remains of a race of ancient human giants.
However the caverns below central Asia were found by this prince to be the abode of the ‘serpent people’ according to Dickhoff, large lizardian hominoids which it was discovered were trying to psychically attack and control minds on the surface through a sinister form of black witchcraft and sorcery. Leading an army of warriors into the caverns, Dickhoff’s Buddhist sources told him, this Asian prince managed to drive out the reptilians and apprehend the prehistoric underground city for themselves. The reptilians from that point on supposedly began using the spelling ‘Aghartha’ rather than ‘Agharta’ in their propagandial psychic messages delivered to their occult human pawns who were oblivious to the fact that the so-called Ascended ‘Masters’ behind such messages whom they trusted were actually reptilians.
This was a type of signal that these reptilian sorcerers, according to Dickhoff, used. Presumably, the serpent race intended to take back Agharta for themselves one day. However, as in Doreal’s and the Hefferlin’s accounts, even though some of the information seems to support the ‘Grand Scenario’ as it is laid out in the mutually corroborating COSCON files and elsewhere, other allegations seem to be embellishments resulting from the occult leanings of the sources, and because of the largely paraphysical origin of many of these ideas it is very likely that such ‘revelations’ are nothing more than psychic propaganda designed to throw humanity off track from the REAL and documentable historical truths - Branton)
This is an Epic alternative view on a lost history...